Circuses - Brief Bits

M

M & M Circus, 1976, 1978

• Show was out in 1976. Bandwagon, January-February, 1977.

• M & M Circus Internationale, owned by Grace McIntosh and Charles Martine, opened at Rochester, New York on February 15, 1978. Bandwagon, January-February, 1979, p. 18.

• Show is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1977-1991.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

M. P. V. Shows - 1918-19   (Canada)

1918:

    M.P.V. Shows, traveling on auto trucks as a one-ring circus. Want for 1918 season, one show a day. Advance agent that can billpost, prefer one that can run a Ford and speak French. Manager for side show that can make opening in French. Boss canvasman, that can take charge of light (gasoline), canvas, tents. Operator with picture machine and films. Animal acts, dog, pony, monkey, bird, cat, rat, goat. Performers that can put on three or more circus acts. Wild West that can put on a 20-minute show, must have their own stock. Address M.P.V. Shows, Montreal, Canada. [Advertisement] Billboard, February 9, 1918, p. 32.

    Winter quarters, 1918. M. P. V. Shows. Montreal, Quebec, Canada. Billboard, March 23, 1918, p. 124.

1919:

    M. P. V. Motor Truck Circus want for 1919 season. Assistant manager, advance agent that can billpost and run a Ford car, sideshow manager. Performers, except riders. Cook and people in all lines. Boss canvasman, must understand carbide and gasoline lamp. For sale, juice stand, photo, cane and whips, ball game, souvenirs, etc. Apply M. P. V. Greater Shows, Montreal, Canada. [Advertisment] Billboard, March 1, 1919, p. 33.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Mabie's Menagerie & Circus - 1847-49, 1850-51, 1853-54, 1856-59, 1860-64   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1847-1864

• Stuart Thayer's Annals of the American Circus, 1793-1860 lists Edmund F. and Jeremiah Mabie, owners. From 1848-1851 the title was "E. F. & J. Mabie’s Grand. Olympic Arena and Unites States Circus." Pardon A. Older became a partner in 1849.

1847:

    [Advertisement] E. F. Mabie & Co., proprietors. Grand Olympic Arena and U. States Circus. Equestrian director, Mr. W. Waterman. Clown, M. G. Moore. Ring master, Mr. M. Buckley. Manager, Mr. E. F. Mabie. The public of Milwaukee are respectfully informed that the above very celebrated and superb establishment will be exhibited in Milwaukee on Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday, the 31st of May, and 1st and 2d of June, for three days only. In making the above announcement, the managers would state that the company is composed of a full and efficient corps of distinguished performers. The stud of horses are allowed to be the largest, most beautiful and highly trained of any in America.
    In addition to the very attractive novelties of this equestrian company, the managers have engaged, and an immense expense, the Great Scotch Giant and Giantess, Mr. and Mrs. Randall. Mr. Randall will perform his gigantic act on two matched Hanoverian cream studs. Mr. Randeall, the largest giant in the world, and of the finest proportions in symmetry, is 7 feet 6 inches in height; measures around the chest 57 inches, the calf of the leg 20 inches, the arm 18 1/2 inches, and can span from the tip of his thumb to the end of his fingers, 13 1/2 inches. He weighs 433 lbs. He is accompanied by his wife, Mrs. Randall, who is the most enormous giantess the world ever beheld.
    The wardrobe is extensive, entirely new, and of the most magnificent description. A fine brass band will accompany the exhibition. Ample arrangements will be made for the accomodation of all who may attend. The various performances will be remarked for their novelty, splendor and effect, and the most suitable and magnificent appurtenances. The managers would assure the public, as they themselves are convinced by the unparalleled approbation with which the exhibition of the Olympic Arena and United States Circus has been received in every city and town which they have thus far visited, that they are enabled to produce an entertainment far superior to any heretofore offered for the patronage of the public.
    Among those comprising the equestrian corps are the following artists: W. Waterman, G. Batchellor, H. Buckely, J. Kelley, G. Moore, J. Parker, A. F. Liming, H. Whitlock, T. Osbon, Wm. Kelley, Master Kelley, D. Martin, M. Buckley, Master E. Buckley. That beautiful female equestrian, Miss Laura Buckley, and the astonishing bare back rider, young Henry Buckley, who for speed, grace and difficult feats, challenges the world.
    Doors open at 2 and 7 - performances at 2 1/2 and 7 1/2 o'clock. Admission - Boxes, 50 cts. Pit, 25 cts. Children to the Boxes, under ten years of age, half price. A splendid brass band is attached to the company, who will play some of the most popular airs on entering the town. The company will be at Racine on Saturday the 29th of May, and at Prairieville the 3d of June. Evening Courier (Milwaukee, WI), May 15, 1847, n.p.n.

1848:

    [Advertisement] E. F. & J. Mabie, proprietors. Grand Olympic Arena & U. S. Circus consisting of one hundred and fifty men and horses. Manager, Mr. E. Mabie, equestrian director, M. Buckley, clown, G. Moore, leader of band, P. S. Putnam. The public of the county of Rock are respectfully informed that the above celebrated and superb establishment will be exhibited in Janesville, Friday, the 14th of July. In making the above announcement, the manager would state that the company is composed of a fulland efficient corps of distinguished performers. The stud of horses are allowed to be the largest, most beautiful and highly trained of any in America.
    In addition to the very attractive novelties of this equestrian company, the managers have engaged at an immense expense, the Great Scotch Giant, Mr. Randall, the largest giant in the world, and of the finest proportion in symmetry, is 7 feet 6 inches in height, measures around the chest 57 inches; the calf of the leg 20 inches, and he can span from the tip of his thumb to the end of his fingers, 13 1/2 inches. He weighs 432 pounds.
    The wardrobe is extensive, entirely new, and of the most magnificent description. A fine brass band will accompany the exhibition. The various performances will be remarked for their novelty, splendor and effect, and the most magnificent and suitable appurtances. The manager would assure the public, as they themselves, by the unparalleled approbation with which the Olympic Arena and United States Circus has been received in every city and town which they have thus far visited, they are enabled to produce an entertainment far superior to any heretofore offered to the patronage of the public.
    Among those composing the equestrian corps are the following artistes: M. Buckley, E. W. Perry, G. Bachelor, J. Goodspeed, H. Buckley, G. Moore, A. Parker, D. Martin, T. Osborn, Master E. Buckely, E. Perry, E. H. Townley, and Lucian, Julian & Master Albert, entitled the celebrated Holland Family. Those astonishing performers known to fame throughout the world, as the Acrobat Brothers, or, Holland Family! whose services have been procured at an enormous expense.
    Lucian & Julian Holland, will appear in their unparalled and truly elegant feats. The extraordinary flexibility of limb exhibited by these artistes cannot fail of giving the greatest satisfaction. No accurate conception can be formed without witnessing them. The splendid attitudes, and easy graceful bearing which characterise their performance, appear at once so natural and unaffected, that they uniformly rivet the undivided attention of all beholders. Their feats comprise extra ordinary muscular evolutions of strength and incredible acts of agility, rendering them unequalled by any artists in the world.
    Lucian Holland, the celebrated antipodean equilibrist, will appear on the Magic Ladder! The extraordinary manner in which this performer reverses the laws of gravitation and attraction, has been the surprise of philosophers and the wonder of the public. Elevated at a fearful height, his feet perform the different functions of his hands; and, while balanced on an almost incredible space, executes a rotary motion with no other assistance than that which the muscles of the head and shoulders afford. Janesville Gazette June 29, 1848, n.p.n.

1849:

    [Advertisement] E. F. & J. Mabie, proprietors. Grand Olympic Arena & U. S. Circus. Consisting of 150 men and horses. Mr. E. F. Mabie, manager, Mr. W. Waterman, equestrian director, Mr. Sol. J. Lipman & J. Wells, clowns, Mr. Naldburn, leader of band. The public of Fort Wayne and vicinity are respectfully informed that the above celebrated and superb establishment will be exhibited in this city on Monday the 21st, May (one day only). In making the above announcement, the managesr would state that the company is composed of a full and efficient corps of distinguished performers. The stud of horses is the largest most beautiful and highly trained of any in America. The various performances will be remarkable for their novelty, splendor and effect, and the most suitable and magnificent appurtenances. The managers would assure the public that, by the unparallaled approbation with which the Olympic Arena and United States Circus has been received in every city and town which they have thus far visited, they are enabled to produce an entertainment far superior to any heretofore offered to the patronage of the public.
    Among those composing the equestrian corps are the following artistes: W. Waterman, H. Buckley, J. Goodspeed, A. Parker, E. Crosbee, J. Tolman, Lucian Julian, and Master Albert, the celebrated Holland family. Those astounding performers, known to fame and throughout the world as the Acrobat Holland Family, whose services have been procured at an enormous expense, will appear in each performance. The far famed John Kelly, celebrated for his performances on the violin and as the Ethiopian Melodist.
    The celebrated Wells Family. Miss Mary Ann Wells, Miss Flora Wells. The first in attraction and elegance is the young and beautiful equestrian Miss Mary Ann Wells. No just idea exists in the public mind of her extraordinary terms accorded to superior merit couple and excellence of private character as is the case with this charming artiste. Her wonderous equestrian representations are to be given on her most beautiful palfrey and combine all the united effects that personal charms high talent and grace of manner can eminently impart. This young lady whose sweetness of look and gracefulness of manner at once impress every beholder with a prepossesion towards her stands unrivalled by any female equestrian in the United States.
    Sol. J. Lipman, the celebrated American jester and American clown. Mr. John Wells the favorite buffo clown. A celebrated brass band is attached to the company consisting of picked and select performers who will lead the procession mounted on 12 splendid horses - on entering its place of exhibition performing some of the most new and popular music of the day. Doors open at 1 1/2 and 7 o'clock, performance commence at 2 and 7 1/2 p.m. Admission - Boxes 50 cents, Pit 25 cents; children under 10 to Boxes half price. The above company will exhibit at Eel River PM on Saturday 19th and Huntington Tuesday 22. Fort Wayne Times (IN), May 17, 1849, n.p.n.

1850:

    [Advertisement] Circus. E. F. & J. Mabie, proprietors. Grand Olympic Arena and United States Circus, consisting of one hundred and fifty men and horses! Manager, Mr. E. F. Mabie; equestrian director, Mr. W. Waterman; Clowns, Messrs. John May and John Wells; leader of the band, Mr. N. Ledrum. The public of Alton and vicinity are respectfully informed that the above celebrated and supurb establishment will be exhibited in this city on Thursday, May 2d, for one day only.
    In making the above announcement, the managers would state that the company is composed of a full and efficient corps of distinguished performers. The stud of horses is allowed to be the largest, most beautiful, and highly trained, of any in America. The various performances will be remarkable for their novelty, splendor, and the most most suitable and maginificent supurienances.
    The managers would assure the public that, by the unparalleled approbation with which the Olympis Arena and U. States Circus has been received in every city and town which they have thus far visited, they are enabled to produce an entertainment far superior to any heretofore offered to the patronage of the public. Among those composing the equestrian corps, are the following artistes: W. Waterman, H. Buckley, J. Goodspeed, A. Parker, E. Crosbee, J. Tolman, Lucian Julian, and Master Albert, the celebrated Holland Family. Those astonishing performers, known in fame, and throughout the world, as the Acrobat Family, or Holland Family, whose services have been procured, at an enormous expense, will appear in each performance. The celebrated Wells Family - Miss Mary Ann Wells, Miss Amelia Wells, Miss Naria Wells, and Miss Flora Wells. The first in attraction and elegance is the young and beautiful equestrian, Miss Mary Ann Wells. No just idea exists in the public mind of the extraordinary terms according to superior merit, couple with excellence, of private character, as is the case with this charming artiste. Her wonderous equestrian representations are to be given on her most beautiful palfrey, and combine all the united effects that personal charm, high talent, and grace of manner, can consistently impart. This young lady, whose sweetness of look and gracefulness of manner at once impresss every beholder with a prepossession towards her, stands unrivaled by any female equestrian in the United States. John May, the celebrated American jester and American clown. Mr. John Wells, the favorite clown. A celebrated brass band, led by Mr. Putnam, is attached to the company, consisting of picked and select performers, who will lead the procession, mounted on twelve splendid horses, on entering each place of exhibition, performing some of the most new and popular music of the day. Alton Telegraph and Democratic Review (Alton, IL), April 26, 1850, n.p.n.

    This circus will give an exhibition in Jerseyville on Friday, May 3d, and in Carrollton on Saturday, May 4th. Doors open at half past one and seven o'clock, and performance to commence at two and half past seven o'clock p.m. Admission - to Boxes, 50 cents, Pit, 25 cents. No half price to Pit. H. A. Woodward, agent. Alton Telegraph and Democratic Review (Alton, IL), April 16, 1850, n.p.n.

    Affray. We learn that the clown and two other performers attached to Mabie's circus were severely beaten and stabbed one day last week, while performing at Peoria. The assailants had become irritated by remarks of the clown in the ring, and hence the murderous attack. Milwaukee Sentinel and Gazette (Milwaukee, WI), June 4, 1850, n.p.n.

1851:

    [Advertisement] Circus! E. F. & J. Mabie, proprietors. Grand Olympic Arena and U. S. Circus. Magnificent and interesting features for 1851! The proprietors most respectfully inform the citizens of Watertown and its vicinity, that the above celebrated and superior company will be exhibited in this place on Tuesday, June 10th, for one day only. In making the above announcement, the managers would state that the company is composed of a full and efficient corps of distinguished performers.
    One of the great features is the beautiful female equestrienne, M'lle Rosa, whose graceful and daring riding, during the past winter, in the cities of New York, Philadelphia and Boston, has been received with the most distinguished approbation of the public. Also, the king of clowns, Mr. Alex. Rockwell, who has gained the highest reputation in the United States and Europe. The far-famed European Holland Family, who stand unrivaled in their performances. Mr. H. Buckley, whose equestrian accomplishments entitle him to the Mercury of the Ring. Mr. H. P. Madigan, the great scenic rider, together with numberous other artistes. The stud of horses is the largest and most beautiful and highly trained in America. A celebrated brass band, led by P. S. Putnam.
    The pavilion will be found spacious, capable of containing 3000 comfortable seats, &c. The unparalleled approbation with which the above company has been received in every city and town which they have thus far visited, has induced the proprietors to spare no pains or expense in producing a series of elegant and attractive novelties, superior to any offered to the patronage of the public. Doors open at half past one o'clock. Performance to commence at two. Admission to boxes, 50 cents. Pit 25 cents. Children under 12 years of age, to the boxes, half price. No half price to the pit. Watertown Chronicle (WI), May 28, 1851, n.p.n.

    Mabie's Circus. The Milwaukee Commercial Advertiser tenders its compliments to this concern, after this style: "The thing made its advent to this place a week or two ago, but notwithstanding the "puffs" of several of our city papers, didn't make much of a show. It is a one-horse affair, and an imposition on the public." The Wisconsin, too, throws in its mite, as follows" "Mabie's Circus, that shabby concern that visited this city a few weeks ago, is at Janesville. The Gazette wisely advises all the citizens to save their shillings and keep away. The Supervisors charged them double the amount any similar concern was ever charged before, on the ground that they were a nuisance." Janesville Gazette (WI), June 26, 1851, n.p.n.

    The Freeport Journal undertook a week or two since to "set up" Mabie's circus, and charged that the unfavorable opinion of the concern of some of the Wisconsin press was induced by the refusal of the proprietors to give dead head tickets. The Journal's neighbor (the Prairie Democrat) thereupon took him up, and talked in this wise: "He pronounces the circus of E. F. and J. Mabie, which lately exhibited in this place, 'the best of the kind we have seen in this country.' Then that was certainly the only one he ever say, or else he is no judge of such things. It was the most sickish, milk-and-water concern we ever witnessed. It is so pronounced by every one we have heard express an opinion. True the performances of the Holland Brothers are seldom equaled, and other feats were equally daring and active on the part of individual performers. But to take the circus on the whole, it was a perfect humbug! Six or seven years ago we saw the same establishment exhibit in Freeport, and then it was as much ahead of what it is now, as a good menagerie of animals is ahead of a 'striped pig' show." Janesville Gazette (WI), July 24, 1851, n.p.n.

1853:

    Grand Combination. Herr Driesbach & Co.'s Menagerie, combined with Mabie & Co.'s U. S. Circus, for 1852. P. A. Older, manager. Will exhibit at Montrose on Monday, September 5th, at Fort Madison on Tuesday, September 6th, at Burlington on Wednesday, September 7th, 1853. The public are respectfully informed that these two vast establishments, united for the present season, form by far the largest collection of living animals, and the most attractive array of entertaining novelties ever exhibited in this or any country. The menagerie contains many rare and beautiful specimens of animated nature, such as Asiatic elephants, Arabian camels, Asiatic and African lions, Royal & Brazilian tigers, Cheta or hunting leopards, South American panthers, cougars, ocelots, civet cat, Mexican lion, grizzly and black bears, wolves, deers, hyenas, the celebrated Braham cattel and China sheep; also, a great variety of birds and monkeys, which will be exhibited in connection with Mabie's United States Circus, without extra charge.
    The cavalcade will arrive in the city on the above morning, and there will be a grand procession, heralded by the monster elephant, Kaaloo-Alia, one of the largest in the United States. The procession will be proceded by the celebrated New York Brass Band, directed by the renowned bugle player, F. A. Steele. Conspicuous in the grand cavalcade will be seen the mammoth performing cage. Weighing 10,000 pounds, drawn by eight snow while steeds, altogether forming a most magnificent moving panorama. A thrilling performance at each exhibition in an immense performing den, by Signor Hideralgo, the most renowned of lion conquerors, who will at a certain period enter the den of his terrific groupe of lions, tigers, leopards, cougars, panthers, &c. - the same as performed by him in all the principal cities of Europe and America.
    Mabie & Co.'s United States Circus. This stupendous establishment is organized at an enormous expense, and the proprietors feel proud in recommending to the public a series of novelties unsurpassed by any equestrian troupe now traveling. The principal stars who compose the equestrian troupe are Mr. W. Waterman, equestrian manager, and celebrated two, four and six horse rider; Davis Richards, the world's only bare-back rider and celebrated leaper; J. Sholes, the great India-rubber man and globe and ladder performer; W. Chambers, the great scenic rider; W. Cole, in feats of muscular flexibility; two star clowns, Puss Horner, the great American jester, and Sam Welser, the great Portuguese juggler & trick clown, each famous for original wit and humor; besides a host of others - and in fact, the whole establishment is a vast repository of nature and art. Doors open at Burlington at 2 and 7 o'clock. Admission 50 cents, children 25 cents to the whole combined exhibition. For further particulars see large pictorial and descriptive bills and lithographs, at the principal hotesl. W. M. Davis, agent. Burlington Daily Hawk-Eye (IA), September 5, 1853, n.p.n.

1854:

    [Advertisement] Circus and Menagerie! First traveling tour of the Great Allied Troupes, comprising the magnificent equestrian establishment of F. J. Mabie, in conjunction with the Grand Caravan of wild animals belonging to the collectionof E. Ganung, & Co., forming the most perfectly equipped double exhibition that ever traveled. To be exhibited at Beloit, on Tuesday, May 9th, at Janesville, on Wednesday, May 10th, 1854. Equestrian manager, John J. Nathans. Master of ring, Mr. A. Pastor. Clown, J. Lipman. The distinguishing features of the combined exhibitions are magnitude, grandeur, novelty and variety.
    Among the equestrian artists attached to this troupe, will be found the names of the most talented and celebrated riders, acrobats, gymnasts, to be found in any company in the world. The exhibition of the menagerie will be under the personal superintendence of Mr. Beasley, the intrepid lion tamer, and only competitor of Van Amburg!!
    The most prominent attraction in the circle is the artistic performance of Miss Emma Nathans, distinguished alike for great personal bravery, classic elegance, style, and captivating address, in her wonderful achievements upon horseback.
    Mr. J. J. Nathans and Young Philo, with wonders of the equestrian profession, in their brilliant feats upon two horses. Master Philo (only seven years of age) will perform, daring the highest speed of the horses, a variety of astonishing feats, sometimes standing on the top of Mr. Nathan's head, at others throwing himself into graceful attitudes from his shoulders, arms,neck, &c., and finishing with turning a somerset upon the horses' back.
    Among the newest wonders of the gymnastic art, are the astounding feats of equilibrium on a 30 feet pole, called the perch equipoise, by the original inventers of the performance, the Brothers Seagrass, the renowned German artists, being their first season in America.
    The cages and dens containing the wild animals, being arranged around one side of the pavilion, the visitor is afforded an opportunity of inspecting the various objects contained in the menagerie, previous to the commencement and at the conclusion of the equestrian performances. Mr. Beasley's performances in the den of lions and tigers will take place at the close of the entertainment.
    The performances in the circle comprise sixteen distinct acts, for full particulars of which see bills at the principal public places. The combined exhibition of circus and menagerie may all be witnessed for one price of admission, namely - 50 cents, children 25 cts. Two entertainments given daily. Afternoon commencing at 1 1/2 and in the envening commencing at 6 1/2. Janesville Gazette (WI), May 6, 1854, n.p.n.

1856:

    [Advertisement] Three Great Shows in One! Mabie & Co.'s Menagerie! Circus! and Indian Exhibition! United and exhibited under one tent, at a single price of admission. S. B. De Land, manager and director. The following distinguished members compose the equestrian department: Mr. E. W. Perry, Mrs. E. W. Perry, Frank Pastor, Mad'lle Leameu, James Demott, M. Roberts, James Esler, B. Crosby, J. C. Crosby, G. Lyons, Mast. Carpenter, Mast. Leon. Clowns, Garry Demott, Bobby Williams. Will exhibit at Milwaukee, Thursday, Friday and Saturday, Oct. 9th, 10th, and 11th.
    The grand procession of the three troupes will enter town in the forenoon, in the following order: The superb Music Chariot, with full band, drawn by five elephants. Equestrian company, brilliantly mounted on their highly trained horses. The chiefs, braves, and sages of the Seneca Indian Tribe. Caravan of wild beasts drawn in their cages.
    The scenes in the ring will embrace every variety of horsemanship, vaulting, tumbling, somersetting, acrobatic feats, etc. Mr. Beasley will exhibit his astonishing control over the wild beasts, in the den of lions. Foremost among the attractive novelties of this company, are the characteristic performances of the wild tenants of the forest. Illustrating scenes in savage life, Buffalo Hunt. And again, in an amusing pastoral scene called The Corn Gathering, interspersed with grotesque dancing, whooping, &c., besides the following: The Bird Dance and the Thanksgiving Dance. War song of the Senecas, &c.
    For further particulars see pictorials (large and small), descriptive bills, lithographs, &c., of the company. Doors open at 1 and 7 o'clock p.m. Remember the big show - menagerie, circus, and Indian exhibition and five elephants, all to be seen for fifty cents, children 2 cents. M. W. Davis, and J. A. Dingess, agents in advance. Milwaukee Daily American (WI), October 6, 1856, n.p.n.

• 1856: online at Clipper, May 3 (scroll down)

1857:

    Circus Wagons Made at Delavan, Wis. Fifteen circus wagons are now in course of construction for the Messrs. Mabie, and a band wagon for a Mr. Buckley, at the above place by Luther & Dudley, wagon manufacturers. Theirs is preferred to Cincinnati work. Weekly Wisconsin (Milwaukee, WI), February 25, 1857, n.p.n.

    Circuses are not usually found mentioned in the statistics of villages, but no less than four companies are preparing to start from Delavan early in the coming spring. One of these will be the well known Menagerie and Circus combined, of the Messrs. Mabie; the second will be Buckley's; the third and entirely new company and outfit by the Messrs. Mabie; and the fourth a new outfit by J. Holland. Delavan Messenger (WI), February 25, 1857, p. 2.

• 1858: online at:
Clipper, April 10,   Clipper, April 17,   Clipper, May 8 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 3,   Clipper, July 24,   Clipper, August 28 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 18,   Clipper, October 23,   Clipper, November 6 (scroll down)

• 1859: online at:
Clipper, January 15,   Clipper, June 11,   Clipper, July 23 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 8 (scroll down)

• 1859: Mabie's was in Kansas in July, 1859. An overland show, it used two elephants to pull their musical chariot car carrying the band. The show relied heavily on equestrian peformances and had acrobats, leapers, contortionist and clown. More information on the show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 3, pp. 6, 8-8.

• 1860: online at:
Clipper, February 4,   Clipper, March 10,   Clipper, July 14 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 4,   Clipper, August 25 (scroll down)

1862:

    [Advertisement] Mabie's Great Show. The finest appointed and stocked menagerie now traveling, consisting of 100 beasts, birds and reptiles, all rare, just imported, and collected from the four quarters of the globe. The wonderful gymnastic elephants, that dance, climb and so invert their bodies as to stand on their heads, are included in this collection, as are the performing lions, tigers, leopards, panthers, &c., that have been trained and subjected, and will be performed under the auspices of the celebrated lion king, Langworthy.
    Incorporated with the grand show is a superior circus troupe, who have been engaged for their superior ability. Among the prominent is James Melville, the champion bare back Australian equestrian. A rider who defies the world to excel him in a daring act. The following distinguished artists have also been secured: Mrs. Louise Melville, Den Stone, Geo. Sloman, W. W. Waterman, the Delavanta Brothers, Wm. Kincade, Masters Frank and Sammy. Together with numerous auxiliaries. The public can find a detailed list of our attractions in the phamplets and bills, to which their special attention is directed.
    Will exhibit at Davenport on Friday, August 8, 1862. Open at 2 and 7 p.m. Admission 25 cts., no half price. Reserve seats 50 cts. Children to seats 25 cts. Also, at DeWitt August 5th, Lyons 6th, LeClaire 7th, Rock Island 9th. Davenport Daily Gazette (IA), July 29, 1862, p. 1.

• 1862: online at:
Clipper, April 19,   Clipper, April 26,   Clipper, May 3 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 17,   Clipper, July 26,   Clipper, August 9 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 30,   Clipper, October 11,   Clipper, November 8 (scroll down)
Clipper, December 20,   Clipper, December 27 (scroll down)

• 1863: online at:
Clipper, January 17,   Clipper, January 24,   Clipper, January 31 (scroll down)
Clipper, April 4,   Clipper, April 18,   Clipper, May 30 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 25,   Clipper, August 1,   Clipper, September 19 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 3 (scroll down)

• 1864: online at:
Clipper, February 6,   Clipper, March 26,   Clipper, July 2 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 20 (scroll down)

• 1864: The show played Oskaloosa, September 6, 1864, their advertisement featuring the educational value of their menagerie. Admission was 50 cents, 25 cent for children under 10. More information on the show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1996, Vol. 40, No. 6, pp. 69-70.

• 1867, Edmond Mabie died at Delavan, Wisconsin, October 28. His brother, Jerry, died six weeks before. New York Clipper, November 9, 1867, p. 247.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Mabie & Nathans - 1861

1861:

    [Advertisement] United Exhibitions. E. F. & J. Mabie's Menagerie and J. J. Nathans American Circus. Presenting together the greatest amount of interest zoological subjects and the most extensive, brilliant, novel and talented equestrian troupe ever combined in any similar establishment. Only one ticket for the entire show. Will exhibit at Fort Wayne, Saturday, September 14th. Doors open at 1 and 7 p.m. Admission only 25 cents. No half price.
    Foremost in attraction in the circle is the great comic act, Pete Jenkins, represented by Mr. W. Kincade, in which he represents a drunken green-horn and sudden metamorphosis are are the great features of the entertainment. Dashing act of horsemanship, by Theodore Tournaire. Balancing feats, with barrel and tranca, by George Slowman. La trapeze, or aerial gymnastics, by Messrs. Shapps and Whitney. Novel feats of equilibrium, the globe on horseback, by George Slowman. A nautical scene of horsemanship by Mr. Lee. Antics, drolleries, and tricks by educated mules, performed by W. Smith & T. Armstrong.
    Olympic contestants, on two horses, by the Brothers Tournaire. Scene of the stadium, exercises, athletic sports, tumbling, summersaulting, by the great troupe, led by W. Kincade. The Motley Brothers, a grotesque series of posturing feats. Messrs. Shapps and Whitney. Summersault of riding, by Master Philo Nathans, whose execution of leaps through balloons, and over barriers, is the admiration of all beholders. Lofty and daring feats of balancing, la perche, by Armstrong and Showman. Clown & jester, W. Smith. Trick clown and jester, T. Armstrong.
    Zoological features. The two Asiatic superb performing elephants, Damon and Pythias, will go through their numerous and highly interesting feats of sagacity, exhibiting their docility and wonderful training, under the direction of their keeper, Mr. S. Craven. During the entertainment M. G. Woodrull will give an interesting display of his courage and skill, entering the den of wild animals.
    The exhibition will enter town in grand procession of menagerie and circus accompanied by n. Colslton's celebrated Silver Cornet Band in the splendid band carriage, drawn by the elephants, Damon and Pythias, followed by the dens of living wild beasts of every variety and from every clime. Dawson's Fort Wayne Daily Times (IN), September 5, 1861, n.p.n.

• 1861: is online at:
Clipper, April 27,   Clipper, May 4,   Clipper, May 11 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 18,   Clipper, June 15,   Clipper, June 22 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 6,   Clipper, July 13,   Clipper, August 3 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 17,   Clipper, August 31,   Clipper, September 7 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 21 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Mabie's - 1876

    Mabie's London Menagerie and Buckley's Equestrian Exposition exhibited in Napoleon, La., June 7. New York Clipper, June 17, 1876, p. 95.

    Mabie's Circus collapsed recently in Arkansas. They exhibited last in the towns on the Red River. New York Clipper, July 8, 1876, p. 118.

Circus performers who tried to be mariners. In June, 1876, Buckley & Gaylord, as managers of Mabie's Circus, chartered the steamer Laurie L. Davis for six weeks to transport the circus, menagerie, and company on a tour up the Ohio and Mississippi Rivers, the managers to pay the expenses of the boat and wages of the hands. The enterprise was not very successful and about July 5 the outfit was landed in St. Louis, where it was seized under attachment for debt, leaving the company principally unpaid. To save expenses certain of the company had helped to fire up, load and unload, etc., and not getting pay, brought a suit against the boat for their wages, under the Admiralty laws, suing as mariners. Depositions were introduced in the case, which was argued in the United States District Court. Judge Treat rendered his decision to the effect that circus men were not mariners within the meaning of the law, and judgment was rendered for defendants. New York Clipper, March 3, 1877, p. 391.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Mabie & Sands - 1893

    Sells & Rentfrow's Enormous United Shows have just closed [their season] gone into winter quarters at Chattanooga, Tenn., and will open next season early in April under the firm name of Sands & Mabie's Enormous Railroad Shows. . . . New York Clipper, January 28, 1893, p. 760.

    From the Mabie & Sands Railroad Shows. We opened at Le Mont, Ill., July 24. Up to the present writing business has been large and points favorable to a long and prosperous season. The show has a 100ft. top, with one 50(?)ft. middle piece, and 40(?)ft. dressing room, a 30x60(?) sideshow and travels in its own cars, one sleeper, one box and two flat cars. Mabie & Sands are the proprietors and managers. The people: Le Vanion(?) and Shanon(?) . . . Regini Sisters, Frank Scott . . . Sands Bros., Fannie Scott, Johnnie Smith and Frankie Gilmore. Victor and Mme. Lee, have charge of the concert and privileges. The band is under the direction of Prof. Cohen(?), with the following musicians: . . . F. W. Schultz . . . C. W. Flack, W. N. Lake, L. R. King, Harry Morris and T. G. Scott. New York Clipper, August 12, 1893, p. 362.

    Mabie and Sands' Railroad Circus is touring Illinois and working southward. The roster: Frank and Mlle. Scott, balancing ladder and trapeze; Vic. Lee, light and heavy balancer; Mlle. Lee, cortionist; Walter Shannon, leaper and slack wire performer; Theo. Levanion(?), bars and general business; Johnny Smith(?), singing and talking clown and concert . . . John Land, manager; G. W. Soule(?), treasurer; and Prof. Little, agent. While at Lexington, Ill., on Aug. ?, the entire company and band, headed by the old time minstrel performer, Johnny Smith, marched to the cemetery, when a few appropriate remarks were made by Mr. Long over the grave of Harry Robinson, the former minstrel manager, who is buried there. The band played a few appropriate airs, and all returned to town. New York Clipper, August 19, 1893, p. 378.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Macart Sisters' - 1870

• The Macart Sisters' Great Parisian Circus appeared in Burlingame, Kansas, October 4, 1870. Owners listed were the Macart sisters - Kate, Addie, Marie and Blanch, all of whom were equestriennes. The show had the Holland family, gymnasts, a female clown and others. More on the show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 4, pp. 37.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

MacCaddon's (France)   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1905

• An article on the 1905 McCaddon's International Circus (or McCaddon's) is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1982, Vol. 26, No. 5, pp. 13-20.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Mack's - 1911   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1911

    Mack's one ring circus, which will make a tour of the country towns this season, has selected Valatie for its training quarters, and is now located on Nixdorph's lot on Albany avenue, where it will stay until the season starts. The troup consists of about forty men and a large number of animals of all descriptions. Mr. Mack is a well-known circus man. Hudson Evening Register (Hudson, NY), May 10, 1911, p. 2.

    Mack's circus was in town last Saturday night, but a very poor crowd attended it. In the evening the total door receipts were $7.50. This put Mack on the bum. His show busted up here, some of his help going with Hoffman's show which was here on Monday night. A large crowd attened the latter circus. Putnam Country Courier (Carmel, NY), June 23, 1911, n.p.n.

    Mack's circus, which landed here two weeks ago, is still here. They are camping on one of Storm's lots waiting to get enough coin to move on. Putnam Country Courier (Carmel, NY), June 30, 1911, n.p.n.

Mack's Wagon Show - 1911

    Mack's Wagon Show is now in its seventh week in Connecticut, playing to good business. Roster: A. L. Mack, proprietor; the Simpsons, breakaway perch and impalement act; the Great Malette, wire artist; Henry Staritis, equilibrist and trapeze artist; Wm. Nichols, contortionist and rings; Ed Acker, comedian and acrobat; Johnny Dales, principal clown, assisted by Danny Evans and Joe Barns. The band is under the direction of Wm. Griswold, and includes Field Midgeley, Ed Lansing, Joe Day, Wm. Horne, Dick Burge, Harry Sturgess, Frank Knight, Jack Malloy, Frank Harvey. The big top is in charge of J. Murray, with six assistants. Bob Daly is boss hostler with three assistants, and Roy Cottrell, advance representative with two billposters. Billboard, September 16, 1911, p. 40.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fred J. Mack's - 1955   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1955

An article on the 1955 show is online in Bandwagon, June 1955.

• Owner Fred D. Pfening's article on his show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1984, Vol. 28, No. 4, pp. 4-12.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Mack Hale Bros. - 1931

    The Mack Hale Bros. circus comes to Troy, May 28. Two mammoth tents housing the arenic performance and exposition booths. 29 feature acts include Capt. Jack Lorenzo, performing horses, ponies and dogs; the Cornalla Family, aerialists; Hayes & Hayes, Roman rings; Little & Cooper, feats in the air; Miss Minnie Rooney, equestrienne; Jules Jacott's trained bears; Andrews & Pewee, and their merry clowns, also cages of wild animals and other features. Troy Call (Troy, IL), May 22, 1931, p. 8.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Mackay's - 1904, 1906-07, 1909-10, 1912   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1905-1912

1904: The Fifth Regiment Canadian Artillery Band and Orchestra, from Victoria, B. C., consisting of fifty men, will commence its American tour at Mackay's European Circus, World's Fair, St. Louis, Missouri, May 30. Billboard, May 21, 1904, p. 291.

1906:

    Consisting of two rings and an elevated stage, Mackay's European Circus will inaugurate its sixth season, May 26, at Detroit, Michigan. There will be a number of new and novel changes this season, and as usual European headline celebrities will be a feature. The new feature of the parade will be an auto-calliope. The principal artists engaged consist of Mlle. Alanta, Maud and Lillian Burbak, equestriennes; the Barnells, Stillson Brothers, the Martinos, the LaRoys, Tommy Hayes(?), George Kull, the Lewises, Clark and ___, Burt Wiggins, the trained horse Dynamo; Leslie's Troupe of Dogs, Howard's Troupe of trained horses, and others. M. C. DuCrow, equestrian director, may be addressed at 51 Woodward avenue, Detroit; W. B. Fowler, bandmaster, No. 1 Smelzer avenue, Hornellsville, New York, and Andrew Mackay, manger of the Rose Melville Sis Hopkins Co., route in the Billboard or permanent address No. 51 Woodward avenue, Detroit. The side show and all privileges are for sale on rental and percentage. Billboard, March 17, 1906, p. 42.

    The seventh regular season of Mackay's European Cicus, an arenic organization of European headliners, comprising two rings and an elevated stage, will be inaugurated at Chicago, May 6, 1907. Second hand tableau and band wagon are advertised for sale, also side show and all privileges are for sale by Andrew Mackay. Andrew Mackay, Detroit; Hugh Coyle, general agent, 328 West Monroe street, Chicago; Dr. M. C. DuCrow, equestrian director, Pontiac, Michigan . . . Billboard, December 15, 1906, p. 54.

1907: Fred W. Falkner will be associated with Andrew Mackay and the Mackay European Shows the coming season, as business manager. A number of trained animal acts will be featured, including Ora, Cecil's troupe of leopards, panthers and cougars, Mackay's troupe of lions and DeForest's troupe of dogs, monkeys and ponies. The show opens in Chicago, May 6. Billboard, March 30, 1907, p. 32.

1909: Mackay's European Circus: Inter-State Amusement Co., Inc., proprietors; Andrew Mackay, manager; Col. W. A. Goren, general agent; H. S. Willis, R. R. contractor; F. S. Walters, local contractor; Chas. Wilson, special agent; H. Salton, excursion agent; Col. Wm. H. Sherwood, press agent; J. A. McArthur, manager sides show; j. A. Stirling, secretary & treasurer; Wm. Duerow, equestrian director; Capt. Haines, manager commissary dept.; J. A. Bradley, supt. transportation; Jas. W. Thomas, supt. of canvas; Sharles Evans [sic Charles?], supt. of animals; Red Walton, supt. of elephants; F. A. Newton, supt. of privileges; Ike Jensen, supt. of props.; Dr. F. H. Newberry, supt. of stock. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 80.

1910: Mackay's European Circus, Menagerie and Wild West. Mackay European Circus Co., Inc., proprietors; Andrew Mackay, manager; Chas. Wilson, treasurer; W. S. Barrows, general agent, railroad contractor; Col. Wm. H. Sherwood, special agent; C. A. Lambert, contracting press agent; Chas. A. Davis, press agent in advance; Ben LaMar, press agent back with show; Frank Wiltham, excursion agent; Ed Burrows, manager sideshow; Wm. Ducrow, equestrian director; C. S. Speed, supt. privileges; E. P. Lewis, musical director. Show opens in Chicago, May 8. Billboard, March 19, 1910, p. 92.

1912: Mackay European Circus - Mackay European Circus Company (Inc.), props.; Andrew Mackay, mgr.; Chas. McGenzie/McCenzie(?) and Edw. McArdle, treasurers; Col. Wm. H. Sherwood, general agent; Chas. Allen, railroad contractor; Thos. Alton, special agent; U. A. Fleming, contracting press agent; Capt. A. R. Swift, advance press agent; James H. Fanner, mgr. side show; Dr. DuCrow, equestrian director; De. Wm. I. See, general supt.; T. A. White, supt. privileges; E.(?) P. Lewis, musical director; R. A. DuBois, supt. canvas; George H. Harris, trainmaster; Dr. C. A. Watson, boss hostler; Chas. Lo?s, supt. commissary dept.; Al. Hubhes, supt. properties; Earl Wallover, boss carpenter; Chas. Waller, mgr. advertising car No. 1; Frank Cook, announcer. Show opens at Cleveland, O., week May 27. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

• (1911) Detroit, Michigan, February 27. Rice Brothers', a ten car show, will open early in April at St. Louis, under the management of Andrew Mackay, of Mackay's European Circus, and John H. Garrett, manager of the Montana-Milwaukee Land Co. The show is now at winter quarters on Mr. Garrett's 25,000 acre ranch, near Harlowton, Montana.Billboard, March 4, 1911, p. 10.

• Note: (1903) Mackay's Baldwin-Melville Circus is found on other pages on this website. Check out    Billboard, and/or do a   Search

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Madden-Stillian Show - 1947   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1947-1970

    Owner W. T. Madden wintered his new 1947 Madden-Stillian Jungleland show in Lake City, Iowa, where Madden intended putting up a training and ring barn. Show had one elephant and in the menagerie were four monkeys, two lions, a leopard, two bears, some coons and a small burro. Ring stock included a Shetland pony drill and a pony that could count, answer questions, etc. The animal acts were worked by Madden's son, Dale Madden and his wife Lois Ann, with Dale Jr. assisting. Lois worked the elephant. They had five animal cages of Italian carved wood. Show had a sideshow with an eight piece colored band. In all there were about thirty people with the show. The big top was to be blue and red, with white and blue side walls. The show was to carry two light plants, a calliope, five cages, eighteen vehicles in all. White Tops, March-April, 1947, Vol. 20, Nos. 3-4, p. 10.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

H. P. Madigan's; Myers & Madigan - 1855-56, 1860-62

• Stuart Thayer's Annals of the American Circus, 1793-1860 lists Henry P. Madigan and Seth B. Howes, owners, "Madigan & Co.'s Great National Circus," 1856.

1855:

    We clip the following from the Baltimore Republic of the 14th inst.: "James Myers, the clown and one of the proprietors of Myers & Madigan's circus company, met with an untimely death while performing on the slack wire at Geneva a few days since. The ring by which the rope was fastened gave way, throwing him to the ground with so much force as to dash his brains out. New York Daily Times (NY), July 23, 1855, p. 1.

1856:

    During the next few years many circuses appeared. Some which presented several exhibitions were Spaulding and Rogers', H. M. Smith's and Madigan's. The banner year seem to have been 1856, when each of these three performed twice and several minor shows presented their offerings. Cairo Times and Delta (Cairo, IL), May 38, 1856.

    On September 7, 1856, Madigan's "incomparable circus" made an appearance and "though it rained nearly all the afternoon and evening, the large pavillion was crowded to its utmost capacity." The editor called it "one of the best if not the very best now traveling through the country. Every performer is perfect and complete in his or her part." Miss Rosa Madigan, "a graceful and daring rider," was the feature of the performance. Some of her St. Louis friends were so pleased with her that she was presented with a silver goblet valued at $35 and a horse worth $350. Cairo Times and Delta (Cairo, IL), September 10, 1856.
All information above is from Entertainment and Amusement in Cairo, 1848 - 1858, by Harold E. Briggs, published in the Journal of the Illinois State Historical Society, Autumn, 1954, pp. 231-251.

• 1856: online at Clipper, May 3,   Clipper, July 5,   Clipper, July 19 (scroll down)

• 1860: is online at:
Clipper, December 1,   Clipper, December 8
Clipper, December 15,   Clipper, December 22

• Information on Madigan & Co., during the Civil War, is in Slout's Clowns and Cannons.

• 1861: online at:
Clipper, January 12,   Clipper, March 30,   Clipper, April 20 (scroll down)
Clipper, April 27,   Clipper, May 4,   Clipper, June 1 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 8,   Clipper, June 15,   Clipper, June 29 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 6,   Clipper, July 20,   Clipper, August 3 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 31,   Clipper, September 14,   Clipper, September 21 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 28 (scroll down)

• Information on Madigan & Co., during the Civil War, is in Slout's Clowns and Cannons.

Madigan & Carroll - 1862

• 1862: online at Clipper, February 22,   Clipper, June 28,   Clipper, July 26 (scroll down)

• Henry P. Madigan, theatrical and circus manager, and father of Rose Madigan, the famous equestrienne, who died at Kingston, Jamaica, in 1863, at the age of forty-eight. Mr. Madigan was born in this city. He commenced his circus career at the North Pearl street establishment, now the North Pearl Street Methodist Church. He performed here in 1826, under manager West, with Master Burton, Blanchard, Herr Kline and others. Madigan was a most daring and graceful rider — one of the best that this country ever produced. History of Albany, Albany, NY: J. Munsell, 1867, p. 52.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Ben Maginley's - 1863-64, 1867-68, 1873-74

• 1863: is online at:
Clipper, September 19,   Clipper, October 3,   Clipper, October 24 (scroll down)
Clipper, November 14,   Clipper, November 28,   Clipper, December 19 (scroll down)

• 1863, became Maginley & Van Vleck.

1864:

    [Advertisement] The Monitor Circus. Proprietors, Maginley, Bell & Co. Manager, Oliver Bell. Equestrian manager, John Conklin. Matre du Cirque, B. R. Maginley. Treasurer, Geo. H. Bentley. The greatest combination of equestrian artists, together with the finest stud of ring stock, highly educated ponies.
    Among the many features of this great show, we challenge the world to compete with Madamoiselle Marie, the greatest equestrienne living. Oliver Bell, Conklin Brothers, W. Smith, John Kaylor, W. Marshal, Chas. Oglesby, J. C. Louis, A. L. Hemmings, and hosts of others too numerous to mention. Mesdames John & Pete Conklin and Mr. Ben R. Maginley.
    The great Mongolian trick horse, Monitor, who has no competitor in the ring, and stands unrivalled. Among the many feats performed by this wonderful talking horse, is the jumping of the skipping rope, which he accomplishes with all the ease of a school girl. The only educated bull, Don Juan, will appear at each performance - this being the only circus in this country posessing such an animal. The trained horse and bull will be introduced by their proprietor, Ben. Maginley. Comic trick pony, Flora Temple, the wonderful trick dog, Bruin, adn the entire stud of trained horses will produce an entertainment that stands unrivalled as the Montior Circus of the World.
    During the day of exhibition, the splendid band chariot, drawn by eight beautiful cream horses, containing Prof. Mead's Military band will parade through the principal streets of the city. Will perform at Centralia on Monday and Tuesday, May 23d and 24th. Admission 50 cents. Doors open at 2 and 7 o'clock p.m. Grand entree at 2 1/2 and 7 1/2 o'clock p.m. Centralia Sentinel (IL), May 19, 1864, n.p.n.

• 1864: Maginley, Black & Co., later Maginley & Bell is online at:
Clipper, April 23,   Clipper, May 14,   Clipper, July 9 (scroll down)

1867:

    I notice a building on Main street that is called the Amphitheatre, which has been used for circus performances and is now occupied by J. H. Wood & Co., for the purpose of training horses, for circus purposes. Mr. Wood is a widely known proprietor in the circus line. He has here some very good horses which he has in excellent training. Among them is one thorough-bred which is a splendid animal. Messrs. Wood & Co., are in connection with a large company coming from New York to start out from here in the spring. This is intended to be the largest circus on the continent. Besides the firm named above, Mr. W. B. Carroll and B. McGinley, who are well known to the profession, are connected with it. [Note: probably Maginley, Carroll & Co.] Semi-Weekly Wisconsin (Milwaukee, WI), March 23, 1867, p. 1.

    [Advertisement] Great Consolidation Circus! at Sparta, Friday, May 17, 1867. Doors open at 2 and 7 p.m. Admission 50 cts. Children under 12 years, 25 cts. An alliance of the best of 4 distinct establishments. Mr. Ben Maginley's Celebrated European Circus. Mr. W. B. Carroll's New York Circus. J. H. Wood's Great World's Circus. And Howes' Champion Circus. Ben Maginley, manager. W. B. Carroll, equestrian manager. J. H. Wood, treasurer.
    The manager most respectfully assures the public, to whom he has long been known as a __ for refined amusements, that the establishment he now represents is emphatically the best, both in merit and extent, to any that has ever been brought before them. Organized expressly for this campaign, the season of 1867. The proprietors have spared neither labor nor expense to render this circus is in all respects worthy the support and patronage of an appreciated and liberal public. An entire new outfit, comfortably arranged seats, appropriate surroundings, and tasteful adjuncts.
    Monster brass band, led by Joe Wirenshaw, Ike La Rue, champion drummer. Blooded horses of surprising beauty, remarkable training, and great docility, and a troupe of artistes, selected expressly for their superior abilities. We claim to have a show that can defy comparison & overthrow all competition. The leading performers, secured regardless of expense, are all first-class artists, whose abilities can always command positions in the principal amphitheatres and circuses in the world, and whose talents will give tone to the entertainment and render them entirely different and vastly superior to any hitherto given in this section of the country.
    In order to successfully effect this much desired end, we take pride in presenting M'lle Marie Elize, the peerless queen of the arena who stands alone uapproached and unapproachable as an equestrienne. The very embodiment of grace, elegance and skill, in comparison to whom all other female riders sink into insignificance, none daring to attempt a rivalship. Among other wonderful things she executes the daring feat of leaping over a banner sixteen feet wide, while her horse is at full speed. Madame W. B. Carroll, long recognized as the fair and faultless representative of classic equestrianism. Mr. Ben Maginley, the quintescence of wit and humor. The touchstone of the age. Whose genius of mirth sparkles like dew-drops in the rising sun. Whose humor though pointed and telling, is chastely devoid of offense or suspicious double entendre.
    W. B. Carroll, the chieftain of the equestrian school, who as a two, four or six horse rider has no equal. The Holland Family, John Sen., John Jun., Masters George & Eddie. Are remarkable evidenced of one peculiar talent in one family. From childhood they were gymnasts, and from boyhood they were performers. Ambitious and ardently attached to their profession, they have reached an eminence that few artists can attain. Joseph Tinkham, a young, dashing and intrepid horseman, who on account of his marvelous executions on a bare back steed has gained the sobriquet of the Wild Weird Rider. Mr. Tinkham is also the champion as leaper, vaulter and turns a double summersault in the air before alighting.
    C. Fowler, personator of the quaint and comical. W. A. Johnston, Billy Remington, De Averon, Geo. Bird, Masters Willie, George, Louis & Frank, La Petite May, Josephine & Annie, M'lle Tinkham. The celebrated thorough bred Irish trick and race horse, Rosewood, will be introduced by Mr. Ben Maginley. The afternoon entertainment will be inaugurated by a grand free exhibition. M'lle Tinkham, the dashing equilibrist, who will make a grand ascension on the slender wire, three hundred feet long, from the ground to the top of the centre pole, and altitude of 75 feet. Remember this exhibition is free to all, and will take place outside of the marque at one o'clock. John L. Howes, gen. agent. Sparta Eagle (WI), May 8, 1867, n.p.n.

• 1867: Maginley & Carroll, online at:
Clipper, March 30,   Clipper, April 27,   Clipper, May 4 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 25,   Clipper, June 15,   Clipper, July 13 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 20,   Clipper, August 3,   Clipper, August 31 (scroll down)
Clipper, November 9,   Clipper, November 23,   Clipper, December 7 (scroll down)

1868:

    Come to Grief. Our Southern exchanges bring us the intelligence that Maginley & Carroll's circus, which passed through Petersburg a few weeks ago, has been compelled to suspend operations and disband at Valhalla, South Carolina. Petersburg Index (VA), November 6, 1868, n.p.n.

• 1868: Maginley & Carroll, online at:
Clipper, March 14,   Clipper, March 28,   Clipper, April 25 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 23,   Clipper, May 30,   Clipper, June 6 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 18,   Clipper, August 15,   Clipper, September 19 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 17,   Clipper, November 14 (scroll down)

• 1868, Ben Maginley and W. Carroll took their show to Kansas in June, 1868. A. W. Morgan was general agent. Bandwagon, May-June, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 3, pp. 14-15.

1873:

    The Great Western Circus is to commence a season under the management of Ben Maginley, at Houston street, East River, Oct. 13(?). [New York City] New York Clipper, October 18, 1873, p. 230.

    At the Great Western Circus, performing at the foot of East Houston street, the chief features of the past weeks were the Siegrist Family; Arthur Nelson, scenic rider; Wooda Cook, somersault equestrian; Millie Turnous, trapeze performer; Mme. Blanche, equestrienne; Master Willie Showles, rider . . . John Foster and George Watson are the clowns, and Ben Maginley is the manager. New York Clipper, November 8, 1873, p. 254.

    Maginley & Co.'s Circus, Menagerie, Museum and Trained Animal Show will be the title of an establishment which will travel during the season of 1874, with John O'Brien, Dr. Spaulding and Ben Maginley as owners, the latter gentleman being the manager. Claude De Haven has been engaged as director of publications and general advertising agent with Maginley & Co.'s Circus next season. New York Clipper, December 13, 1873, p. 295.

1874:

    The privileges with Ben Maginley & Co.'s show have been disposed of as follows: concert to Pete Gannon; sideshow to Jim Gannon and Collier; candy stands to Nick White. New York Clipper, January 17, 1874, p. 335.

    Ben Maginley & Co.'s Circus, Museum, Menagerie and Trained Animals is the be the title of the show owned by Ben Maginley, Dr. Spaulding and John O'Brien, which will be put on the road during the tenting season of 1874. New York Clipper, January 31, 1874, p. 351.

    Prince Sadi d'Jalma, the "Man of Mystery," is engaged for the coming season with Ben Maginley & Co.'s circus and menagerie. New York Clipper, February 28, 1874, p. 383.

    Maginley & Co. have purchased, during the past week, a golden leopard, a tapir, and a collection of monkeys, birds, etc., all of which have been shipped to Frankford, Pa. Maginley & Co., during the winter, have been breaking a buffalo to perform a series of ring tricks. New York Clipper, April 4, 1874, p. 7.

    Maginley & Co.'s Circus, Museum, Menagerie and Trained Animals. Proprietors, G. Spalding, John O'Brien and Ben Maginley; manager, Ben Maginley; assistant manager, S. Keeler; contracting agent, A. Burt; advertising agent, Claude De Haven; programme agent, J. Turner; treasurer, Joseph Colvin; assistant treasurer, Wm. Fowler; leader of band, Prof. Adolph Nichols; equestrian director, Jacob Showles; zoological director, Wm. Pendergast . . . Clowns, _. S. Smith and George Dunbar. Riders, Mme. Trewolla, Mme. Showles, Senorita Antonio, Fred Barclay, Mons. Fernando, J. Showles, Master Willie and Willie Showles . . . Gymnasts, Senor Antonio, George Dunbar . . . Acrobats, leapers and tumblers, Clifford, Fisher, Wilson, Sig. Raffello . . . Specialists, Prince Sadi d'Jalma and George Le Tort. Proprietor of concert, Peter Gannon. Proprietor of sideshow, Prof. Collier & Co. Proprietor of candy privileges, Nick White. Supt. of menagerie, A. W. Field. Supt. museum, Andrew Reed. Winter quarters, Frankford, Pa. . . . New York Clipper, April 18, 1874, Supplement, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] Maginley & Co.'s Museum, Circus, Menagerie and Trained Animals. In Newport, Saturday, June 13th. Royal Circus, British Museum, Mammoth Menagerie, and School of Educated Animals, together with the equestrian drama Putnam, The Iron Son of '76, performed every evening with one hundred men, women and horses. M'dlle Marie Elise, equestrienne. The Carroll Family (six in number), bareback riders. Prince Sadi di Jaima, human anaconda. Master Willie, boy bareback rider. The Great Dunbar. Antoni, and a regiment of artists.
    Free street tournament. The Golden Appolonican, drawn by 40 horses driven by one man. The largest elephant in the world heads the cavalcade. The Rhinocerous to perform in the amphitheatre, ridden by a native. The performing mules, "Brick Pomeroy," and "Ben Butler." The talking horse, "Stephen A. Douglass." Elegantly dressed ladies and gentlemen, dens with living wild beasts, headed by the cornet band of 25 musicians. Admission 50 cents, children under 9 years of age, 25 cents. Claude DeHaven, advertising agent and director of all publications. Newport Daily News (RI), June 10, 1874, n.p.n.

    Ben Maginley & Co.'s Circus and Menagerie open at Boston on June 22 for one week. New York Clipper, June 13, 1874, p. 87.

    Maginley & Co.'s Circus has closed for the season and gone into winter quarters. New York Clipper, November 7, 1874, p. 255.

• 1875: Ben Maginley has withdrawn from the Circus and Menagerie which bore his name last season. New York Clipper, January 16, 1875, p. 335.

• 1876: Circus property is offered for sale by Ben Maginley. The property consists of horses, wagons, costumes, harness, tents, etc. New York Clipper, February 5, 1876, p. 359.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Ed Maginley's - 1892, 1894, 1897-98, 1900, 1910

1892:

    Wanted, for Maginley's Railroad Show, performers in all branchs of the circus business, and a band of six or seven mouth pieces, and A No. 1 trap drummer with own drums. Would like to hear from performers that do more than one act and double in concert, and a good musical act. Can use two or three performers who play brass. Wanted, an agent, boss canvasman, property man and working men in all branches. Show opens about the middle of May. Address Eddie C. Maginley, sole proprietor, Rice's Hotel, Detroit, Mich. New York Clipper, February 20, 1892, p. 838.

    Signed with the Maginley Railroad Show: A. F. Taylor . . . New York Clipper, March 5, 1892, p. 859.

    Maurice La Belle, slack wire and trapeze equilibrist, has signed with Maginley's Railroad Show, which opens at Detroit in May. Besides his usual wire act he will put on a trapeze balancing act. It is said that he ascends the ladder on stilts. New York Clipper, March 12, 1892, p. 3.

    The Baldwins are to go with the Maginley Circus. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.

    Angola, the contortionist, has signed with Eddie Maginley's Railroad Circus for the coming circus season. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.

    Robert Crawford, of Crawford Bros., and R. V. Stinson, of Howard Bros., have joined hands, and will be known as Crawford and Stinson. They will go with McGinley's Show. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.

    Eddie C. Maginley, proprietor of Maginley's R. R. Show, came to this city on a flying trip from winter quarters, Detroit, Mich., to see the parade and opening of the Greatest on Earth. New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 34.

    Call. People engaged with Maginley's Railroad Show report not later than May 11 at the show grounds, Twenty-fifth Street, near Michigan Avenue, Detroit. Would like to hear from one or two mroe turns for concert, who play brass; also canvas men and property men. Address Eddie C. Maginley, proprietor, Rice's Hotel, Detroit, Mich. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 124.

    Angola, the contortionist, closed with Maginley's Circus at Detroit May 27. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 229.

    A. E.(?) Taylor, advance agent for Maginley's Railroad Show, has closed his engagement on account of sickness. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 308.

1894: A. F.(P.?) Taylor, advance agent, has signed with Maginley's Circus for this season as contracting agent . . . New York Clipper, March 24, 1894, p. 37.

1897: The Maginleys, while performing at the New Gilmore Theatre, Springfield, Mass., were of Nov 12(?), bought of P. F. Shea & Co. a band wagon, advance wagon, a four horse cage for ticket wagon and four other baggage wagons, and circus property of the Tucker Little Giant Show, for the Maginleys' Big Wagon Show, which opens early in May. New York Clipper, November 27, 1897, p. 649.

1898:

    Fletcher Smith, newspaper editor, of Haverhill, Massachusetts, has been secured by the Maginleys as general agent of the Maginley Big Wagon Show. New York Clipper, January 29, 1898, p. 796.

    Fletcher S. Smith, general agent for Maginley's Big Wagon Show, was a guest of Proprietor Maginley at Boston, Massachusetts. Mr. Maginley left for Rockland, Maine, where he purchased the entire outfit of the Prescott Great Eastern Show, which will be added to the property already secured from the late managers of the Tucker Giant Shows. The Maginley's will take the road early in May. Mr. Smith, until time for the advance to start out, is leading the orchestra at the Nickelodeon, Lawrence, Massachusetts. New York Clipper, February 26, 1898, p. 864.

1900:

    Maginley's West Indies Show can be addressed at 209 E. Fourteenth street, New York City. It will tour Cuba, Jamaica, Haiti, and Porto Rico during the coming winter. Billboard, October 6, 1900, p. 5.

    The Troys and their dogs sail for Cuba and the West Indies, where they have a five months' engagement with E. C. Maginley's Anglo-American Circus. They also hold contracts for the summer season with the Lee Bros. Circus. New York Clipper, November 24, 1900, p. 855.

    The Ward Line steamer Santiago when she sailed for Nassau last Wednesday carried the advance guard of the Gran Circo Maginley, which is the circus organization formed by Eddie Maginley to tour the West Indies, paying particular attention to Cuba. Jerome and Le Desma and the Great Palfrey are the performers who sailed on Wednesday, but the Santiago also carried a force of men who act in various, capacities with the show. The main body will sail for Nassau on the Antilia on Dec. 5. In this contingent will be included the Maginleys Eddie and Lottie, who will do their aerial act with the show; Kenable, who will be the chief clown; Richard Louis, the Brothers Zella, triple horizontal bar act Robert Whittaker, Roly Americus, the performing pony; the Troys, Kenyon and Livingston, the Spaulding family, Herr Landgraff, Charles Brown, John Saunders, Emil Girard, the French grotesque and hat spinner, and a troupe of performing dogs and other single animal acts. The circus will remain in Nassau until after the holidays, and then will go direct to Cuba, an extensive tour of the island being then made. The organization will go into the interior, traveling by wagon road, with all the seventeenth century facilities which Spanish rule fastened on the island. The trip will consume five months. This is the second trip the organization has made to Cuba, last year having been the first. The previous attempt was a big winner, and Maginley is starting out confident of making money. Morning Telegraph (New York, NY), November 25, 1900, p. 8. [May be Sunday Telegraph]

1910: Wanted, circus acts doing two or more acts. Performers used to small circus or medicine shows, who can face organ preferred. Mand and wife. Ground acts and double concert; single jugglers, contortions, song and dance, all kinds of useful circus acts for tour of West Indies. Sail from Boston, Dec. 7. First class fares paid by management. E. C. Maginley, 28 Somerset St., Boston, Mass. [Advertisement] Billboard, November 12, 1910, p. 25.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Magner's   Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses lists Magner & Co.'s, 1873

1873:

    Wanted 50 foot round top, in good order, no wall. Address D. Magner, Courier office, Buffalo, N.Y. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, February 20, 1875, p. 376.

    Show property, including canvas, seats, jacks, poles, Kidd lights, wagons, canvas, etc., is offered for sale cheap by D. Magner. New York Clipper, April 10, 1875, p. 15.

1874:

    Wanted, for Magner & Co.'s Moral Sensation Show, acrobats, gymnasts, specialty artists, band of six pieces and boss canvasman. To take road under canvas about middle of April. D. Magner, Clifton Springs, N.Y. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, April 4, 1874, p. 3.

    Magner & Co.'s Sensation Show and Circus is advertised at East Saginaw, Mich., May 7, Saginaw City 8, Bay City 9. New York Clipper, May 9, 1874, p. 47.

    Magner's Circus and Menagerie and A. W. Davis' Great Moral Aggregation exhibited in opposition to each other at Fort Havard, Wis., June 1. New York Clipper, June 13, 1874, p. 87.

    Prof. Magner's circus exhibited here June 30th, and proved to be a very slim affair. Elyria Independent Democrat (OH), July 8, 1874, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Walter L. Main Circus - 1886-89, 1894, 1896, 1899, 1900, 1918-19, 1920-21, 1923, 1935

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1886-89, 1901-04, 1918-1928, 1930-33, 1935-37, 1939, 1944, 1948

1886:

    The following people are now engaged with Walter L. Main's Circus: Three Rexford Bros., Jessie Clifton, Billy Clifton, Little Ella . . . Prof. A. May and his dog circus, the D'Alma Family (four in number) and C. Dougherty's band and orchestra. The show is being built brand new at Mr. Main's Winter quarters, Trumbull, O. New York Clipper, February 13, 1886, p. 759.

    Walter L. Main's International Exposition will open season at Geneva, O., April 20, and will make three stands in Ohio, before going into Pennsylvania. The show travels by wagon. W. L. Main, proprietor and manager; Wm. Main, overseeer of horses; Mrs. Wm. Main, treasurer; Clark Dougherty, leader of band; __ Mooney, leader of orchestra; H. Winchester, boss canvasman; A. Moreland, assistant canvasman; Dwight Clapp, general and press agent . . . Performers: Four D'Almas, trapeze and bicycle; Lottie D'Alma, slack wire; Harry D'Alma, outside ascension; Maud D'Alma, rolling globe; John D'Alma, feats of strenght; three Rexford Bros., triple act and Roman ladder act; Willie Rexford, contortion; Large and Louden; F. E. Large, iron jaw; John N. Russell, principal clown . . . Prof. A. May and his dog circus; William Main with his troupe of trained horses and ponies; Billy and Jessie Clifton, aerialists. Sideshow: Flora Aymar, Fannie Barton and John D'Alma. Walter Main will make his own sideshow and concert announcements. . . . Number of animal cages, 5; wagons, 21, horses, 66, people, 72. The privileges will all be run by the manager (candy stands excepted). Show will travel East all season. New York Clipper, April 10, 1886, p. 55.

    For sale cheap, Walter L. Main's Circus, complete. Forty horses, trick ponies, trick and bareback hroses, riding dog and monkey, 100ft. round canvas, dressing room, horse tent, cook tent, harness, flags, wardrobe, seats, lights, advertising, band, passenger, ticket and baggage wagons, cages, poles, etc. All new last Spring. Address Trumbull, Ohio. New York Clipper, October 30, 1886, p. 526.

1887:

    Walter L. Main notes. The following have been engaged: Joe Berris, G. Ackerman . . . Giles Pullman. The show will open at Geneva, O., and will play through Pennsylvania and New England, traveling by wagon. New York Clipper, February 26, 1887, p. 791.

    Wooster, Ohio. William H. Quinette and family arrived here last week and will visit until their season opens April 25, when they join Walter L. Main's Circus, of which Mr. Quinette is principal clown, and his family gymnasts and acrobats. New York Clipper, April 16, 1887, p. 68.

    Notes from the Walter L. Main Show. We have postponed the Southern trip until next season, and will be among the last shows to close North. We wound up a twenty-six and a half weeks' season at Geneva, O., Oct. 29, and will Winter on Mr. Main's farm at Trumbull, O. New York Clipper, October 15, 1887, p. 498.

1888:

    Engagements for the next season of the Walter L. Main Circus are Castor and Carrear, Joseph Berries, Constronreo Orebo, the La Rue Bros., Gregory Bros., Delia Gregory, George Whitby and wife, Charley Marittus, Winchester Rearick, Freddie Pullman, H. W. Leonad, Maud Roy, Eugene Roy, Prof. W. Harrington and wife. New York Clipper, January 21, 1888, p. 716.

    The latest engagements with the Walter L. Main Circus for 1888 are: Giles Pullman, general agent; Dwight Clapp, contracting agent; Ernest Houghton, boss hostler; Curley Platner, boss canvasman; W. H. Snekley, boss property man; Billie Wiley, head cook; Williard A. Damon, treasurer; Signor Down, knowckabout clown; W. Reanik, grotesque clown; Wm. Lucifer, contortionist. The show will open about April 28, and will go East again. Much of the stuff will be new. New York Clipper, February 18, 1888, p. 784.

    A letter from the Walter L. Main Show gives the particulars of the season to date: The tour opened April 28 at Geneva, O. Sixty-five good horses are carried. May 11(?), at Cadiz, O., Mrs. Main was presented by her husband with the three trick horses, "Dan Rice," "Gen. Grant" and "John," the occasion marking her nineteenth birthday. Geo. S. Cole is associate manager and press agent, and is proud of the buggy provided for his use. Mr. Damou is the treasurer, and Geo. T. Castor does the laying out of the route. Fourteen people line up in tumbling and leaps, among whom four do double somersaults. Since starting Mr. Main has bought seven nice horses. New York Clipper, June 9, 1888, p. 203.

    The show had sixty horses. Said to be the first season the show carried an elephant. Some of the performers were Prof. Joe Berris, Patterson Bros., Bill LaRue and Geo. Bickel. Show had the talking horse, Dan Rice. Bandwagon, December, 1943, Vol. 2, No. 7, p. 1.

1889:

    Walter L. Main's International Exposition coming to Camden August 8. Wild West, Menagerie, Egyptian Caravan and Mystic Japanese Circus. Young Lowande, bareback rider; Mlle. Inez Lowande, equestrienne; Castor and Currier, high trapeze; Prof. Joseph Barries' Dog Circus and Trained Animal Paradox; Mons. Bigelow, modern Hercules; Mad. Dubois, female Samson; Japanese aerial artists; Mons. Leonard, lifts a living horse with his teeth. 200 men and horses, 40 performers, 10 lady artists, 5 clowns, cages of wild animals . . . "Dan Rice," the horse with the human brain; Generals "Grant" and "Lee," the see-saw horses; "Hazel," the Blondin pony; "Romeo," the performing elephant; "Jumbo" the giant horse. Admission 25 cents. Street parade led by Prof. Wm. M. Hoge's military band. Free outside exhibition. Rockland August 7th, Belfast August 9th. [Advertisement] Camden Herald (Camden, ME), August 2, 1889, n.p.n.

• 1892: Information on the 1892 Walter L. Main show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1993, Vol. 37, No. 4, pp. 39-42.

• 1893: Route for 1893, with daily receipts, is in Bandwagon, August 15, 1945, Vol. 4, No. 4, p. 5-6.

1894: Notes from the Walter L. Main's Shows. - The latest engagements are Albert Davenport, somersault rider; Jim Kincade, leaper; and Mrs. Evans, in charge of wardrobe. The advance cars Nos. 2 and 3, have gone, and the box brigade is forming and will go three days ahead of the show. Tom Fay and a large force of men are busy making all the tents water proof. . . . an emu and a cage of monkeys and birds are the latest additions to the menagerie. The big top will be erected Saturday, and all the people will be here April 16 for rehearsals. Manager Doc Colvin(?) arrived here from Chicago . . . Judd Webb and cars arrived from Philadelphia. The opening takes place April 21 at Geneva, N. Y. New York Clipper, April 21, 1894, p. 102.

• Information on the 1895 Walter L. Main show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1995, Vol. 39, No. 3, pp. 32-37.

1896:

    Walter L. Main notes. Mr. Main touched the electric button January 1, and work started in all departments. Practicing has begun in both ring barns at the winter quarters at Geneva, Ohio. James Caskey will again have charge of the canvas. Robert Abrams, boss hostler; Frank Thorpe, master of transportation, and Albert Stadler, animal trainer, will superintend the menagerie. Giles Pullman will have charge of the advertising forces. The show will open at Geneva, Ohio, April 25. New York Clipper, January 11, 1896, p. 716.

    Roster of the Walter L. Main Shows. Walter L. Main, sole proprietor and manager; C. H. Gilbertson, superintendent; T. J. Ford, adjuster; John Lowlow, equestrian director; John Gill, bandmaster; W. J. Doris, supt. sideshow; Robert Abrams, supt. stock; J. Caskey, supt. canvas; E. Breshan, supt. properties; A. Staddler, supt. menagerie; Harry Reed, supt. elephants; B. R. Clawson, proprietor of camp. Performers: a troupe of nin Arabs, Deer Bros., Indians and cowboys, fifteen in number, and the following circus, hippodrome and concert people: Fisher Bros. and Nesirello Sisters, Georgia Deer, Minnie Patterson, Anna West, Ida Slagherty, Mary Watson, John Corriea and wife, the Ty Bells, Marietta Lowande, Three Renos, Three Lorenas, Three Devenes, Seman and Burke, Bickle and Watson, St. Clair and Lorena, and child, Chas. Cass, Tony Lowande, Joseph Berris, Lon Worley, Francis T. St. John, Tom Nelson and Wm. Winfield. Three rings and two stages will be used, and the centre ring will have the old time talking and singing clown, John Lowlow. There will be performing elephants, horses, mules, ponies, etc. We are using a steel barred arena, thirty-six feet in diameter and twelve feet high, in which will be introduced the riding lions and group of performing lions, tigers, leopards, bears, panthers and boar hounds. We will have the high dive for free exhibition and lead parade with motor wagon. The big show will open April 16. Thomas Rowe, expansionist, and wife, Lillie Wray, long haired lady, with be with the Walter L. Main Show. New York Clipper, March 28, 1896, p. 53.

    Needham and Mack, Irish comedians and burlesque boxers, joined the Walter L. Main Show at Buffalo, New York, May 11. New York Clipper, May 30, 1896, p. 200.

• Information on the 1897 Walter L. Main Circus is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 2, pp. 43-47.

1899: Walter L. Main Three Ring Circus, Five-Continent Menagerie, Racing Carnival, Congress of All Nations, Society Horse Fair and Children's Menagerie. Eau Claire, June 21 [Wisconsin]. The 6 Phenomenal Werntz's; "Canandaigua," the riding pony. Hugh Thomason, with a detachment of Roosvelt's Rough Riders. Also Rough Riders who were in the midst of that memorial charge at San Juan Hill. Besides the five-continent menagerie, the finest collection of animals on earth, in addition a flock of African ostriches and a complete children's menagerie. The features of this Little People's Zoological Institute are the baby elephant, baby lion, the only pair of nursing baby tigers in the U.S., only six weeks old.
    63 performing horses and ponies in one ring, at one time, performed by one man. Canandiagua, the only horseback riding pony. 10 lady riders, headed by Miss Rose Dockrill. 10 equestrians, headed by the Brazilian horseman, Martina LoWanda Jr. A band of native Cubans, direct from Santiago de Cuba, a musical entertainment. Kerslake, the Vermont Boy, with his troop of performing hogs; Wild Rose, the Cuban wild girl; Major Rhinbeck, the smallest man that lives; Cooper, the tallest giant that walks. 50 riders, aerialists, clowns, leapers and tumblers. 20 funniest clown in exhistence. One thousand horses, men and children. 1/4 mile race course, one million rods of canvas; twelve acres of wealth. No gambling, no games of chance.
    Big, new idea free street parade will leave the grounds at 10 o'clock a.m. every morning. Headed by the Zuave Drum Corps; 20 cages of rare beasts; historical Quebec Collashe, appropriately costumes; horseless carriages; genuine Cuban band in parade; clown band. Doors open at 1 & 7 p.m., performances at 2 & 8 p.m. All tents positively waterproof. [Advertisement] Eau Claire Leader (Eau Claire, WI), June 16, 1899, n.p.n.

1900: Sale of the Main Shows. The auction sale of the Walter L. Main circus and menagerie, which took place at Geneva, O., Jan. 24, 25 and 26, drew together one of the greatest concourses of showmen ever seen in America. Twenty-two shows were represented. The bidding was lively and spirited and the property brought excellent values. It was nearly all sold. A few unimportant items had to be passed, but the desireable stuff, such as parade wagons, cars, ponies and especially the animals, were sold out clean. The sales footed up $48,312, and Mr. Main estimates that the property still on hand is worth about $7,000. Among the more eager bidders were Geo. Charters, of the Great Exposition Circuit Co., Canton, O.; Col. Frank W. Gaskill, Canton Carnival Col., Canton, O.; and Bostock & Tarrati, of Baltimore, M., all street fair promoters. This would indicate that the street fair is going to be more popular than ever this year. Billboard, February 1, 1900, pp. 4, 12.

1918:

    Walter Main, who had a circus side-show with the Polack Carnival last season, has moved all his stock from Salisbury, N.C., to Geneva, O. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 28.   Circus people now in the carnival business: Walter L. Main, with Polack Bros. Show's executive staff. Billboard, June 8, 1918, p. 27.

    The following have signed with the Walter L. Main Shows, the new title of Andrew Downie's La Tena Circus: Clark Smith, boss hostler; William C. Chapman, legal adjuster; J. S. Robertson, manager side show; F. J. Frink, general agent; Buck Smith, ticket seller; Jess Bullock, assistant manager; and W. D. Schneider, superintendent. . . . Billboard, March 9, 1918, p. 28.

    "Dutch" Hoffman left Philadelphia for Havre de Grace, Md., to repair and repaint the privilege car of the Walter L. Main Shows. He will have charge of the car this season. Joe Greer will again troup, having signed to furnish seven people and twelve trained horses to put on five acts for the main show and all of the concert for the Walter L. Main Fashion Plate Shows, which will start from winter quarters at Havre de Grace, Md., April 20. Winter quarters, 1918. Walter L. Main Fashion Plate Shows. Andrew Downie, manager; Havre de Grace, Md. Billboard, March 23, 1918, pp. 66, 124.

    Walter L. Main Fashion Plate Shows. Andrew Downie, proprietor, manager; Jess Bullock, asst. manager; F. J. Frink, general agent; J. S. Robertson, manager sideshow; W. D. Schneider, general supt.; Clark Smith, boss hostler; Victor Stout, manager advance car; Wm. C. Chapman, legal adjuster. Show opens at Havre de Grace, Md., April 20. Billboard, March 30, 1918, p. 64.

    Route, Walter L. Main Shows, Warren, Pa., 8; Corry 9; Salamanca, N.Y., 10; Bradford, Pa., 11. Billboard, May 11, 1918, p. 63.

    The Walter L. Main Shows is under the sole proprietorship and management of Andrew Downie. The show is of eighteen car size and the performance is given in two rings and a stage. On the staff are A. J. Frink, general agent; Mr. Beach, contracting agent; Jess Bullick, treasurer; William Chapman and B. G. Amsden, legal adjusters; John J. Fehr, press. Mrs. Andrew Downie has the candy stands with eight butchers. Holcombe and Doyle have nine big stores on the lot. Pop George Coy has the canvas, with Jud Kelly assistant. Doc Williams is boss of props, and Ed Keen supt. of lights. The train is under Whitey Crossett. Otto Hoffman (Dutch) has the privilege car. The annex is under the management of J. S. Robertson. G. L. McCullough and A. Karno, ticket boxes; sideshow band under leadership of John H. McKensie. Cuban Mack Maxi, Hindu; Margaret McDonald, illusion; Princess Imo; M. DeLong, snakes; Baby Kramer, bag puncher; Princess Bertina and her Hawaiian dancing girls. The big show program: band concert under Prof. Kerns. Equestrian director, Wm. DeMott. . . . The clowns are Horace Laird, Happy Lewis, Uncle Ott, J. Cowden, Dailey Bros., Joe Wright, Abe Martin, Jack McCullough and others. Prof. Kerns has sixteen pieces in the band: Mrs. Flora Kerns, bass; Alex Kowett and W. M. Barrow, baritones; Fred Keiper, Earl Foulks, Standly Schultz and George Meadows, trombones; Mildred Robbins and Joe McDermott, altos; George Delmar, Lew LaBree and Eddie Lewis, cornets; R. O. Thompson and Charles Murray, clarinets; "Toots" Robbins, traps. At Tyrone, Pa., the entire company went to the cemetery and decorated the graves of Wm. Lee and Barney Multaney, who were killed in the wreck of the Main Show, May 30, 1893. Billboard, May 18, 1918, pp. 28, 31.

    Business for the Walter L. Main Show has been exceptional through the State of Maine . . . "Whitie" Lehrter has joined as boss canvasman after closing with the Hagenbeck-Wallace Show a few weeks ago. Chauncy Jacobs is boss hostler and "Whitie" Crossett is trainmaster. We have a full menagerie, including four elephants, several camels and eight small cages. The writer was placed in Limited or Special Service by his draft board at Worcester, Mass. - James J. Heron. Billboard, July 6, 1918, p. 24.

    H. "Whitie" Lebrter, late of the Hagenbeck-Wallace Shows, now has the canvas on the Walter L. Main Show. Jerome Harryman has his eight-footed horse is with the Walter L. Main Show. Billboard, July 13, 1918, p. 25.

    Robert Saul, agent, who has been 24-hour man for nine weeks with the Walter L. Main Shows, has been promoted to press agent and front door man. Col. John Wehr is now doing the 24-hour work and is getting the banners one day ahead. James Heron, who has been acting as treasurer for the show, left August 8 for New York to accept a position as business representative with Reid's Record Breakers. Albert Karnes and Chancey Jacobs are again back home on the shows, after being called for army service and finally exempted. Billboard, August 24, 1918, p. 26.

    The Walter L. Main Show (Andrew Downie) is now on the road South. It has been a prosperous season, but the shortage of workingmen has been a serious handicap. "Whitie" Lehrter raises and lowers the tops, assisted by Steve Roberts. Bane, of Bane and Hicks, is now master of properties as well as doing his usual stunts. "Whitie" Crossett handles the train. Chauncey Jacobs has the stock and William De Mott the equestrian director. The Flying Cowdens, who recently met with an accident, are again working. Joe Greer, who is putting on the Wild West and menage acts, let some of his people go recently, but replaced them. Cheerful Gardner has broken in another elephant act. The four elephants are working nicely. The candy stands are under Mrs. Downie, assisted by Florence Drake, Sallie Hughes and a corps of butchers. Bert Fisher, the Hebrew clown, is up town every day getting a few dollars on ads. Professor Kerns and his band have been doing good work. Kerns handles the mail. Mrs. Kerns, daughter and son-in-law (Milton Robbins, son of showman Frank A. Robbins), play in the band. Harry mcCullough and wife and Albert Karns and wife are still "with it." Wm. Chapman and "Peck" Amsden are doing the special agent work. John L. Fehr looks after the press work and the banners. He has averaged seven banners a day for the season. The annex is under the management of J. A. Robinson. Margie McDonald has a new lot of large snakes. The show is well lighted under the supervision of "Java" Kone. Billboard, September 14, 1918, p. 86.

    Melvin Hollis and Bessie Cooper, both with Walter L. Main's Circus, were married at Easton, Md., September 26. James M. Beach, contracting agent for the Walter L. Main Shows, closed with that attraction and is at his home in Seneca Falls, N.Y. Billboard, October 12, 1918, p. 24.

    The Walter L. Main Shows disbanded and moved from Tasley, Va., to Havre de Grace, Md., October 8. The Eastern dates were all canceled on account of the spread of influenza. When we reached Havre de Grace, "Governor" Andrew Downie collapsed, but physicans had him out and he was superintending things again on Friday. Billboard, October 19, 1918, p. 54.

    The entire equipment of the Walter L. Main Show is stored at winter quarters in an immense building. The four elephants and the animals will be taken to Philadelphia, where a suitable stable has been secrued, and during the winter the two new "bulls" will be broken. Booking has been secured for the La Tena Trained Elephants in Philadelphia and vicinity for the greater part of the off season. It is Mr. Downie's intention to keep the show at its present size, fifteen cars. A new dining car will be added, instead of the cookhouse on the lot. An air calliope and a una-fon will supply music in conjunction with the band. Billboard, October 26, 1918, p. 26.

    Walter L. Main last week announced that he would put out the Walter L. Main Shows next season as a combined wagon and motor circus. His idea is to use hayburners to get the show over the road, but to send the people from town to town in Ford cars. Billboard, November 2, 1918, p. 27.

    1919: Walter L. Main is said to have abandoned the idea to put out a wagon circus this season, but will devote his time to renting his animal acts. Billboard, February 15, 1919, p. 61.

1919:

    Albert C. Bradley has signed contracts with manager Andrew Downie, of the Walter L. Main Circus, to act as assistant manager and handle the press for this season. Mr. Bradley has been connected for a number of years with Ringling interests. He successfully managed one of the big shows last season and as railroad contractor few excel. Billboard, January 25, 1919, p. 69.

    It is understood that the Walter L. Main Circus the coming season will be a twenty-two car show, manager Andrew Downie using twenty cars in his train, an new advertising car in advance, and the old advertising car held in reserve. Billboard, February 15, 1919, p. 66.

    Walter L. Main Notes. Havre de Grace, Md., Feb. 15. Sallie Hughes, equestrian and acrobat, in the past connected with the old John Robinson, King & Franklin, Ringling Bros. and Great Wallace circuses, and for the past two seasons assistant to Mrs. Andrew Downie, visited New York City to purchase satins, velvets, trimmings and other material for new costumes to be used in parade and pageant the coming season. A car load of dapple gray draught horses were a recent addition to the winter quarters. Jack Davis is working the "bulls" every day. Colonel McGill arrived recently with his horses and has commenced to break stock. Jack Thrault makes frequent trips to the farm and reports the baggage stock in fine condition. Ralph Somerville, of Orange fame, is getting to be quite a painter. Billy Emerson, "the calliope fiend," is temporarily in charge of the cook house. Harry McCullough, sideshow announcer was here from Philly. Mr. and Mrs. Java Kohn, Mr. and Mrs. John Cowden and Horace Lloyd, of Chester, will be with the show again. John J. Burns, trainmaster, formerly with Hargreaves, Welsh Bros., Two Bills, Washburn, Wheeler & Downie, Levitt-Taxier Shows, arrived from Chester, Pa., and plans to go with Andrew Downie's Walter L. Main Circus. Billboard, February 22, 1919, p. 30.

    F. J. Frink, general agent of the Walter L. Main Circus, announces the engagement of Tom Dransfield as car manager for this season. Billboard, March 29, 1919, p. 70.

    A 60 ft. flat, a 50 foot stock and an advertising car passed through New York enroute from Bridgeport to Havre de Grace, Maryland, consigned to the Walter L. Main Shows. Billboard, April 5, 1919, p. 31.

    The Walter L. Main Circus opened its season April 19, at Havre de Grace, Md. In the big top are two circus arenas and a large platform. A band concert was given forty minutes before starting the performance by Prof. Henry Kerns' band of twenty pieces. The program: Display No. 1, tournament. No. 2, statuary, stage. No. 3, perch, Laird; stage, double traps, Cowdens; ring 2, perch Cornellas. No. 4, ring 1, four-pony dirll; ring 2, Bealls cannon balls. No. 5, stage, bears. No. 6, ring 1 ladies principal; stage, clowns; ring 2, ladies principal. No. 7, ring 1, swinging ladder; stage, Miss Cornella, single; ring 2, swinging ladders. No. 8, ring 1, elephants; ring 2, dogs. No. 9, ring 1 hand balancing, Myrtle; stage, Chas. Wheat. No. 10, clown walkaround. No. 11, ring 1, rings, Bluches; ring 1, rings, Lorellas. No. 12, first concert announcement. No. 13, menage acts. No. 14, ring 1 gents principal; ring 2, gents principal. No. 15, ring 1, revolving ladder; stage, Cornella Sisters; ring 2, Lorellas, comedy. No. 16, clown walkaround. No. 17, Joe La Fleur. No. 18, second concert announcement. No. 19, ring 1, iron jaw; stage, Bealls, strong act; ring 2, iron jaw. No. 20, Bluches, trampoline. No. 21, rings 1 and 2, carrying acts. No. 22, Wheil(?).
    Roster: Andrew Downie, sole owner and manager; A. C. Bradley, assistant manager; H. A. Lehrter, boss canvasman; James Herron, treasurer; Pop Coy, superintendent; Bob Abrams, boss hostler; F. J. Frink, general agent; C. Hailey, sideshow canvas; Howard Ingram, trainmaster; Mr. De Mott, equestrian director; J. C. Parker, supt. tickets; J. C. Robertson, manager annex; Milt Robbins, manager No. 2 annex; Joe kelley, ___; Java Keen, supt. lights; Ben Sturgis, assistant boss hostler; Jack Davis, supt. menagerie. Billboard, May 10, 1919, pp. 40, 41.

    Walter L. Main Circus. Col. John L. Fehr, veteran circus agent, is with the show, as special agent and superintendent of the commissary department. He has been on manager Downie's staff for years. J. S. Robertson, manager of the annex, is turning in big receipts. Harry McCullough, the "Philadelphia King," is handling the ticket box. His better half is also with the show. Another assistant on the sideshow is Elmer Meyers. James Herron, late agent for Jack Reid's Record Breakers, has charge of the big show ticket wagon. Johnny Parker is superintendent reserve seat tickets. Howard Ingram, late of H.-W., is master of transportation. Billboard, June 7, 1919, p. 82.

    The Hocum Family of four people, with six head of stock, was a recent addition to the Walter L. Main show. They do three different acts. Two novelty actors, Baker and Stanton, are now in the sideshow. At Princeton, Wis., our steward, "Band Wagon Fat," or Chas. Pease, had a bad attack of overprosperityitis, and left for Chicago, just after he had received his salary. A. J. Gifford is our new steward. He has been with the Walter L. Main Shows for several years. Bert Fisher joined clown alley at Princeton, coming from the Barnum show. He is now one of Col John L. Fehr's assistants in the advertising department, as well as clowning. Jack Wilson, assistant special agent, made a hurried trip to Black River Falls, Minn., a few weeks ago, to look after his hotel interests there. Mr. Wilson will manage the Freeman House there after the circus season is over. - John L. Fehr. Joseph H. Hughes writes that the Walter L. Main Circus will remain out until December 15. Billboard, August 30, 1919, pp. 41, 43.

    The Walter L. Main Circus has been out over twenty weeks. Pete Cornalla will soon introduce his new five-people acrobatic act. Bert Fisher, Jew comedian, joined at Princeton, Wis. . . . - Joe LaFleur. Billboard, September 13, 1919, p. 70.

    November 17 is the closing date of the Walter L. Main Circus, at Cape Charles, Va. The show was out since April 19, covering sixteen States, a season of thirty weeks and two days. The total mileage, including the run "home," will be 10,300. Billboard, November 15, 1919, p. 56.

    Walter L. Main Circus wants immediately at winter quarters. Dog and pony trainer, work the year 'round. Harness maker, elephant trainer to break new act. Will buy young animals of all kinds, trained or not. New ring barn and good accommodations. For sale, bucking burros, two advance cars, one sleeper, one combination sleeper, diner and baggage car; one 60ft. flat, one 60ft. stock, cages, wagons, horse and pony harness, pony trappings, tents, seats, baggage wagons, cages, lights, wardrobe, etc. Address Andrew Downie, Havre de Grace, Md. [Advertisement] Billboard, December 6, 1919, p. 55.

    Walter L. Main Circus. Mr. Downie's reasons for selling the property is because he had made enough in the last two years to retire, but if he cannot sell the outfit, he will take it out in 1920 as a 25-car show. . . . Andrew Downie has sold most of this season's train and will at once buy rolling stock for this ten-car circus, under the above named title, for next season. Billboard, December 6, 1919, pp. 54, 56.

• More on Walter L. Main show, 1919, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.

1920:

    Walter L. Main Circus: Andrew Downie, proprietor and manager; James Herron, treasurer; F. J. Frink, general agent; J. Henry Rice and will Hoffman, local contractors; Wm. Jones, advance press agent; Gardner Wilson, press agent with show; J. E. Ogden, manager side show; Herman Griggs, equestrian director; Mrs. Andrew Downie, supt. privileges; C. R. Bachtel, musical director; John Lehrter, supt. canvas; Whitie Warren, trainmaster; Clark Smith, boss hostler; N. b. Sheldon, supt. props.; Ed Holland, 24-hour agent; Jack Davis, supt. elephants; Roy Llewellen, supt. animals; Will Smith, manager advance car No. 1; J. M. Beach, manager advance car No. 2; B. Amsden, legal adjuster; 21 cars. Opens at Havre de Grace, Md., April 17. Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.

• 1921, show opened the season April 16, 1921, under the management of Andrew Downie. Bandwagon, January, 1947, n.p.n.

1923:

    Thos. Thompson, husband of Bird Millman, has signed with the Walter L. Main Circus as inside ticket seller. New York Clipper, February 14, 1923, p. 22.

• In 1925 Floyd and Howard King used the Walter L. Main title. Bandwagon, May-June, 1977, p. 6.

• An article on the 1931-32 Walter L. Main Circus is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 4, pp. 20-31.

1935: An article on the 1935 show is online in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1959 (scroll down).

Article on the Walter L. Main shows is online in Bandwagon, Jul-Aug 1967.

• Biography of Walter L. Main and information on his shows is online in Bandwagon, May-Jun 1967.

• Articles on the Walter L. Main show, Floyd and Howard King, owners, 1925-30 are in:
Bandwagon, May-June, 1977, Vol. 21, No. 3, pp. 4-17.
Bandwagon, September-October, 1977, Vol. 21, No. 5, pp. 4-20.
Bandwagon, January-February, 1978, Vol. 22, No. 1, pp. 4-14.
Bandwagon, May-June, 1978, Vol. 22, No. 3, pp. 4-14.

• An article on the 1931-32 Walter L. Main Circus, James Heron, owner, is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 3, pp. 4-11.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Main & Van Amburgh - 1890

    Walter L. Main will next season be manager and proprietor of Van Amburgh & Co.'s Menagerie, which will be consolidated with his own circus, aquarium and hippodrome. New York Clipper, January 18, 1890, p. 749.

    Walter L. Main and Van Amburg's Mastodon Shows, Consolidated. Wanted, wild west people and a boss animal man. Would buy pair young lions, male and female and other cage animals. Lots of show property for sale. Walter L. Main, Geneva, O. New York Clipper, January 25, 1890, p. 770.

    Main & Van Amburg Shows. Wanted, first class talking and singing clown, principal tumbler that does a specialty. Walter L. Main. Grooms, Charles Evans; canvasmen, H.(?) Flatner; animal men, Wm. Winnter; property men, John D'Alma. Address all letters to Geneva, O. New York Clipper, March 22, 1890, p. 28.

    Pittsburg, Pennsylvania. Main & Van Amburgh's Consolidated Shows begin the season the the South Side, April __. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 86.

    Notes from the Walter L. Main & Van Amburg Circus. Business through the coal and coke regions of Pennsylvania continue good. . . . Genial Sam Scribner tells the funny sideshow opening to the people every day. Luke Rivers (Pete Jenkins) says there is nothing like cool mountain water. Geo. S. Cole is doing good work ahead. Our treasurer, Tony Richardson, thinks "Algenon(?)" is about right on a wet day. Everything is working nicely, and all are well. New York Clipper, May 17, 1890, p. 155.

    Notes from the Main-Van Amburg Shows. Business continued good, and we are now among the Alleghenys (mountains). Rain has been with us for four weeks, but mud has about gone, and the boys rejoice at a ray of sunshine. . . . Young Oscar Lowanda and Marietta (Corriea) are doing a fine bareback carrying act. John D'Alma, our equestrian director, is pushing things with a vim. . . . Geo. S. Cole, our press agent, is ahead for a few days with Frank Hurd, our contractor. . . . The annex is doing well, and Sig. Nevarro's entertainment catches on. . . . New York Clipper, May 31, 1890, p. 183.

    Elwood Doyle, night watchman with the Main & Van Amburgh Shows, had the misfortune to fall from the chandelier wagon, breaking his leg. He was immediately cared for, and medical assistance was procured at a little place called Buffalo Mills, Pa. May __ a subscription paper was put in circulation among the performers, and in less than thirty minutes $83(?) was raised for Mr. Doyle, who, by the way, is an old timer, well known in the circus business. Any mail for him can be addressed to Bedford, Pa., where he is now resting easy. New York Clipper, June 7, 1890, p. 197.

    Tony Richardson, treasurer and manager, Walter L. Main & Van Amburgh's Circus. New York Clipper, June 7, 1890, p. 207.

    The Main & Van Amburg Show is this week in the Cumberland Valley, between the mountains. The drives have been the best of late on good pike roads. The weather is hot, and Mr. Smith, of the candy stands, is doing great on the "strawberry juice." New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 215.

    Good business prevails in Jersey with the Main & Van Amburgh Shows. The weather is reported very warm, and the farmers are harvesting, yet at night they come in crowds and the canvas is packed. . . . Mr. Main's new black team and silver plated harness make a splendid showing. . . . Tony Richardson, treasurer, will close with the show about the first of August, in order to assume the management of Frank S. Davidson's(?) Dramatic Co. New York Clipper, July 5, 1890, p. 262.

    Walter Main paid the Brazilian Circus a visit at Stapleton, R. I., and is said to have expressed himself as well pleased with the performance. He also made a big offer for the fourteen Congo Zulus, which J. S. Hoffman secured last week. Good business prevails with the show. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 295.

    Wanted, musicians for Main & Van Amburgh Circus. Frank B. Flowers, leader. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 304.

    The latest addition to the Main & Van Amburgh Show is a new Livingstone, recently presented by Maud Livingston to her husband. Mother and child are doing nicely. New York Clipper, July 26, 1890, p. 307.

    Notes from the Main & Van Amburgh Shows. Acaris and his sister joined last week . . . Tony Richardson, treasurer, closed July 27(?), to assume the management of Frank S. Davidson's Musical Comedy Co., which opens shortly in Ohio. Henry Gilbertson is now in charge of the ticket wagon. We had several visitors the past week, including Robert Hunting, T. K. Burk, Mr. Lipman (father of Al. S. Lipman, and an old time circus man) . . . W. M.Thomas, bass player, joins the Barlow Bros.' Minstrels soon. . . . W. A.Conklin, superintendent of the New York Zoological Park, and his family; George and Edward Orrin, the Mexican circus managers; George Carlo, of South America; Ben Yates, the old time ballet master; and Billy Lester, of Lester and Allen, visited us at Asbury Park. Everybody is well and contented. New York Clipper, August 2, 1890, p. 323.

    Chas. L. Van Deventer, slide trombonist, has closed with the Main & Van Amburgh Circus, to join Barlow Bros.' Minstrels, making his fourth season with that company. New York Clipper, August 16, 1890, p. 355.

    Agent George S. Cole and Sam Scribner were Clipper callers Aug. 14. Mr. Scribner closed with the Main & Van Amburgh Circus 9, and on 2? will open the tour of his "Uncle Tom's Cabin" Co. Mr. Cole was making the metropolis a hasty visit. He reports very good business. New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 373.

    Main & Van Amburg gleanings. Business with this show is at high water mark, the past week being one of the largest in the history of the troupe. The "ghost" never fails to materialize, and consequently everybody is happy. The boys have plent of "blue paper" laid away for the winter. George H.(?) Irving is now manager of the annex. Mons. Leopold closed Sept. _, and Barney Ducrow joined in his place. We are now en route for winter quarters, Geneva, O., where we close Oct. __. Geo. Castor, of Castor and Correia, and George Irving are to put out a minstrel company in November, and have already engaged several people. Manager W. L. Main will spend the winter in the South. Geo. S. Cole, our able assistant manager, will retire to his home, Potsdam, N. Y. Frank Flowers, bandmaster, who also owns a half interest in a dramatic company in the West, reports them as doing finely, and will join his company at the close of his present engagement. The show will be again enlarged for next season, and several important features will be added. All are well. New York Clipper, October 4, 1890, 468.

    Notes from the Main-Van Amburgh Show. . . . Our season lasted twenty-six and two-thirds weeks, and has been a very pleasant one . . . New York Clipper, October 18, 1890, 503.

    George S. Cole and his son, Bert, are engaged for Walter L. Main's Show for 1891, their fourth consecutive season with that circus. New York Clipper, November 1, 1890, 539.

    Attention showmen. Having concluded to organize a new big railroad show for 1891, I now have for sale cheap, separately or together the largest, best and most successful wagon show in the world. Address Walter L. Main, sole owner, Geneva, Ohio. New York Clipper, November 15, 1890, 572.

    George S. Cole telegraphs us that the deal made between Walter L. Main and himself for the tenting season of 1891 has been declard off, by mutual consent. New York Clipper, November 22, 1890, 587.

    Walter L. Main will not include the name of Van Amburgh in the title of his show next season. It will be known as the Walter L. Main Circus, Museum, Menagerie and Hippodrome. New York Clipper, December 6, 1890, p. 619.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

W. L. Main - 1881-83, 1886-89, 1890-91; Sargeant & Kidder - 1892

• Main & Co. listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1881-1891

Also see Hilliard & Main.

1881:

    Kelly and Haley, Irish comedians, are engaged for the tenting season of 1881 with Main & Sargent's Great International Shows. New York Clipper, January 8, 1881, p. 331.

    Parker & Wingfield's dog circus is engaged with Main & Sargent's New International Show. New York Clipper, April 2, 1881, p. 26.

    Main & Co.'s Great International Show. Wanted, for tenting season of 1882, 4th annual tour, leapers, tumblers, high stilt performers, clowns, trained dogs, comedians, contortionist, equilibrist, sketch and change artists, acrobatic song and dance men, serio-comic vocalists, etc.; tight wire and balloon ascensionists. Must furnish two balloons. People that play brass preferred. Also wanted orchestra of billposters. Sideshow privilege for sale. Address Wm. Main, Trumbull, Ashtabula County, Ohio. New York Clipper, November 19, 1881, p. 578.

    Wm. Main has purchased all of F. W. Sargent's interest in the Great International Show, and is now sole proprietor. New York Clipper, November 26, 1881, p. 587.

1882:

    For Mains' International Show the following performers have been engaged: the Johnson Family, Fred A. Wilton, Julius Gaylard, Pettit and White, Fisher Brothers . . . New York Clipper, February 4, 1882, p. 755.

    The latest engaments for Main's International Show are Prof. R. H. Blanchard, the D'Alma Family, five in number, acrobats; Young Victor, principal tumbler, and Prof. May. New York Clipper, March 25, 1882, p. 8.

    Main's International Circus. The Shedman Brothers and troupe of dogs, also Little Venus and her mother, joined the show July 1. New York Clipper, July 15, 1882, p. 275.

    The Main Show is in Winter quarters on the Fair grounds at Oneonta, N.Y. New York Clipper, October 28, 1882, p. 519.

1883:

    Main & Co.'s circus are touring the small towns hereabouts. There is said to be a terrible gang of toughs and thieves with the show. Fort Wayne Daily Sentinel (Fort Wayne, IN), June 9, 1883, n.p.n.

    Main & Co.'s circus and menagerie pitched its tents in Young America last Friday. A number of soap fakirs plied their little game, and succeeded in getting some prominent citizens out of sums varying from ten to twenty-five dollars. One of the showmen was discharged, and following the circus to Camden, Saturday, stole a horse from a citizen of that town. Logansport Daily Pharos (Logansport, IN), June 11, 1883, n.p.n.

• Information on the 1883 Main & Co. Circus is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 1, pp. 39-40.

• Information on the 1884 Main & Co. Circus is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 3, pp. 29.

• 1885: William Main, late of the Hilliard, Main & Co. Circus, has a farm at Trumbull, O. Walter Main will run a small show to the fairs. William and Walter Main will put on the road May 1 next a new wagon circus, starting from Ashtabula Co., O. New York Clipper, July 25, 1885, pp. 296, 299.

• 1885: W. L. Main's Show closes the season Oct. 17, and will go into Winter quarters at the proprietor's farm, Trumbull, O. New York Clipper, October 10, 1885, p. 471.

1886:

    The D'Alma Family will go with W. L. Main's Circus for the tenting season of 1886. New York Clipper, January 16, 1886, p. 692.

1887:

    The Wm. Main & Co.'s Show will make its first stand at Windsor, O., May 2. D. W. Clapp, manager, writes that it is to have new wagons and canvas. New York Clipper, March 12, 1887, p. 832.

    Roster of William Main & Co.'s Consolidated Show: Morello Bros. (William and Max), Gregory Family (C. J., Delia, James and Geo.), John N. Russell, Markham and Brennan, Master Willie Taylor (boneless wonder), Emma Marden, Prof. May's troupe of dogs, Irene and Maud Morgan, Gannon Bros., Prof. F. A. Elkins, leader of band with eighteen musicians; Dwight Clapp, advance manager. Show will open at Windsor, O., May 7. New York Clipper, April 30, 1887, p. 107.

    William Main & Co.'s Circus is reported doing an immense business in the South. Among the new acquisitions are Chas. Seymour, John and Clara Earle . . . Nora Lytton, Wm. and Artie Adair, and the La Rue Brothers. New York Clipper, September 24, 1887, p. 441.

    Notes from Wm. Main & Co.'s Circus. The season of ten weeks in Virginia and West Virginia closed Oct. 20. C. W. Kidder is now managing the advance, replacing D. M. Clapp, who has returned to the show. New York Clipper, October 29, 1887, p. 520.

    Wm. Main & Co.'s Circus will close its season Nov. 11 at Parkersburg, W.Va. The show will Winter at Mr. Main's farm at Windsor, O. New York Clipper, November 12, 1887, p. 561.

1888:

• Hilliard & Main Circus. Owned by Wm. Main and Harry Hilliard. Ringmaster was Harry Mack. Circus Report, Vol. 4, No. 5 (Feb 3), 1975, p. 6.

• Hilliard & Main Circus, 1888, traveled on wagons, carried 114 horses and mules. Had one elephant, Babe, a group of 10 cages and two camels. Big top was a 110 ft. one pole round top. Circus Report, Vol. 4, No. 7 (Feb 17), 1975, p. 12.

1889:

    Mlle Mardyne and the Morello Bros. have signed to join Wm. Main & Co.'s Circus at Elk City, Kas. New York Clipper, April 20, 1889, p. 97.

    Wm. Main & Co.'s New Consolidated Show opened at Elk City, Kas., to good business. The show travels by wagon, and has forty-five head of horses. The roster: F. W. Sargent and Wm. Main, proprietors; C. W. Kidder, general advance; Max and Wm. Morello, Andy Spears, . . . Newell and Denny, Mlle. Mardyno, Andy Burtch, James Fitzgerald, Harry and Ella Potter, Wm. Main and his educated horses, ponies and mules, Fitzgerald and King, Andy Speare, Al Ferney, Mrs. Andy Speare, R. Harris, Mlle. Mardyno and Prof. ___'s band of nine mouth pieces.
Roster of Walter Main's advance brigade No. 1: Giles Pullman, general agent; Dwight Clapp, assistant and contractor; John Horn, boss billposter, and the following assistants: Thomas Shook, Chas. Simmons, Wm. Avery, George Monyham, Bill Nye, Ed Houghtaling, John ___. E. J. Coyle, lithographer; Billy May, programmer; Fred White, boss hostler, and Joe Cox, assistant. New York Clipper, May 11, 1889, p. 138.

1890:

    Wanted, for the Wm. Main & Co. Show, two people that do strong act for big show. Also some good four horse drivers. Will be at Mannington(?), West Va., June __. Address Wm. Main & Co. New York Clipper, June 21, 1890, p. 236.

1891:

    Andy ???, contortionist, has signed with Wm. Main & Co.'s Circus for the coming season. It will be his fifth year with that show. New York Clipper, January 24, 1891, p. 726.

    Fitzgerald and King have signed with Wm. Main & Co.'s Circus for next season, making their fourth with that show. New York Clipper, February 28, 1891, p. 811.

    Following is the roster of Wm. Main & Co.’s Shows: Main & Sargeant, sole proprietors; C. W. Kidder, general advance agent; Dick New?on, excursion agent; Geo. Rowe, chief lithographer; Geo. Stevens, master of canvas; Ernest Holten, boss hostler; Prof. Sackith, leader of band, and Andy Spear, equestrian director. Performers: Mr. and Mrs. Andy Spear, Andy Burtch, Albert Meredith, Marguerite Meredith, Clarence Burton, Louis Burton, Charles Burton, James Fitzgerald, James King, Mlle. Lalo, Mons. La Gerald, James Carroll, Tony Bebines, Sig. Florenzi, Charles Valanti, Geo. Genover, F. R. Lardoia, Wm. Mains and his educated dogs, horses, ponies and mules, J. Fay, Fanny Fay, Laura La Rose and Fitzgerald and King. The show opened at Parkersburg, W. Va. . . . New York Clipper, June 13, 1891.

    Notes from Main & Co.'s Show. We are now in our fourteenth week of prosperous business, and everybody with the show is enjoying good health. At Powhatan Court House, Va., Aug. 10(?), Andy Spear, our worthy equestrian manager and principal clown, was agreeably surprised at the conclusion of the riding act. He was called back in the ring, and presented with a handsome gold headed cane, by members of the company. Clarence Burton made the presentation speech. Mr. Spear was completely overcome at first, but responded gracefully, in a few well chosen words. The cane is a very valuable one, and was selected at Richmond, Va., by Albert Meredith. Following is the roster of the show: Main & Sargent, sole proprietors; C. W. Kidder in advance . . . Geo. Stevens, master of canvas . . . Louis Schafer, concert privileges; A. D. Moreland, candy stands; Prof. Sarketo, leader of band. Performers in big show: Jos. Fitzgerald, club juggler; the Merediths, Albert and Marguerite, double trapeze; Andy Spear, clown; Andy Burtsh, contortionist; Three Burtons, ladder act; Wm. Main, trick ponies; Marguerite Meredith, single trapeze; Burton Bros., brother act; King and Burtsh, knockabout clowns, with their Christmas box; Wm. Main, trick horse; Burton Family, trapeze; the Fays, John and Fanny, Dutch comiques; Meredith, high wire act; Andy Spear, educated dogs; and Jas. King's trick mule. The concert people are: Mr. and Mrs. Andy Spear, Jno. Fay, Fanny Fay, Rose La Rose, Geo. Rose, and Fitzgerald and King. New York Clipper, August 22, 1891, p. 398.

1892:

    Wanted, for the season of 1892 for the Wm. Main & Co. Show. People in all branches of the circus business. Riders, aerial acts, bars, concert people, etc. Also one sleeping car, one baggage car, and one flat car. Address Wm. Main & Co., Windsor, Ohio. New York Clipper, January 23, 1892, p. 774.

    Wanted, for the traveling season of 1892 with Sargent & Kidder's New Railroad Show. A few first class artists to fill company. Performing dogs, monkeys and goats, aerial artists, acrobats, triple bar team, Japanese acts and juggling, lady club swinger and slack wire. All must do two or more turns, all contracts made by F. W. Sargent of the Wm. Main & Co. Show, are good for Sargent & Kidder's New Railroad Show. Address Sargent & Kidder's New Railroad Show, Windsor, Astabula Co., Ohio. Would like to hear from the lady contortionist that was with the Cooper & Carroll Show last season. New York Clipper, February 13, 1892, p. 820.

    Scribner & Smith have purchased the ring stock of the late Main & Sargent Show, consisting of two spotted trick horses, three Shetland ponies, two trick donkeys, a riding dog, a troupe of performing dogs, eighteeen draft horses and several wagons. The deal was made with William Main, who was the former owner. . . . New York Clipper, February 27, 1892, p. 843.

    For sale, a troupe of well broke trick dogs, five Russian poodles and a greyhound. These dogs have been with Main & Sargent Show for past five years. Have also for sale a good band wagon. Address Sam A. Scribner, of Scribner & Smith, American Hotel, ___, Va. New York Clipper, February 27, 1892, p. 853.

    Marguerite Meredith, wife of Albert Meredith, aerialist and contortionist, met with an accident at Piedmont, W. Va., with Sargent & Kidder's Railroad Circus. While finishing her trapeze act with a head first decent, her hand slipped and she fell to the ground, fracturing her thigh. She was sent to her home at Wheeling, W. Va., where she will remain until well. New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 244.

    Roster of Sargent & Kidder's advertising car, No. 2: O. S. Cary, general advance manager; J. E. McCarthy, superintendent . . . Wm. McLeod, head programmer and lithographer . . . Jerry Donavan, Chas. White, Billy Irwin and Jack Eberle. New York Clipper, September 10, 1892, p. 422.

    Wanted, quick, for Sargent & Kidder's Railroad Show, baritone and clarionet, one to double first violin in orchestra. Address Henry Snyder, White Haven, Pa. Sept. 8, Pittston, Pa. Sept. 9 . . . New York Clipper, September 10, 1892, p. 434.

    The Sargent & Kidder Show collapsed at Warren, Pa., Oct. 8(?). The agent, W. S. Cary, attached the show. Salaries were owing all around, so a statement signed by the entire company makes known. New York Clipper, October 15, 1892, p. 505.

    O. S. Cary writes as follows regarding the reported stranding of Sargent & Kidder's Show: "The closing of the season at Warren, Pa., Oct. 8(?), had been announced four weeks before that time. The advertising car stopped there, and every bill poster, agent and working man around the show was paid in full. The only persons not paid in full were some performers who cut their acts during the season, musicians and those against whom the show had just claims for the two weeks' salary due. Salaries had been paid promptly every Monday since the commencement of the season, not one single instance of a salary day being missed. The whole trouble comes from the final settlement on two weeks' hold back on salary, which the show management claims, in most instances, to have the right to keep on account of 'cut' acts, intoxication and other causes." New York Clipper, October 22, 1892, p. 522.

• Also see Sargent & Kidder's

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Maley's Circus - 1956   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1956

    Macon, Ga. A new three-ring circus formed with equipment and animals from the bankrupt King Bros. Circus of Macon is now stranded in New Jersey. Paul M. Conway, attorney for the new Erma Maley combined Circus Inc., reported last night that the outlook for future operations appeared "very dim." He said the show was at Penn's Grove, N.J., and would remain there until other plans could be made. Two Macon businessmen, whose names were not revealed, and Mrs. Erma Maley, wife of Arnold Maley, former manager of the King circus, formed the new circus early this month with authorized capital of $25,000. Conway said the show opened at Stroudsburg, Pa., Aug. 18 with a new $10,000 tent and a capacity audience, but quickly his a snag when the show was unable to keep future engagements. He quoted circus backers as saying that lack of help and department heads made it impossible for the circus to show at Burlington, N.J. In the following days the circus arrived too late or was incomplete for performances at Wesville, Hammonton and Penn's Grove, all in New Jersey. Knickerbocker News (Albany, NY), August 29, 1956, p. A-13.

Information on Maley's 1956 show, in the King Show article, is online in Bandwagon, Jul-Aug 1962 (scroll down or use find).

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Mallory's - 1906

    The C. E. Mallory Indoor Circus, doing nicely in the opera houses in Iowa cities, goes under canvas May 1. Prof. Diers and J. St. Belmo, clowns, are the hit of the show. Others on the program are Prof. and Mrs. A. M. Mansfields, Hazel Mansfields, Mr. and Mrs. James Donaldson, John Johnson and Lyman Donahough. Billboard, February 3, 1906, p. 16.

    McAlpine's menagerie passed through town Tuesday enroute for Buffalo Center to join the Mallory circus combination. When the red wagons drawn by the little burros reached the vicinity of the Barr farm, a few miles north of here, they got stuck in the mud and had to have assistance to get them out. Algona Advance (Algona, IA), May 3, 1906, n.p.n.

    Roster of Mallory's Wagon Shows touring Iowa, Nebraska and the Dakotas: C. E. Mallory, owner and manager; Prof. Q. W. Mansfield, equestrian director; J. St. Belmo, advance agent; S. W. ___, boss canvasman; the Mansfield Family, high wire, featuring little Hazel, one of the smallest wire walkers; Harry Darnell, flying trapeze and clown with his trick mjle, Maud; Lyman H. Dunn, Irish, Dutch and black-face song and dance; Bert Mansfield, Spanish rings and balancing trapeze; John McCarville, buck and wing dancer; Prof. Mansfield's dogs, ponies, monkeys and goats, and Lyman H. Dunn's ten piece band. The high diving dog, Spider, is the free outside attraction. Billboard, June 23, 1906, p. 22.

    Justice Weaver of the state supreme court adopted a new role today. It is that of a judge of a circus pony's accomplishments and the duties of a trained trick goat. It was a fine point of law on which the case of A. W. Mansfield against C. E. Mallory hinged, tried first in the Winnebago county courts. Mansfield and Mallory are circus men. Mansfield took four ponies and one goat of Mallory's to train into the tricks of the sawdust ring. After six weeks at Buffalo Center, in which the ponies and goat were taught to kneel, count and to ride on each others' backs, Mansfield returned the animals to their owner. But Mallory said that the training was deficient, and refused to pay Mansfield $15 a week for the six weeks' work. Mansfield sued and recovered in district court. The case was appealed, and Mallory attempted to show the supreme court that the tricks of the animals were common, ordinary tricks, for which no circus man should be expected to pay. The supreme court affirmed the judgement of the lower court. Des Moines Daily News (Des Moines, IA), November 19, 1908, 4.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Maloon Bros. - 1913, 1919, 1920-21   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1919-1925

1913:

    Wanted, for wagon show, magician, slack or tight wire acts, and musicians for band. Show opens May 19th. Also song and dance man. Maloon Bros., Union City, Indiana. Billboard, May 17, 1913, p. 63.

    A rumor is out that Maloon Bros.' Show disbanded at Union City, Indiana, June 24, and it is alleged that Manager Carlton Maloon vamosed with two weeks' salary of the troupe and a week's door receipts, amounting to somewhere in the neighborhood of $500. Billboard, July 12, 1913, p. 28.

• Information on the 1919 Maloon Bros. show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.

• More on the Maloon Bros. show is online at Billboard, 1920-22 - scroll down or use find.

Also see Alderfer Show.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

H. A. Maltby New York Circus - 1851-52   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1852

    The Texas State Gazette of November 22, 1851, published an enthusiastic forecast of pleasures and sights to be offered in Corpus Christi. "The New Orleans Daily Delta correspondent was impressed with what he saw. He wrote: Although P.T. Barnum's wonders were not procured for the fair, the Colonel did engage H. A. Maltby's circus from New Orleans. Nightly, in the area of the tent and before a capacity audience Madam Ella Nunn displayed 'her grace and skill in horsemanship." Occupying the reserved seats were elegantly dressed American and Mexican ladies flirting their fans with the same coquetry that they would at an opera. High ranking army officers were scattered among gentlemen fashionably dress in white kids. But the rougher element was present also. Shaggy frontiersmen, with guns in their belts and the handles of bowie knives peeping from their shirts, hunkered on their heels with friendly Comanche and Lipan Indians, Mexican rancheros, and a sprinkling of Negroes. To the amusement starved crowd, there was never before, nor ever after to be such a display of grace and talent. For years to come, old times talked of the glories of Maltby's Circus, and though larger shows were to come still those who had seen the first attraction refused to concede that superior entertainment was ever offered. Hortense Warner Ward, "The Lone Star Fair of Texas," The Cattleman, May 1948.

    According to Stuart Thayer: A San Antonio Ledger ad of February 12, 1852 for Sam Lathrop's Circus for March 4th. The roster included Lathrop, his wife, and Masters Willie and Charles Lathrop. Edgar Jones, William T. Odell, John Harper (or Harpier), Harrison Hough, R. Jessie, Judd, Mlle Amelia, Mr. Williams and Mr. and Mrs. Pell rounded out the troupe. The money man may have been H. A. Maltby, who later took over the circus. Lathrop played Galveston in December, 1851, and promised to open in Houston on 22 December. The steamboat carrying the troupe became stuck on a sandbar in the Trinity River. By January 9th, Lathrop and his family had abandoned the show, and it became the "H. A. Maltby New York Circus," which performed in Houston on 2 January.

    Sam Lathrop's Circus, from the Bowery Amphitheatre, New York, will exhibit in Houston for a short season, commencing Dec. 22. The following are attached to this establishment: Mrs. S. Lathrop, Mr. Jones Edgar, Mr. R. Jessie, Mr. Judd, Mr. W. T. Odell, Mast. Willie Lathrop, Made'lle Emelia, Mr. Harrison Hough, Mr. J. Harpiere, Mr. Sam Lathrop, Mr. Williams, and Mast. Chas Lathrop, Mr. & Mrs. Pell. Telegraph & Texas Register (Houston, Tex.), December 19, 1851, n.p.n.

    Arrivals. Plaza House, Feb. 12th to 19th. Mons. J. Harpiere, N. O. Circus; H. A. Maltby, J. Edgar, S. Turner, H. Hough, Jas. Johnson, N. Y. Circus. San Antonio Ledger (San Antonio, TX), February 19, 1852, n.p.n.

• Note: Corpus Christi, 1856. Henry A. Maltby, afterwards and for years a prominent citizen of Brownsville, is Mayor.

• See Star State Circus.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Manion & Miller - 1897

    Notes from Manion & Miller's New Railroad Show. This is our seventh week. Roster: Capt. T. W. Manion and Joe Miller, sole owners; Joe Miller, general manager; T. W. Manion, treasurer; Mrs. Manion, culinary dept.; Prof. Keenen, musical director; Thos. J. Carlton, stage manager; John Long, boss canvasman; Bill Rhodes, properties. Performers: Nellie McVey, high wire; Flora Hart, singing soubrette; Frank Hart, Irish comedian and vocalist; Thos. J. Carlton, acrobatic song and dance comedian; McBride Sisters, Spanish rings; Wilson(?) and Mack, trapeze; Wm. Marlow, juggler. New York Clipper, July 3, 1897, p. 287.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

H. A. Mann's - 1903

1902: A well-known and successful circus manager has purchased a controlling interest in Rowland & Co.'s Gilt Edge Shows, and active preparations for the coming season are now under way at Oberlin, O., the head quarters of the show. The title has been changed to the "All American Exhibitions," and contracts are being let for some of the finest lot of wagons and paraphernalia ever built. The new band-wagon will be a dream of beauty, from original designs by a real artist. The proprietors have plenty of capital to put out a big show, but their idea to that richness and elegance shall be the distinguishing characteristics, rather than size. A full line of special paper will be used, and everything that a lavish expenditure of money can procure to make it a swell show will be secured. H. A. Mann, the well-known Forepaugh-Sells agent, is superintending the work of preparation and attending to the correspondence during the winter. Billboard, November 15, 1902, p. 12.

1903:

    Mann & Co. will start out a wagon show from Oberlin, Ohio, in the Spring, which will be a novelty. It will be billed as The Swell Show, and from the prospectus of the management will no doubt be one of the money-getters next season. It will be under the management of H. A. Mann, who has had a number of years' experience in the circus business. Billboard, January 17, 1903, p. 13.

    Circus people, listen! Wanted, novelty act, two feature acts, sister team (any style of act), trick horse or small troupe ponies, January or trick donkey act, team musical mokes, comedy acts, musicians. Finest equipped, finest billed, swellest little show in America. Side show privilege to let. H. A. Mann, Oberlin, Ohio. New York Clipper, March 7, 1903, p. 56.

    Notes from the headquarters of H. A. Mann's Gilt Edged Shows, at Oberlin, Ohio. The band of twelve pieces will be under the control of Prof. J. R. Haynes. Follows part of the roster: Ritz Bros., triple bar and brother act; Chas. Dolby and his dogs; Robbins and Childers, revolving ladder and trapeze; DuRell-Mendoza Troupe, comedy trick house acrobats and burlesque elephant. We carry special paper in four and five colors. We paid a nice bunch of money for a seventy-six foot Pullman with twelve wheels. Then we nailed a seventy-two foot baggage car. Billboard, March 21, 1903, p. 13.

• More information on H. A. Mann's show is online in Billboard, 1901-03   and Clipper, 1903 - use find.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Mansfield's Great Eastern Shows - 1906

    Notes from Mansfield's Great Eastern Shows. - We will open our second season at ???, Pa., May 3, and show over our last season's route. Most of the people have been engaged. Following is the roster: Mansfield Bros., proprietors; W. J. Mansfield, manager; Tom Allen, agent, with two men; Geo. Parento, equestrian director; Frank Hanlon, band master; John Ofrion, boss canvas man, with six men; the Three Harlow Bros.; Ed. Long, talking and singing clown, with his two trained donkeys; Geo. Parento, high ladder and single trapeze act; Joe Wiliton, wire walker, contortion and juggling; W. J. Mansfield's troupe of trained dogs, and Billy Curtiss, knockabout clown. The show will travel by wagon, using a sixty foot round top, with a thirty foot middle piece; a five pole horse tent, a 20x30 cook tent, a thirty foot round top dressing tent. New York Clipper, March 17, 1906, p. 114.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Prof. Mapes Big Tent Show

• Show was out of Elmira, New York, with educated ponies and dogs. Bandwagon, January-February, 1972, p. 22.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Marallo Show - 1902

    Notes from the Great Marallo Show. We are now arranging to open in April,and will have a high class one ring circus and travel by rail, three cars, 80ft. top, two 40ft. middles, dressing tent 40x60. Kid show top 50x80, with a front of double deck paintings. Will carry about sixteen head of stock and forty people. The following people have been engaged: the Three Bellmonts, Snead and Collins, ___, La Verds, Russell and 4 Paw, and Roseline Stickney, with her dog circus. Frank Carpenter, contracting agent, with six assistants, who will fill the country with bright, new and attractive paper. New York Clipper, January 18, 1902, p. 1032.

    Great Marallo Shows wants high diver with outfit. Small family of acrobats, and people in all branches of the circus business that double in side show or concert. Also, small troupe of ponies, trick mule and animal acts of all kinds. Musicians for big show and side show bands. Agents and bill posters. Great Marallo Shows, Bristol, Tenn. Side show and all other privileges to let. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, March 15, 1902, p. 60.

    Great Marallo Railroad Shows wants musicians and performers, baritone, tuba and trombone, lady and gent for ring and concert, performers in all branches. Show opens April 24. Wm. Shott, manager, Bristol, Tenn. P.S. Wanted, man to do magic and Punch and snake enchantress. Address J.P. Tedrow. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, April 19, 1902, p. 179.

• See Shott Bros., William Shott died in May.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circus Marantha - 1989, 1990

1989: This show played spot dates in the eastern half of the country. Tino Wallenda Zoppe was a director. Bandwagon, January-February, 1990, p. 23.

1990: This evangelical show had at least a September date in Cincinnati and two Florida engagements in November. Founder Tino Wallenda Zopped did hand balancing, high wire and discussed his faith. Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, p. 21.

• Show is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1979-1993.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Mardell's or Martell's - 1884, 1886, 1889, 1890-92

1884:

    Wanted, for Mardell Bros.' Great American Allied Shows, circus performers of every description (except riders); tumblers, leapers, jugglers, knockabout clowns, novel aerial acts; also troupe of performing dogs. In consequence of the floods on the lower Mississippi River, this company left their steamboat at Natchez, and will make a tour of the Western States under canvas. Show will open April 17, and will travel by rail. Sideshow and outside privileges to rent. Address Mardell Bros., Natchez, Miss. [Advertisment] New York Clipper, April 12, 1884, pp. 54, 60.

    Ring horses and riders are wanted for Martell & Co.'s Circus. James T. Johnson is no longer manager of this show. New York Clipper, May 17, 1884, p. 143.

    Martell & Co.'s Circus and Menagerie opened 26 for a week, announcing Clarence Robinson, Philo Nathans, W. W. Nichols, Pete Conklin, Martell Family, Marinettia, Belle Celeste, Bob Wambold, Webber Ray and others, besides menagerie. New York Clipper, May 31, 1884, p. 170.

    Martell & Co.'s Circus will close at Branford, Ct., Oct. 4, and ship to Union Hill, N.J., for Winter quarters. New York Clipper, October 4, 1884, p. 455.

1886:

    W. F. Mardell's American Allied Show is doing well in Texas, we are told. New York Clipper, November 13, 1886, p. 555.

1889:

    Mardell & Co.'s New American Allied Shows will reopen at Natchez, Miss., March 18(?). We will travel by rail and make all week stands. Wanted, performers and musicians in all branches of museum, circus and concert business. All people engaged will report for rehearsal March 14. Address W. F. Mardell, Natchez, Miss. New York Clipper, January 26, 1889, p. 742.

    Following is the roster of Mardell & Co.’s Railroad Shows: Mardell & Co., proprietors and managers; Thos. Wieman, treasurer; . . . D. L. Nichols, equestrian director; . . . Dan Rice, . . . Mons. Beck, L. Miller, Sig. Garner, Arthur and Bessie Kherns, Bell Eatman, Anna Shafer, Etta Ford, Prof. Geiss’ Military Band, Frank Melville, propertyman, with four assistants; Wm. Smith, boss canvasman with fifteen assistants. The show was organized at Natchez, Miss. March 19, and report good business. They carry a 100 ft. top with a 40 ft. middle piece, and an 80 ft. top with two 30 ft. middle pieces, the latter for museum and menagerie. New York Clipper, April 27, 1889.

    At Mardel's circus at Birmingham, Ala., Frank Dunovant, who acts on the flying trapeze under the non de plume of Frank Cameo, and his partner, Miss Belle Eatman, who has been performing with him for some months, stepped into the middle of the ring and were joined in matrimony. Miss Eatman is only fifteen years old. Oak Park Reporter (Oak Park, IL), May 3, 1889, n.p.n.

    Notes from the Mardell & Co. Show. Owing to light business, band management and heavy expenses, the Mardell & Co. Show left the railroad at Murfreesboro, Ky., and took wagons through middle Tennessee, May 10, opening at Woodbury to overflowing houses. Business continued good, and after a seventeen days' tour, the company returned to Murfreesboro to arrange for a tour of Western Tennessee for the balance of the season, opening at Murfreesboro for the benefit of the Murfreesboro Fire Brigade, June 3(?). D. L. Nichols, equestrian director, left the show May 10, at Murfreesboro, for Cincinnati, carrying with him the best wishes of the company and the regrets of the proprietor, Tom Wineland. W. F. Wardell [sic?], the manager, left for Natchez, Miss., May 29, to pursue his old avocation. Tom Wineland, the owner, assumed active management. Roster: the Cameos, Frank and Belle; the Kherns, Arthur and Bessie; Ed Guthrie, Prof. Dan Rice and his troupe fo performing dogs and goats; Arthur Gill, Lafayette Miller, Al Romillo, the trick pony Pinto and Prof. Weldon's military band of nine pieces, Tom Weldon, leader; Frank Miers, A. Theilman, H. Hallman, J. M. Dillon, Ed Cook A. M. House, A. Black and ?. Pendy. The show will be known hereafter at Tom Wineland's Great European Shows. Wm. Smith, advance representative; H. Greene, "Doc" Crosby, A. Leavitt and P. James(?), assistants; John Herbert, boss canvasman; Sam Lange, boss property man, and J. L. McKnight in charge of teams. New York Clipper, June 15, 1889, p. 225.

1890:

    W. F. Mardell's New American Allied Shows. . . . Wanted people in all branches of circus business that can do two or more acts in the ring. New and novel features for sideshow and concert. Musicians that double in brass . . . first class billposters . . . Address W. F. Mardell, Natchez, Miss. Musicians address J. G. Weldon, __ Dauphin(?) Street, New Orleans, La. New York Clipper, February 1, 1890, p. 782.

    Wanted at once, with W. F. Martell's [sic] New American Circus, aerial and bar team, lady juggler and wire act, a good knockabout and singing clown, __ musicians for band No. 2. Address W. F. Mardell, Cairo, Ill. for week of June ?. New York Clipper, June 7, 1890, p. 206.

    Wanted, for the winter season south, performers in all branches of the circus business except riders, also musicians that double in brass and string. . . . Travel by rail. Address as per route W. F. Mardell's New American Circus, Marion, Ill, week of Sept. 8(?) . . . New York Clipper, September 13, 1890, p. 428.

1891:

    On the road, circuses: W. F. Mardell's, Carmel, Ill. Aug 12 . . . Vernon 13-15, Enfield 18-20. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 386.

    Wanted, performers for W. F. Mardell's New American Allied Shows. People that do one or more turns in the big show, good singing clown that can work in concert. Address as per route. . . . Mt. Vernon 13, 14, 15, Enfield 19, 20. Ed Conklin write. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 396.

1892:

    Wanted, for the W. F. Martells New All Feature Shows, musicians, two cornets, trombone and tuba. Also people that can double in ring and concert. . . . New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 257.

• W. F. Mardell died December 27 [or 28th], 1908, at Memphis, Tenn. Attracted at an early age to the tented ring, when the circus consisted of a few wagons. W. F. Mardell was associated with every phase of development from a humble position to that of advance agent for the Ringling Brothers' Shows. His wife, Millie Annette, at one time one of the greatest bareback riders, and one son, Gordon, survive him. At the time of his death he was representative of the Metropolitan Shows. The remains were buried in Elmwood Cemetery, Memphis. Billboard, January 16, 1909, pp. 18, 19.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Markle's - 1916

    Markle's World's Largest River Shows. Markle Amusement Co., proprietors; W. R. Markle, manager and general superintendent; C. W. Maxwell, asst. manager and treasurer; C. M. West, auditor; J. W. Menke, general agent; W. M. Clements, press agent (contracting); A. T. Markle, manager sideshow; W. F. Wallett, equestrian director; C. Z. Bronson, musical director; Raymond Markle, supt. reserved seat tickets; Emmett Oldfield, supt. canvas and props; Capt. Geo. Howerter, supt. transportation; Wm. Roberts, supt. commissary dept.; Tug Markle, supt. lights; John Costello, supt. animals; Charley Oliver, blacksmith. Show opens at Brownsville, Pennsylvania. Billboard, March 18, 1916, p. 115.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Markowits' - 1889, 1891-92   or Markowitz; also White and Markowits

1889:

    White & Markowit’s United Railroad Shows opens its season May 2 at Pittsburg, Pa. The roster: Tony White (manager), Dave Markowits (treasurer), C. W. Park (general agent), G. E. Austin, Rixford Bros, Falke and Semons, Mille Ollive(?), Wright and Burns, Stinson and Lynch, Olive Stirk Oate(?) (late of the Stirk Family), Ed. Moran, the Lavennes, Paul Markwood, . . . Richard Miller, F. Fallen and others. The troupe will travel by rail and carry a 100 ft. round top tent with 50 ft. middle piece. New York Clipper, April 27, 1889.

    White & Markowitz's Circus opened its first season May 2 at Wood's Run, Pittsburg, Pa. New York Clipper, May 11, 1889, p. 141.

    White and Markowit's Circus are reported doing well through Pennsylvania. A small hippodrome has been added to the show. New York Clipper, June 8, 1889, p. 207.

    White & Markowits' United Railroad Shows will exhibit at Dunkirk June 28 and 29. The largest one ring show in America. 50 European artists, 25 leapers, tumblers and gymnasts, 3 clowns. A 50-cent circus for 10c. Seating capacity for 6,000 people. [Advertisement] Dunkirk Observer-Journal (Dunkirk, NY), June 24, 1889, n.p.n.

    The Big Show is Coming. Will Exhibit at the Circus Ground, Aug. 26, 27 and 28. David L. Markowit’s Big 10 cent Show, Larger, Greater, Grander Than Ever. 60 European Artists, 6 Funny Clowns. Seating Capacity for 6,000 People. A 50 cent Show for 10 cents! Sandusky (OH) Daily Register, August 28, 1889.

    The Markowitz Circus collapsed at Mansfield, O., last week. In the absence of the proprietor, Geo. Austin is said to have been managing the show, and his supposed disappearance with the receipts precipitated the trouble. Nearly all the people are reported in distress. New York Clipper, September 21, 1889, p. 463.

    Carl Cuqua, leader of the band with Markowits’ Circus, denies the report that the circus went to pieces at Mandfield, O. Mr. Cuqua writes: “Everyone connected with the show left on good terms with the manager, except one aerial performer, who was fined $25 for missing two matinees. Mr. Markowits was presented with a handsome gold medal by the attaches, Sept. 7 at Lima, O. He will have on the road next season a two ring circus, and has already signed with some of the same people.” New York Clipper, September 28, 1889.

    George Austin, late of Markowitz's Circus, writes denying that he ran away with the receipts of the final performance of that show, and furthermore contradicts the report that the show went to pieces at Mansfield, O., but ended its season there, as intended. Mr. Austin adds that everything he did was with the approval of manager Markowitz. New York Clipper, October 12, 1889, p. 519.

• White & Markowitz Big City One Ring 10c Circus – 1889. Show had Al Sylvester; George Austin, tight wire; Lottie and Ed McGinley, double trapeze, single trapeze and slide for life; Three Redfors Bros., acrobats; Harry Zelle, contortion; Clark Gibbs, talking clown; Llewellyn Kern, horizontal bars. Circus Report, Vol. 2, Nos. 51-52, 1973, p. 4.

1890:

    Wanted, for the second annual tour of the Markowits Circus (formerly White & Markowits). People in all branches of the circus business - aerial acts, tumblers, leapers, wire acts, riders with their own stock, also a few good concert people. All must do two or more acts. Address Dave Markowits, 13(?) Market Street, Pittsburg, Pa. New York Clipper, January 4, 1890, p. 719.

    Markowits' Circus will include Dave Markowits, proprietor and manager; Chas. W. Perke(?), general agent; Geo. E. Anatio(?), equestrian director; Eddie and Lotto Maginley, Falke and Semons, Geo. E. Austin and Zella, Conlon and Dougherty, Nick Hughes and Clara Farron, Brown Brothers, Blanche Le Clair and Prof. Paul Markwood, leader of band. New York Clipper, March 15, 1890, p. 5.

    Dave Markowitz will start his circus from this city two weeks hence. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 86.

    Call. All people engaged for the Markowits Circus must report for rehearsal at Pittsburg, Pa., April 30. Dave Markowits, __ Market Street, Pittsburg, Pa. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 94.

    Falke, and Semons have closed a season of twenty weeks with the Rinehart Opera Co. and have joined Markowitz' Circus for the summer. New York Clipper, May 17, 1890, p. 155.

    ___ Whitman (Ajax) has joined Dave Markowitz's Circus for season . . . New York Clipper, May 17, 1890, p. 155.

    Eddie McDonald, contortionist, opened with the Markowitz Show May ?. New York Clipper, May 31, 1890, p. 183.

    John Whitman writes of his sucess with the Davis(?) & Markowitz Show. New York Clipper, May 31, 1890, p. 183.

    Pittsburg, Pennsylvania. Dave Markowitz has closed his circus season, and returned here 12(?), where he remains to organize his show, and will open here in about three weeks. New York Clipper, June 21, 1890, p. 230.

    Dave Markowitz closed his circus at Cleveland, O., June 14(?) and will reorganize it at Pittsburg, Pa., July __. John Whitman and Hughes and Farron have been re-engaged. New York Clipper, June 21, 1890, p. 231.

    The band and some of the people of the disbanded Markowitz Circus have signed with Bailey & Winan's Show. New York Clipper, June 28, 1890, p. 243.

    Pittsburg, Pennsylvania. David Markowitz will again take is circus on the road in about two weeks. <New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 294.

    Pittsburg, Pennsylvania. Dave Markowitz will take the road again next month with his circus. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 154.

    Wanted, for the Markowits Circus, people in all branches of the circus business, except riders. Aerial people, contortionists, trick ponies, a brother act, to do bars; male and female aeiral act, to do two or more acts. Address Dave Marrowits [sic], 214(?) Market Street, Pittsburg, Pa. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 179.

    Pittsburg, Pennsylvania. Sam Markowitz's Circus takes the road 28 from this city. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 186.

    The Dave Markowitz Circus opened season last Friday in Allegheny City, Pa., . . . Prominent successes were made by Hughes and Fannon, the McGinleys, Zella, Nick Hughes, Emmerson and Acton, Marlow Sisters, the Washington Brothers and Cardonia. New York Clipper, New York Dramatic News, June 6, 1891.

    Wanted, for the Markowits Circus, people in all branches of the circus business, except riders. Aerial people, contortionists, trick ponies, a brother act, to do bars; male and female aerial acts, to do two or more acts. Address Dave Markowits, __ Market Street, Pittsburg, Pa. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 196.

1892:

    Wanted, for the Markowits Circus. C. W. Parke, manager. People in all branches of the circus business. Aerial people, contortionists, jugglers, tumblers, leapers, etc., also a good bar team that do brothers. Address Dave Markowits, 214 Market Street, Pittsburg, Pa. Would like to hear from parties having sleeping or baggage car to sell or rent. New York Clipper, January 16, 1892, p. 755.

    The following people have so far signed for the Markowit's Circus: Trover(?) Bros., Mlle. Lotta . . . Freemont Sisters, Sylvester, and Prof. Young's band of ten pieces. The business staff will be Chas. W. Park?, sole manager, Ike Goldsmith, treasurer; Joseph Seanor(?), agent. The show opens at Erie, Pa., late in April. New York Clipper, February 20, 1892, p. 824.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Marks, Lutyen & Co. - 1880

    Hiram Marks' New Show, now in process of organization at Louisville, Ky. A complete circus and performing animals. It will make the season by railroad. We want a talking clown, lady gymnast and two gymnasts to do trapeze and brother act, one male somersault rider, and people for tumbling and leaping. Also an agent wanted and boss canvasman. Privileges for sale - outside candy stands, sideshow and street privileges. Address Marks & Luyten, Louisville, Ky. New York Clipper, March 6, 1880, p. 400.

    Circus people wanted for Marks, Luyten & Co.'s Mammoth Sensation Circus. Would like to hear from lady trapeze and other performers in all branches. Parties having circus property in good condition to dispose of, or trained animals to sell or rent, write. Address, Marks & Luyten, Market street, Louisville, Ky. New York Clipper, March 13, 1880, p. 408.

    A call for people engaged with Marks, Lutyen & Co.'s Circus to meet at the canvas in Louisville, Ky., on April 14, for rehearsal. The season opens 19. New York Clipper, April 10, 1880, p. 19.

    [Advertisement] Marks, Lutyen & Co.'s Great Sensational Circus will exhibit in Jeffersonville, Monday, April 19, 1880. School of trained animals and comical Humpty Dumpty troupe. Our great novelty troupe and costly new attractions under canvas, and in order that our patrons get full and satisfactory returns for their money, we give no gewgaw sensations and cheap gingerbread, parades in public streets. We have secured skilled equestrians, gymnasts, leapers, acrobats, athletes and tumblers. The funniest clowns that ever stepped on sawdust. Our imperial band will parade the streets on the morning of each day of exhibition, in their beautiful chariot, drawn by a team of thoroughbred horses. Doors open at 1 and 7 p.m. Performances half an hour later. . . . Daily Evening News, (Jeffersonville, IN), April 10, 1880, p. 1.

    Hiram Marks and family and riding dog, also five ring horses, can be engaged for the tenting season. Hiram Marks, Crawfordsville, Ind. New York Clipper, May 15, 1880, pp. 59, 64.

    We are advised by S. H. Semon, general director, that Lawrence Lutyen's Brand New Show, School of Trained Animals and Great Sensation Circus will visit Newport, May 22nd, under the direction of Mr. Geo. M. Kelly, the popular caterer for public amusements. The outfit is new, and the troupe will present a large and varied programme. Newport Hoosier State (Newport, IN), May 19, 1880, n.p.n.

    Van Amburg & Co.'s Menagerie and Circus. At Pontiac, Ill., the concern bought the new wardrobe, flags, plumes, banners, pad horses and trick mules of the Lutyen & Marks Circus. New York Clipper, September 18, 1880, p. 203.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Marlow Bros. - 1928   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1928

    Marlow Bros. Greater Combined Shows. Aerialists performing feats, such as: double trapeze leap for life, triple trapeze, aerial bars, Spanish rings, high wire, high dive. Trained monkeys, pigs, goats; performing dogs and ponies; hurdle jumping and performing horses. Wild West, fancy and trick riding, roping and shooting. Army of clowns. Penn Yan, May 18. Pen Yan Democrat (Pen Yan, NY), May 18, 1928, p. 7.

• Robert Wing, of side show fame, framed Marlow Bros. in Horseheads in 1926 [probably 1928]. The show did not last long and was stored in a barn near Horseheads. Bandwagon, January-February, 1972, Vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 22-23.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Marque Show - 1895

    Roster of the Marque Show. Prof. R. C. Marque, manager; Geo. Arnold, advance No. 2; Chas. Marque, band and orchestra leader; Ben, Roy, Ralph, Frank, Rodger and Will Marque, proprietors and band; Prof. Ed Clark and his troupe of trained doga; "High Fly," aerial artist; Mehean Bros., grotesque artists; Bennie, boy tenor; Ralph and Bill Marque, brother act; Rodger, Indian club manipulator . . . Since we left the Bartine Shows we purchased an 80ft. round top with a __ft. middle piece. New York Clipper, July 27, 1895, p. 326.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Marretta Show - 1902   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1902

    Flomaton, Alabama, February 23. The Marretta Show has just received its new front, consisting of new big top, 80 feet, with two forties; new marquette, dressing room, horse tent, band wagon and ticket wagon. Business continues good. Prof. W. W. Jeffers' concert band is making good, and the boys dedicated their new band wagon with the popular "Billboard March. Roster: T. F. Fanning, manager; Ed. V. Gerber, tickets; Bert Stafford, license adjuster; Dick Smith, orator; Ed. Basye, in charge of privileges; James Finnegan, boss canvasman; James Carr, assistant; Shorty Gallagher, seats and lights; Walter Chaptman, boss hostler; Chas. Zaro, equestrienne director; Rose Maretta and troupe of trained stallions; Marretta Sisters, acrobats and aerialists; Little Marjorie, equestrienne; Henry Le Sage, bounding rope; John Morgan, head balancing; Zaro Brothers, acrobats and aerialists; Geo. Ries, contortionist; Geo. Zaro, principal clown; Spot and Hobo, riding canines. Band: W. W. Jeffers, tuba; Harry Richards, euphonium; Will Clearanger, trombone; Joe Bernird, trombone; Willis Rice, alto; Jack Chenoworth, alto; Robt. Norberg, cornet; W. S. Leadman, cornet; Paul Gore, cornet; Lynn Wiley, clarinet; Geo. Holcomb, clarinet; Bert Atkinson, trap drums; Geo. Zaro, bass drum. Miss Millie Marretta is improving after an operation in a New Orleans hospital, and will soon rejoin the troupe. Miss Edna is here on a visit. Billboard, March 1, 1902, p. 5.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Marshall Bros. - 1897-98

1897:

    Notes from Marshall Bros.' United Shows, winter quarters at Avoca, Wisconsin. We have just completed building new headquarters. Just received eight new wagons and twelve head of stock. . . . New York Clipper, January 30, 1897, p. 768.

    Notes from Marshall Bros.' United Shows. We just received four more horses. Lew Cole has signed to furnish the sideshow. Prof. Rob. Emmons and wife have added a few more ponies to their troupe and are breaking four more dogs, making twenty in number. . . . New York Clipper, February 27, 1897, p. 831.

1898: Notes from the Marshall Bros.' Wagon Shows, of Avoca, Wisconsin. The new heavy band wagon which was contracted for last fall just arrived. All the wagons are being overhauled and repainted. The following have signed contracts: Chester Roy, equilibrist; Grosstick and La Barge, brother act; R. Castello, aerialist; A. Robinson, contortionist; Marshall Bros., with their trained dogs, donkeys and ponies. __. Marshall will direct the band. New York Clipper, March 12, 1898, p. 22.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Martell & Co. - 1884

    Martell & Co.’s Consolidated Two-ring Circus and Menagerie. Officers - Martell & Co., proprietors; Jas. T. Johnson, manager; Sam Lent, first advance agent, with 8 men; M. B. Lewis, second advance agent, with 6 men; Jack Wells, master of canvas; Menton World, train master. Company - The Martells, four in number, bicyclists; the Johnson Family of five, riders and gymnasts, with trick horses and ponies; three Martinetti Bros., clowns and pantomimists; Pete Conklin, clown; the two Harrisons, men-serpents; Ed. Sylvester and son, Alf. Ruy, iron-jaw; Reynolds, fish-scale man; Terey Family, roller-skaters; Miss Levis, ascensionist. New York Clipper, May 3, 1884.

• Harry Martell and a Mr. Bluhdorn shared ownership of this show in 1884. Bandwagon, March-April, 1989, p. 36.

• More information on the 1884 Martell & Co.'s Great Consolidated Two-Ring Shows is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1986, Vol. 30, No. 5, pp. 15-16; March-April, 1989, pp. 36-37.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Martell, Phanlon & Co.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1885.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Martin Bros.   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1936, 1951

• An article on Clayton Hawkes' Martin Bros. Circus and his other shows (Clayton Bros., Bogart's and others) is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 6, pp. 54-59.

• Clayton Hawkes died December 12, 1981.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Martin & Downs Circus - 1978

• Owners Al and Shirley Stencell opened their show at Hastings, Ontario, Canada, in 1978. Bandwagon, January-February, 1979, p. 18.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Masterson's - 1911   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1911

• Masterson's Railroad Shows, owned by Harry Topping, was advertised as Masterson's Reproduction of Dan Rice. It opened the 1911 season in Charleston, West Virginia. Bandwagon, July-August, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 4, p. 10.

• 1910: Circus people wanted for season of 1911, in all branches, for Masterson's Railroad Shows. Advance men, side show attractions, musicians, leapers and tumblers, knockabout clowns that can double in concert, Jap family, singing and talking clown, aerial acts, magician for sideshow, working force. Address Jas. Masterson, Charleston, W. Va. [Advertisement] Billboard, December 10, 1910, p. 37.

1911:

    Correct list of the staff of Masterson's Railroad Shows: C. L. Topping, proprietor and manager; J. F. White, assistant manager; J. M. McVey, treasurer; Bob Ferguson, general agent; T. F. Burns, railroad contractor; Merritt Belew, equestrian director; Prof. Frank L. Kenjockety, musical director; Tod Sloan, supt. canvas; Peter King, asst. supt. canvas; Bill Parmer, boss hostler; W. J. Shonts, supt. commissary dept.; Charlie Stount, supt. lights; C. Michell, supt. stock; Capt. Jack Shumate, general supt.; Geo. McVey, master transportation; Raynor W. White, press agent. Billboard, May 20, 1911, p. 26.

    For sale by virtue of a deed of assignment from C. L. Topping, the undersigned will offer for sale at public auction, July 8, 1911, at Harper's Ferry, West Virginia, the following property lately used by him in the James Masterson's Reproduction of Dan Rice's Shows: On 60ft. stock car; one 65ft. sleeping car, one 70ft. combination sleeper and diner, one 90ft. round top tent used 2 months, one 40x60 push pole tent used 2 months, one dressing room tent used 2 months, one cook-house tent with poles, lot reserved seats, eighteen sections 10-tier blue seats, one trick mule named Pete. H. C. Getzendanner, trustee, Charlestown, West Virginia. Billboard, July 8, 1911, p. 25.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Matrello Bros. - 1939

See Ham & Eggs Circus.

George Matthews Great London - 1974-75   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1972-77

1974: Sid Keller was manager and Fred Higuera was drummer in the big top band. On the show were Herb Weber, the Great Herberto, on the tight wire and slide for life and The Pollos, aerial artists. Calvin L. Davis, "Calliope Cal," opened the sideshow. Southern Sawdust, No. 82, February, 1975, p. 15; No. 82, February, 1975, p. 22.

1975: With the show in 1975 were Pat and Gwen Davison, with their juggling act, "Pat & Gwen." Their roly-boly act was "The Patricks." Southern Sawdust, No. 89, November, 1976, p. 35.

• In 1976 the show was plagued with problems. Owner Sid Kellner closed finally just closed the show. Bandwagon, January-February, 1977, p. 19.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Edwin Maurice's - 1896

    Roster of Edwin Maurice's Old Fashioned Circus, which commences its season at Binghamton, New York, April 27: Edmunde Maurice, sole propietor and manager; J. J. Donley, advance agent; Milton D. Arndt, head billposter with three assistants; Daniel Roche, ring master; Mike Murphy, boss canvasman; Pete Murphy, assistant with eight men; Robt. Grannis, boss hostler with eight grooms; Geo. W. Taylor, boss chandelier man; Prof. Jesse Ferron's military band, ten pieces. Performers: James Patterson, bareback and Indian rough rider; Gaynor and Kennedy, triple horizontal bar; Thomas Malone, clown; Capt. James Troy, high dives; Mlle. Dollie Kellyhouse, single trapeze and flying rings; Mrs. Thos. Malone, rolling globe; Thos. Pepper, clown; Shorty Severson's educated white spaniels; Prof. James P. Polis' troupe of educated horses, fifteen in number; Edmund Maurice with his somesault riding dog, Monk; Thos. L. Hogan, boxer and strong man; Prof. Daniel Roche with his trick horse, Harry. Concert: Thos. Malone, Irish songs and dancers; Mrs. Nora Pepper, serio comic; Gaynor and Kennedy, black face performers, and Dollie Kellyhouse, serpentine dancer. The canvas will be 100ft. round top, __ft. middle piece. The show will travel by wagon, using fifteen wagons, three buggies and thirty-four head of horses. New York Clipper, March 28, 1896, p. 53.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Marvel Circus - 1985

1985: Marvel Circus played dates in New York in July and August and also appeared in Jamaica. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 14.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Maybury, Pullman & Hamilton - 1882   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1882

    Wanted, for Maburry, Pullman & Hamilton's Grand United Mastodon Shows, Circus, Museum and Menagerie, general performers, novelties, new features for the big show, curiosities and sideshow attractions, people for concert, colored band and jubilee singers; also white band, and riders, male and female. Those with their own stock preferred. Address Pullman Brothers, Franklin House, Buffalo, N.Y. Also wanted, sixty-five billposters. Address J. Boyd, general advance manager, Franklin House, Buffalo, N.Y. New York Clipper, December 31, 1881, p. 683.

    James Bensley and son, equilibrists and gymnasts, are engaged for the coming season with Pullman & Hamilton. New York Clipper, February 25, 1882, p. 806.

    Henderson, Pullman & Hamilton's Circus, wintering at the Exposition Building, Louisville, Ky., has been strengthened by the arrival of Mayberry's [sic] Menagerie the past week. It adds fifteen cages to the show. New York Clipper, March 11, 1882, p. 842.

    [Advertisement] At Jeffersonville, Thursday, April 6, 1882. Mabury, Pullman & Hamilton's Eight Grand United Mastodon Shows. A gigantic quadripatite circus, menagerie, museum and aquarium. Congress of rarities. Our trans-marine circus, comprising a coterie of the world's favorite artists. Oriental menagerie, fresh arrivals of wild beasts, birds and reptiles. Cosmopolitan museum of curiosities. National and historic animate and inanimate. Grand school of high art mechanism. Vast marine aquarium of amphibia from the ice floes and glacers of the frozen deep. School of monster sea lions. The huge war elephant "Emperor." A pair of twin baby elephants. Troupe of thoroughbred Arabian coursers. Mamie Love, the $15,000 beauty. Clara Belmont, metoric sensation. Gymnasts, Karll Brothers and Baldwin. The whole brilliantly illuminated with the electric light on the evening of exhibition. Grand free kaleidoscopic parade. Special excursion rates on all railroads. Afternoon and evening performance. Admission 50c. Children under nine years, 25c. Louisville, April 7th and 8th. Daily Evening News (Jefferson, IN), March 27, 1882, n.p.n.

    Maybury, Pullman & Hamilton's circus opened yesterday afternoon to a large and pleased audience. Delegations had arrived in the city early from the rural districts, and the small boys and girls of Memphis, as well as the women, were largely represented. Maybury, Pullman & Hamilton have a neat, clean and attractive show, and it is worth the price of admission. The menagerie contains the usual animals, all in a well kept condition. The long-haired women elicited general interest as they were seen combing their long black hair. The ground and lofty tumbling drew forth continued applause, and the antics of the clowns were popular, especially two funny fellows who were induced to fight a duel, the details of which were very ludicrous. The little girl who stood upon a ball, rolling it up and down a "see-saw," in the the center skipping the rope upon it, was the most meritorious and wonderful performance in the circus. The trapeze act, by a little boy and girl was daringly fine. Zazel's feat of being shot out of a cannon a considerable distance created a decided sensation. Last night a large crowd had to be turned away from the doors. - Memphis Daily Appeal, Sept. 13. Daily Evening News (Jefferson, IN), March 28, 1882, n.p.n.

    Kelly and O'Brien leave Bradford, Pa., this week for Louisville, Ky., to join Maybury, Pullman & Hamilton's Show. New York Clipper, April 1, 1882, p. 26.

    The managers of Mayberry, Pullman and Hamilton's New Mastodon Show can congratulate themselves on drawing large audiences under adverse circumstances. The performing tent was full again last night, in spite of the previous rain and threatening weather. The last two performances will be given this noon and night. - New Orleans Picayune. Daily Evening News (Jeffersonville, IN), April 1, 1882, n.p.n.

    Rain yesterday debarred many from attending the day performance of Maybury, Pullman and Hamilton's Circus, but notwithstanding the audience was a slim one, the managers carried out every act promised in the programme. The doors will be open today at noon and again at night, after which the circus will pack up and proceed to fill its other engagements. The minstrel show which follows the circus performance, is unusually good. The wonderful midgets, on the trapeze, are entertaininng, and the precautions taken to prevent any accident, gove the spectators a feeling of assurance while witnessing the performance. The equilibrium feat, the tight rope, the Carlo brothers, the riding, gymnastic feats, and the wonderfaul seven sisters with their wealth of flowing hair, and every feature of the show is well worthy of public patronage. New Orleans Item, Sept. 28. Daily Evening News (Jefferson, IN), April 3, 1882, n.p.n.

    Will exhibit at Dansville, Saturday, June 17th, 1882, afternoon and evening, The Maybury, Pullman & Hamilton Grand United Mastadon Shows, comprising six full departments. The Egyptian Caravan and Oriental Menagerie, the Cosmopolitan and Trans-Marine Circus, A Vast Aquarium of Sea Lions, Sea Leopards & Polar Elephants, an Immense Museum of 20,000 Curiosities, a School of Mechanical Marvels. Grand Street Pageant1 Our present organization is composed of the Grand Cosmopolitan and Trans-Marine Circus, the vast Egyptian Caravan and Oriental Menagerie, Prof. Brockway's Wonderful Troupe of Trained Barbary Steeds, Ma-Te-Ke-Wah's Tribe of Sioux Warriors, M'lle Clara Belmont, the Meteoric Phenomenon, M'lle Pauline Lee. Mr. W. H. Gorman, the champion hurdle rider of the world, and the only equestrian who during his bareback principal act, turns a double backward and forward somersault. Prof. Neil Smith's Dog Circus and Troupe of Canine Comedians. Mr. Gus Shaw, the histronic clown and character impersonator. Immense company of gymnasts, comprising the Lorebic Bros., Levanta, Ajax, Sig. Allegremonte, Harry Mack, Madame Belmont, and Charles Harding, champion somersaultist. The Great War Elephant, "Emperor," 108 years old, purchased from the King of Siam, in whose army he served several years. Ponderous sea lions of the Arctic deeps. [Advertisement] Dansville Advertiser (Dansville, NY), June 15, 1882, n.p.n.

    Maybury, Pullman & Hamilton's circus gave two exhibitions here last Tuesday. Those who had heard adverse reports about it, and who saw the circus, were agreeably disappointed in it. The street parade does not pass for much. The collection of animals is small, but what there are of them are very good selections. The circus itself is probably the best that ever visited this place - it is infinitely a better show than John Robinson ever brought here. The equestrianism is excellent. The tight-rope and trapeze performances, the jugglery and the tumbling are far above any ever seen here. The trick dogs made a highly interesting feature of the entertainment and one of the clowns was exceedingly funny - not in what he said, for he said nothing, but in what he did. A man turning a double somersault over a camel, three elephants and four horses is a sight to see. This is a small circus, but a good one. . . . Statesville Landmark (Statesville, NC), September 8, 1882, n.p.n.

    Columbia, S.C., September 13. Maybury, Pullman & Hamilton's Circus property was attached here last night by the employes for $60,000. Local accounts for unpaid bills were also served upon the proprietors of the show. A judgement for $___ exists in New York against the property. Galveston Daily News (Galveston, TX), September 14, 1882, n.p.n.

    Columbia, S. C., Sept. 15. William A. Maybury, one of the proprietors of the Maybury, Pullman & Hamilton Circus Company, is a fugitive from justice. The Pullmans have instituted suit against him for $20,000 damages, alleging that he has been in combination with a set of agents to fleece the people and rob the company; that he has diverted the funds of the circus to his own use, and that he has secreted his property to defraud his creditors. A warrant was issued tonight for his arrest, charging him with breach of trust with fradulent intent, and telegrams have been sent in all directions for his arrest. He succeeded in escaping from this place today by the aid of his lawyers, and is making his way toward the Georgia border by private conveyance. New York Times (New York, NY), September 16, 1882, p. 2.

    Columbus, S.C., Sept. 20. Wm. Maybury, one of the proprietors of Maybury, Pullman & Hamilton's stranded circus, absconded on Saturday with $20,000 of the company's funds, swindling the partners and leaving a large number of performers and employes penniless. Yesterday he was arrested in Montgomery, Ala. Hudson Daily Register (Hudson, NY), September 20, 1882, n.p.n.

    Maybury, Pullman & Hamilton's Circus, principally owned by Detroit parties, was recently attached in Columbus, S.C., by employes and others for debt. New York Clipper, September 23, 1882, p. 435.

    Columbia, S. C., Sept. 25. William A. Maybury, a partner in Maybury, Pullman & Hamilton's defunct circus, who was arrested in Alabama last week and brought back to Columbia for trial on various charges of fraud, was discharged from custody today, his partners utterly failing to establish any case against him. New York Times (New York, NY), September 26, 1882, p. 1.

    William L. Maybury of Detroit, Michigan, who is heavily interested in the Maybury, Pullman & Hamilton Circus, which stranded recently in Columbia, S.C., has been charged, says our Detroit correspondent, "with crookedness in his management. Proceeding were initiated against him by his partners, whereupon Maybury 'skipped out,' but was arrested, brought back and released on bail. William C. Maybury, a leading lawyer of this city and Member of Congress-elect, who is a cousin of the circus manager, has gone to Columbia to try and extricate the show from its encumbrances."
    Ellen Cooke, equestrian, and Frank Clifton, gymnast, arrived in this city ___ from Columbia, S.C. They had been with Maybury, Pullman & Hamilton's Circus, which is to be sold by the Sheriff Octover 5. New York Clipper, October 7, 1882, p. 478.

    William A. Maybury, circus manager, returned to Detroit, Mich., last week, says our correspondent, "a poorer man. W. C. Maybury, his cousin, succeeded in making an amicable settlement with the other partners at Columbia, S.C. The young manager claims to be minus about $18,000(?)." The Maybury, Pullman & Hamilton Show will be sold by the received Oct. 20 at Columbia, S.C. New York Clipper, October 14, 1882, p. 487.

    Columbia, S. C., Oct. 25. Sheriff Rowan, of this county, as Receiver, sold today the wild animals, horses, wagons and trappings of the Maybury, Pullman and Hamilton Circus Company, which went to pieces in this city about two months ago. Sells Brothers bought most of the animals and the largest part of the circus wagons, furniture, &c. Frank Thompson, Secretary of the Cincinnati Zoological Garden, purchased the jaguar and llama. With the amount netted from the sale today and the amount realized from a former sale the property of the circus has gone for less than one-third of its real value, and less than half enough to cover the indeptedness of the concern. . . . New York Times (New York, NY), October 26, 1882, p. 5.

    P. Sells Jr. bought the principal part of the Pullman Show for a song. New York Clipper, December 2, 1882, p. 599.

A New York newspaper ran a story from Warsaw, New York, on grift on this show in 1882. Bandwagon, May-June, 1988, Vol. 32, No. 3, p. 41.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Maynard Bros.

• An article on the 1936 Maynard Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1990, Vol. 34, No. 1, pp. 28-33.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ken Maynard's Diamond K Wild West   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1936

• An article on the 1936 Ken Maynard's Diamond K Wild West is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1986, Vol. 30, No. 4, pp. 4-11.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Mayo's Circus - 1884

    Mayo's, alias Dan Rice's circus, gave two performances here this week. There have been better circuses in Thomasville. Thomasville Times (Thomasville, GA), January 12, 1884, n.p.n.

    W. B. Mayo, late of Mayo's circus, has located in Thomasville. He has taken charge of Mr. Ainsworth's stable of trotters and will give them thorough training on Trout Lake Course. Thomasville Times (Thomasville, GA), January 19, 1884, n.p.n.

    Mayo's Model Show. Officers: Wm. Mayo, manager; equestrian director, Theo. Barreta; master of transportation, John Pfeifer . . . band, 12. Company: James Whitney, Gus Shaw, John C. Long, Victor Bros. . . . Stillwell, clown; Theo. Barretta, T. K. Wallace. Concert: Whipple and Randel, Wm. Wallace, Miss Etola, Turner and Van. Privileges: Theo Barretts. Sideshow: Geo. De Haven, Prof. Woods, C. A. Bonny, Circassian, midget, fat boy. Mayo's Model Shows opened their season at Indianapolis, Ind., May 5. New York Clipper, May 17, 1884, p. 134.

    Our Indianapolis correspondent telegraphs us May 20: "It is reported that Mayo's Model Show has disbanded somewhere in the Southern part of this State. Salaries were paid, I hear." New York Clipper, May 24, 1884, p. 150.

    Our Indianapolis, Ind., correspondent writes: "From one of the performers I learn that the Mayo Model Show came to grief in Greencastle, Ind. The performers show a good deal of indignation as to their treatment, and claim that no salaries were paid. The show is stated to be re-organizing in Chicago." New York Clipper, May 31, 1884, p. 166.

• 1883: see Champlin & Mayo's.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Mayo's Circus - 1895

    Fred C. Jones informs us that Mayo's Circus came to grief in Rochester, August 17. New York Clipper, August 24, 1895, p. 386.

    John Cook writes that Harry Moore and Ed ___ attached the Mayo Circus, for back salary, and that the show is in the hands of the sheriff and is to be sold. New York Clipper, September 28, 1895, p. 469.

    Mr. La Dulse has purchased a half interest in Mayo's Circus and leaves Wednesday to join the outfit at St. Louis, Missouri. Frank Booth will go with him as baggageman. Ogdensburg Advance (Ogdensburg, NY), October 17, 1895, p. 1.

    Notes from Mayo's Consolidated Shows. We have just received the new big top. Mr. Mayo's trained horses are making a sensation through the Southern country, while Bert Mayo is still doing his principal and hurdle act. The Gregory Family joined October 11. The advance: C. H. Davis, general agent; William Stevenson, boss billposter with four assistants; C. Munger, lithographer, and F. W. Hunt, press agent. New York Clipper, November 2, 1895, p. 553.

    Notes from Mayo's Old Fashioned Circus. We are now touring Kentucky, enroute to Florida. Our new canvas is a 100ft. round top with a __ft. middle piece. Roster: Mayo and La Duke, proprietors and managers; Mrs. Mayo, treasurer; Chas. Davis, advance with four billposters; Bert Mayo, principal and jockey act; Emma Ridon, flying rings; William Mayo and his trained horse, Bravo; De Onzo and Miller, horizontal bars; Chas. and Bessie Gregory, balancing act; Chas. Payne, contortion; Uncle Dan Castle. . . Happy Jack Lancaster, black face comediant; De Vaun, song and dance; the Ford Bros., clog dancers, and Prof. Ramberg's brass band with eight pieces. New York Clipper, November 9, 1895, p. 573.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Maywood Brothers - 1875

    The Maywood Brothers' Combination, under the management of John Maywood, will start from Perth Amboy, N.J., May 10, on their annual tour under canvas. New York Clipper, May 8, 1875, p. 47.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

McCafferty's - 1892-94

1892: Walter McCafferty's Great Double Shows and Ogawa’s Royal Japanese Circus. W. McCafferty, sole owner and manager. Wanted, people in all branches of the circus business. Also band of 6 players. Address Walt McCafferty, Sabetha, Kansas. New York Clipper, November 26, 1892, p. 614.

1893:

    Ad. Funk has signed as contracting agent for W. A. McCafferty's Circus. New York Clipper, February 25, 1893, p. 821.

    Wanted, for W. McCafferty's Great Golden Shows and Ogawa's Royal Japanese Circus, the best equipped wagon show in America. Bar team, female trapeze act, one more clown, and a few concert people, also 4 and 6 horse drivers. Address W. McCafferty, Sabetha, Kansas. New York Clipper, February 25, 1893, p. 829.

    Roster of Walt McCafferty's Great Garden Shows, now touring Western Kansas and Colorado: P. S. McPherson, in charge . . . Horton Jacks . . . Minnie Minnetta, Sig. Harris, Al. Bishop, Abe Bishop . . . Ed. C. Murphy, and ___ Troupe of Royal Japanese. New York Clipper, June 10, 1893, p. 214.

    On the road, circuses: McCafferty's, Valley Falls, Kas. July 19, Nortonville 20 . . . Meriden 22. New York Clipper, July 22, 1893, p. 313.

    Notes and rosters of McCafferty's Great Golden Shows. Walter McCafferty, proprietor and manager; Mrs. McCafferty, treasurer; W. H. Rhen, in charge of sideshow . . . P. S. McPherson, in charge of stock with twenty men; ?. F. Brady, in charge of canvas with twelve men . . . C. A. Carr, in charge of properties, with three men . . . Theodore Bretta, equestrian director; Chas. Danford, in charge of stands. Performers: Bertta and wife, Bishop Bros., three in number . . . Geo. Rhen, Maudie Rhen and Sig. Harris. We travel by wagons and carry forthy head of stock, fourteen baggage wagons, two passenger hacks, two band wagons, one clown cart. The show is doing good business and the "lady in white" makes her appearance every Tuesday. We are travleing through Kansas and Missouri. Sig. Harris joined July __ at Meriden, Kan. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.

    On the road, circuses: McCafferty's, Alma KS July 26 . . . Burlingame 28 . . . New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 329.

    Wanted, a few circus performers in all branches. Show going South for winter. Walt. McCafferty, Sabetha, Kan. Care of Great Golden Shows. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 339.

    Notes from Walt McCafferty's Golden Shows. Business has been good, notwithstanding the hard times. The Japs are doing some fine work. Theo Baretta(?) and his trained pig knocks the "rubes" out at every performance. . . . Sig. Harris Japenese pastimes . . . The show goes South this winter for a long season. The canvas is in charage of ?. McPherson, and the stock, in charge of Geo. Brown, looks fine. . . . Ad Funk, general agent; D. L. Allen, in charge of advance No. 1 with Jess Morris, Walt Dewey . . . Joe Swift . . . billposters. . . . Walt McCafferty purchased four fine iron gray horses recently at Valley Falls, Kas., making twenty-five head now with the show. Ed. Murphy closed at St.(?) Mary(?), Kas. New York Clipper, August 19, 1893, p. 378.

    On the road, circuses: McCafferty's, Endora Kas. Aug 16 . . . New York Clipper, August 19, 1893, p. 379.

    For sale, an entire circus outfit, horses, wagons, tents, seats, poles, lights, and everything suitable for a wagon show. Address Walt McCafferty, Sabetha, Kansas. New York Clipper, October 7, 1893, p. 508.

• Information on the 1893 Walt McCafferty show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1994, Vol. 38, No. 3, pp. 38-42.

1894: Wanted, partner, to take half interest in a well equipped and established wagon show. Also want circus people in all branches. Address Walt. McCafferty, Gt. Golden Shows, Salem, Neb. New York Clipper, January 20, 1894, p. 748.

• Information on the 1894 Walt McCafferty show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1994, pp. 39-42; July-August, 1994, pp. 30-33.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Wayne McCary's Royal International Circus - 1982

• In 1982 Wayne McCary toured his usual Shrine dates in Maine. He later played fair dates in Massachusetts. Bandwagon, January-February, 1983, p. 30.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1978.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

G. B. McClellan's - 1892

    Want, for Dr. G. B. McClellan (Diamond Dick's) Circus and Theatrical Shows, now organizing at Leavenworth, Kansas. Circus people in all branches and specialty people for stage. Those who can put on light comedies, sketches and farces preferred, and band who can double in orchestra. Also boss canvas man. Show opens at Leavenworth, Kansas, Monday, April 18(?). Address J. ?. W. Hennessey, manager, Leavenworth, Kansas. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 77.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Wm. McClellan's - 1889, 1890

1889:

    Wanted, for McClelland's New United Monster Shows and Wild West, people in all branches of the circus biz., musicians, concert and sideshow people, man to make balloon ascensin and parachute jump, troupe of Jubilee Singers. Long season in the South. Address Wm. J. McClelland, Brockport, Pa. New York Clipper, August 10, 1889, p. 367.

    Ed McDonald closed with the McFadden Show Sept. 14(?), and joined McClellan's Circus and Wild West two days later, for a tour of the South. New York Clipper, September 28, 1889, p. 478.

1890:

    McClellan's United Monster Shows and Wild West. Want people in every branch of the business; also, curiosities, freaks, features, concert people and ___ attractions of every description. Want a balloon man, with or without parachute; reliable advance agent, boss canvasman, canvasmen, billposters. Last year people write, Want a good brass band. Want to buy sideshow canvas and ___ paintings. Wm. J. McClellan, Ridgway, Pa. New York Clipper, March 1, 1890, p. 847.

    The following people have signed with McClellan's United Shows and Wild West for this season: . . . J. W. Moore and Freeman, aerialists; Ned and Mrs. Hathway, balloon ascension . . . Ed. M.(N?) and Ida Harman, double trapeze . . . F. O'Neil, drum major; Dollie Crosby, snake charmer; ___ and McBride, acrobats; Gillman and ___, triple horizontal bar act; J. H. Fisher and a band of twelve pieces; J. R. Tucker and eight men, advance, and E. H. Sells and sixteen canvas men. The sideshow is to be made up as follows: . . . Buckskin Lew and his relics of the West . . . Nellie Parks, electric woman . . . The show expects to open early in May. New York Clipper, March 22, 1890, p. 23.

    The Milo Brothers, John and Francis . . . have signed with the McClelland's United Shows. New York Clipper, March 22, 1890, p. 23.

    John Price, motto(?) and topical vocalist, has signed with McClellan's Circus for this season, to do principal singing and talking clown. New York Clipper, April 5, 1890, p. 59.

    All people engaged for McClellan's United Monster Shows and Wild West Museum are notified to report at Brockwayville, Jefferson Co., Pa., May 7(?), for rehearsal. Opening date, May 10(?). . . . Wanted, a boss canvasman. Wanted at all times, startling novelty acts and ladies to strong specialties. Shaffer, telegraph. Limit your baggage. Wm. J. McClellan. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 94.

    The Three Marvels go with Wm. McClellan's Circus this season. New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 103.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Lucille McClendon Shows - 1918

    The Lucille McClendon Shows opened the season early in March in central Arkansas, and have been doing good business traveling northeast. The company will tour Arkansas, Missouri, Illinois and Nebraska. This is an overland show, transported on twelve wagons and having nearly thirty head of horses, bronchos and Shetlands, and about twenty-five people. Dell Simmons, assisted by the Aden Sisters, furnish the aerial acts. Bessie Aden is doing a real ladder act. George Dempsey, broncho rider of Cheyenne, joined recently. Irene Aden, age twelve years, has a new aerial act and is also doing contortion work. Little Fly Aden, eight years old, does comic songs. Billy Mack has some canine beauties that do clever work. The show hasn't lost a date so far. Billboard, April 13, 1918, p. 30.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

McConkey & Co.'s Arabian Circus - 1888-89, 1898

1885: Prof. Wm. McConkey and his stud of trained horses, now with Pullman, Dingess & Co.'s great London sensation, exhibits here June 16th. Geneva Gazette (Geneva, NY), June 12, 1885, n.p.n.

1886: Pullman's Circus was attached July 27 at Youngstown, O., by J. H. Kelly, advance agent, for $300; by Prof. McConkey, who had the trained horses, for nearly the same amount, and by other employes, who claimed salaries due. McConkey also states that $200 was due him since last season. The Sheriff took charge of the outfit. New York Clipper, August 7, 1886, p. 328.

1889:

    Wm. De Boe, wire walker, aerialist and gymnast, has signed at equestrian director with McConkey & Co.'s United Circus, his second season with that show. New York Clipper, July 6, 1889, p. 274.

1888:

    Roster of McConkey & Co.'s Arabian Show: Prof. Wm. McConkey's troupe of equines; Joe ___'s dog circus, Mary Young, Wm. Sylvester, W. S. Becks, Loyal Davis . . . Bill Johnson, clown, with his donkey, Prof. Myer's cornet band and orchestra. New York Clipper, March 10, 1888, p. 832.

    The roster of McConkey & Co.'s Arabian Circus, owned by Prof. W. McConkey and managed by Joe Watson(?). DeBoe(?), Joe Douglass, A. J. Andrews, Oxford Bros., W. Andrews, F. W. Ridge, D. Stofer(?), L. Morris, Joe Wasson's Dog Circus, McConkey's Equine Paradox, and Myers and Davis's band and orchestra. The troupe opened their season at Mo??ville, Mich, May ?, traveling by wagon. New York Clipper, May 12, 1888, p. 134.

    Manager Joe Wasson was compelled to leave McConkey & Co.'s Show on its opening day, May 5, owing to the illness of his wife. He will rejoin. New York Clipper, May 26, 1888, p. 169.

1898:

    Wanted, performers, musicians and concert people for McConkey's Arabian Show. Wm. McConkey, Lansing, Michigan. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, April 30, 1898, p. 151.

    Lansing, Michigan. McConkey's Arabian Circus and Equine Paradox opened here 14 to a big crowd. New York Dramatic Mirror, May 28, 1898, p. 6.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

McCormick Silver Plate Show - 1896-98, 1900

1896:

    Notes from McCormick Bros. Silver Plate Show. All is in a hustle and hurry at headquarters at Gallipolis, O. Blacksmiths, painters, carpenters and harness makers getting things together, and, as this is our first season, everything is to be brand new. We will carry an 80ft. round top with two 30ft. middle pieces; a dressing room top, 50 head of stock, 15(?) wagons, and an elegant band wagon. Our wagons are now ready for painting. The following have signed: Edward Conklin, juggler; Holacher Family (Bert, May and Fritzie); Alf. Norton; Atwell Yost; Prof. Everton and dogs; and Prof. McCormick and his six trained horses, and a band of eight pieces. We will have two advance wagons and one wagon well stocked with paper. The show opens about the last of April, and will show in Gallipolis a week before taking the road. We are to tour Ohio, Kentucky, West Virginia, Indiana and Pennsylvania. If energy and money will succeed we certainly will, as we have that with us. New York Clipper, January 11, 1896, p. 716.

    Edward Conklin, juggler, has signed with the McCormick Bros.' Silver Plate Show. New York Clipper, February 1, 1896, p. 761.

    Gallipolis. McCormick Brothers of this city have organized a tent show. They have a tent with a seating capacity of 2,000, eight trained horses, fifteen performers and forty baggage horses. They start out May 10. New York Dramatic Mirror, February 15, 1896, p. 7.

    Notes from McCormick Bros.' Silver Plate Show. Prof. A. W. McCormick has purchased four more Arabian stallions, making eight he has trained, not including Baby, the pony that does rope walking. We have secured Lee Bros.' Side Show, a nine ___ double deck, and a 60ft. top. Roster: Alex McCormick, manager; Frank McCormick, treasurer and ticket seller; Walter McCormick, advance with four assistants; Holacher Family, return act, double traps, etc.; Prof. Reilly and troupe of twelve educated dogs; Ed Conklin, juggling and balancing; Levine and Booth, equilibrists, flying rings and contortion; Albert Gaston, knockabout clown . . . Alf Norton, manager of concert; W. M. Burdette and band of ten mouthpieces. We have enlarged to eighteen wagons and sixty head of stock. Frank McCormick has gone to Massillon, Ohio, to see about buying a band wagon, pole and ticket wagons. New York Clipper, February 22, 1896, p. 809.

    Officer McGuire went to Canton this morning and arrested a man named Charles Haup at the instance of the manager of the McCormick circus which is now in its winter quarters in Gallipolis. This circus recently purchased part of Albert Wetter's paraphernalia and Haup was one of the men in charge of the goods. During the transit five uniforms and a banner disappeared very mysteriously and so did Haup. When arrested the latter stoutly protested his innocence and even when offered his freedom if he would tell where the goods were he said he knew nothing about the affair. The circus people decided that he was innocent and did not prefer a charge against him. Massillon (OH) Independent, March 3, 1896.

    Notes from McCormick Bros.' Silver Plate Show: Everything to make our show complete is now ready for the road, with paper packed in the wagon, wagons, ???, stock and tents. A. W. McCormick purchased while in Massillon a band wagon, two pole wagons and a ticket wagon, to be used in parade, also seven [unreadable text]. The Comstocks are late additions to our list. Lew Talbert, boss canvas man, has reported for work. Little Fritz Holacher(?), our five year old contortionist, is to do a balancing perch with his father. Bert has secured Nat Comstock to catch for him in his return act. . . . Prof. Lee's side show 'ad' brought in lots of answers . . . ??? Frank McCormick, our treasurer, has just brought in a ??? load of draft horses for the show, all that's needed. He also bought two chariots and a clown cart for parade use. Prof. W. M. Burdette and his ??? are rehearsing in Charleston, W. Va. Prof. Rielly(Reilly?) is teaching a dog a bareback riding act, also a goat and monkey to ride. We open May 1, or earlier. Out outfit is entirely new and well ???. Ed. Conklin, the juggler . . . We have secured Frank Vago for slide trombonist in our band. New York Clipper, March 28, 1896, p. 53.

1897:

    McCormick Bros.' Silver Plate Show notes. A. W. McCormick arrived with a carload of Norman horses, making one hundred and fifty head of baggage stock. Prof. McCormick also added ten head more to his horse act, making thirty-five head of trained ring stock, all Arabians. Our cages and wagons are all painted white, trimmed with aluminum, having thirty sets of harness, all painted white to match. Our band wagon will be a horsless wagon made for the McCormicks for our No. 2 band. We have ordered a new big top, as we use our last season's for the menagerie. Our big top will be a 110ft. with 40ft. middle piece. Ed Conklin, juggler and balancer, has signed, his second season with us. We have the Sinclairs and Carlisle, with their dogs. Headquarters are at Gallipolis, Ohio. New York Clipper, February 27, 1897, p. 831.

    Notes from McCormick Bros.' Silver Plate Show. Our cages have arrived and are decorated with aluminum, which shines out when the sun strikes it. Prof. Ballard is breaking a dog to ride a horse, also a two horse hurdle for Little Freddie Mang. A. W. McCormick has signed Pros. La Grange and Melmotte to make daily balloon ascensions and parachute leaps. The La Tour Sister, balancers and trapeze performers, have signed, also Al Gaston, talking and singing clown. We will open about April 27, for two days in Gallipolis, Ohio, then take a steamboat for a month until the rainy season is over. We then go up the Kanouka River. Prof. Ballard has put the finishing touch to his horses drill, all full fledged solider on parade. Our band leader has engged Prof. Yeager, trombone soloist, and Miller, cornet, making seventeen band members. Paul McCormick is breaking horses for entry. We have one in each ring; sixteen horses, all pure white. New York Clipper, March 27, 1897, p. 59.

    Notes from McCormick Bros.' Nickle Plate Shows. We are now in our fourth week, playing to good business. Despite the rain we had all through the first week we filled the tent at night shows. . . . At Duquesne, Pa., the mud and water was so bad and the rain poured down so heavily that the performers had to work outside of the ring. On May 13(?) one of the canvasmen fell overboard and drowned before a yawl could get to him. Mr. Sturgis(?) has the annex with ??? and his troupe of Oriental dancing girls. This branch is run on the continuous plan, opening at 2 p.m. and giving a show every fifteen minutes until after the big show at night. New York Clipper, May 29, 1897, p. 203.

    McCormick Bros.' Silver Plate Show closed the season June 15, at Vinton, Ohio. New York Clipper, July 24, 1897, p. 335.

1898:

    Notes from McCormick's New Silver Plate Show and Menagerie. We open our third season at Gallipolis, Ohio, about May 1. A. W. McCormick has bought the entire show, out and out, non of the other four brothers are concerned. Professor McCoy, of Toronto, Canada, is breaking in the ring stock. We are building a new 150ft. round top, two middle pieces; cutting last year's old top down for our menagerie. Have bought ten new cages and animals for them. Will carry two bands this year, using one for sideshow. The Lee Brothers have management of our annex. We will not carry a large lot of performers, as our trained stock has been enlarged to twenty-two head. Will have a tournament and two entrees, eight in each, all black, in ring No. 1; pure white in ring No. 2. We are to use nine cars altogether to transport us. Our wagon will be lettered all with aluminum, all trappings for entry and parade to be painted pure white. Our season will be long, and we go South in the Fall to catch the cotton season. A. W. McCormick and Prof. McCoy have gone to Cincinnati to purchase a performing elephant. New York Clipper, March 12, 1898, p. 22.

1900:

    McCormick's Great Silver-Plate Shows. Advance: Railroad contracting agent, F. E. Hadley; Advance car No. 1: W. B. McCormick in charge; assistants: Jne Wart, Dave Ward, Jim Buscher, Albert Belcher, Joseph Ward, Alex. Meige, Alex. Burton; Advance car No. 2: W. B. Meniffe in charge; assistants: Jim Coal, Harry Wells, Ed. Patchell, Harry Wartz, Harry Charles, Perry Smith; Programers and lithographers Car No. 1: Harry Sells, Frank Welsch, Edward Oakery, Howard Eddes; Programmers Car No. 2: Frank Spence, John Sheets, Harry Haven. Billboard, May 1, 1900.

    Business manager Frank E. Hadley, of the McCormick Bros. Silver Plate Shows, arrived at the headquarters at Gallipolis, O., April 23, with a large consignment of draft horses and monkeys. Much activity is being displayed, preparing for the opening at Gallipolis, May 11 and 12. Billboard, May 5, 1900, p. 3.

    The last of McCormick Bros.' Circus and Menagerie pulled in to Lancaster, O., Sept. 26, and, as the company was going out of the business, disposed of its property at that place. The show has disbanded. Billboard, October 6, 1900, p. 5.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

McCourt's Little Mack - 1891

    Little Macks Pythian Circus is now in preparation, and promises to bring forth several novelties. An adjustable ring and stage will be among the special features. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 74.

    Wanted, for Little Mack's Pythian Circus, one male and one female rider who can furnish their own horses; also one uniformed brass band, six mouth pieces; and performers in all branches with ___ turns and good wardrobe; also one treasurer. Privileges for sale. Address J. J. McCourt, Jefferson, Ind. I pay all board and expenses when out. Will travel by river. Will start May 1. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 85.

    Tully Strayer(?) has signed as general agent for McCourt & Patman's Circus. He carries four billposters in the advance. The show opens Aug. 10, at Louisville, Ky. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 382.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Col Tim McCoy's Wild West - 1938   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1938

    The Col. Tim McCoy Wild West Show, after a short tour in 1938, came to a hurried end in Washington, D.C. "Circus Changes of the Past," C. E. Duble, Note Sheet No. 5 (Circus Historical Society), November 16, 1942.

• An article on Col. Tim McCoy's Wild West Show, Tim McCoy and Benjamin Ladd Cook, owners, is in Bandwagon, September-October, 2009, pp. 32-35.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

McCoy & Shannon's - 1902

    The opening of McCoy & Shannon's Great Southern Railroad Shows, at Birmingham, Ala., May 17. . . . A portion of the roster: G. E. McCoy and W. A. Shannon, proprietors; S. P. Garvin, general agent with six men in advance; Prof. McMillan, leader of band; Fred Paul, leader of orchestra of twelve pieces; the Erwin Family; Hildebrandt, modern Samson and wrestler; Flamini Sisters; Wu Ting and Wun Luu(?), acrobats; E. S. Moller and Jack Bridges, tumblers; Fred Byers, Nick Lumus and Frank Keenan, clowns, and others. There is also a trained dog and goat act. A 10 and 20 cent show. Billboard, May 31, 1902, p. 5.

• 1906: J. E. McCoy died suddenly at his home in Birmingham, Ala., last week of heart trouble. Mr. McCoy was a partner in the McCoy & Shannon Great Southern Shows, and for ten years had been operating a shooting gallery in Birmingham. Billboard, January 27, 1906, p. 10.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

McCue's Circus - 1882-83

1882:

    McCue's Show. This institution, styling itself "Westman's Great Eastern Circus," performed in Jacksonville on Tuesday evening to a large house. To say that the people were disappointed hardly expresses it. Everybody expected to see a real old-fashioned circus, and they were treated to a common performance. Hardly anything was noticeable to give the show the appearance of a circus, except the canvas tent. There was a total absence of riding, trapeze performing, etc., while the clowns were silly, the music execrable. The manager appreciates the light weight of his show and is smart enoubh to play only one night in each place. - The Democratic Times, Jacksonville, Oregon, June 30th, 1882. Daily Colonist (Victoria, British Columbia), August 4, 1882, n.p.n.

    Westman's Great Eastern Circus will arrive on Tuesday and perform on Tuesday and Wednesday evenings at lot on corner of Johnson and Douglas streets. [Victoria, British Columbia] In consequence of malicious libels being circulated by a rival company [see above], we call attention to the subjoined article from our exchanges: "Our citizens were agreeably surprised last night at the excellence of the performance given by Westman's Circus. Every available space was occupied by an appreciative audience. We say 'surprised' because an attempt was made by a rival combination to destroy public confidence by publishing slanderous notices prior to its arrival. The performance was good in every particular, and especially that of the horses." - Daily Herald, Seattle, Aug. 4th. [See Sherman's Circus, it played in Victoria, BC in early October.]
    "Westman's Circus was favored with a thousand dollar house at Astoria on Friday evening. The performance was so well patronized, and gave such immense satisfaction that, by special request of many citizens, the manager consented to remain and give a ladies' and children's matinee on Saturday afternoon and another performance in the evening. This show is bound to succeed as it is under the management of the irrepressible Jim McCue, the California and Nevada opposition stage man. From Astoria they go to Tacoma, Olympia, Seattle and Victoria. - Daily Oregonian, July 31st. Daily Colonist (Victoria, British Columbia), August 8, 1882, n.p.n.

    Westman's Great Eastern Circus. Last night this establishment gave its first performance. The audience seemed to enjoy the feats for the ring, the educated horses, amjsing mastor, funny clown and the strong man, who handled a heavy iron axletree as deftly as a needle. The performance of the horse "Americus," and the two three-year-old colts, which were intelligent animals, was very interesting. Also the lofty tumbling and Professor Blondin's ascension on the tight rope, free to all, previous to the performance. Daily Colonist (Victoria, British Columbia), August 9, 1882, n.p.n.

1883:

    J. S. McCue, manager of Westman's Circus of California, is the owner and trainer of the trick horse Americus. His business here [New York] is to engage additional talent and purchase show property. He has engaged James A. Robinson, his son Clarence, and Mr. Gorman and Miss Polly Lee, with their eight horses. Wanted for the Pacific Coast, one year's engagment from Feb. 1, two advertising agents, two billposters, one clown, a funny-man, one rider with at least two horses; four ladies, singers for concert who can ride in parade and grand entree; one leader for white band, seven white musicians and twenty colored musicians. Also want to purchase two band wagons and one ticket wagon. New York Clipper, January 6, 1883, pp. 678. 685.

    B. H. Grover goes with J. S. McCue's National Circus in advance. New York Clipper, January 20, 1883, p. 718.

    Pete Conklin is engaged with J. S. McCue, a California manager, for the coming season. New York Clipper, January 27, 1883, p. 727.

    McCue's Circus is still exhibiting in San Francisco, Cal. The admission is only 10 cents. New York Clipper, September 15, 1883, p. 430.

    McCue's National Circus left 'Frisco, California, September 20 for Oregon. New York Clipper, October 6, 1883, p. 480.

    McCue's Circus, which has gone to Mexico from San Francisco, includes his eight educated horses, Harry Tyler and dogs, the Turner Bros., Mons. Milo, Signor Billon, Leon and Willie Odell and a female "Blonde Quartet." New York Clipper, December 29, 1883, p. 692.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

McDonald's - 1889

    Wanted, people in all branches of show business. Riders with stock, sensational acts, singing and talking clowns, aerial acts, leapers, tumblers, concert people, uniformed band, for long Summer season with McDonald's Circus. Opening at Milwaukee, Wis., June 10(?). Address Chas. C. McDonald & Co., Grand ave., Milwaukee, Wis. New York Clipper, April 27, 1889, p. 114.

    Roster of McDonald & Co.'s Circus. Managerial staff: C. E. McDonald & Co., proprietors; J. C. Lundin, treasurer; W. A. Innes, equestrian director; Jas. Bayvois, asst. treasurer; John Roos(?), ticket taker with three assistants (Chas. Deaning, Ed. Cooke and R. S. Takers); Jas. Rogers, master of canvas, with eight assistants; Richard Johnson, chandelier man; Barney Hull, master of properties; Harry Diamond, lithographer. Performers: Mrs. Alice McDonald, Geo. and Emma Leothardo, Chas. and Carrie Moore, Fred Zeemer, Riano and Bentley, E. A. Estus, Larinies(?) Bros., Clover Leaf Three, Wm. St. Arno, Garnello Bros., W. J. Milligan, H. T. Donlin, Robert Whittaker, Arthur Devine and wife, Chas. Bayvois and G. Levone. Concert: Heath and ___, Arthur Devine, Mamie Cooke, W. J. Milligan, H. T. Donlin, Birdie West and Prof. Ward's band. The troupe opened their season May 30 at Milwaukee, Wis. New York Clipper, June 8, 1889, p. 207.

    Milwaukee. McDonald's Circus has moved to tenth and Muskego Avenue for a short stay, and will also play a short season at Wright Street Park, just preceding Forepaugh who comes here at the same location July 8. Chas. and Carrie Moore closed with the McDonald Circus 13. The Garnellas have also closed, one of the brothers having hurt himself while performing. The latest additions to McDonald's Circus are Robert Whittaker and O Ke Ka Wa, who do a splendid bareback riding act. Harry Diamond has replaced Lew Bloom(?) as clown with McDonald's Circus. New York Clipper, June 22, 1889, p. 236.

    McDonald's Circus yesterday. The band accompanying McDonald's circus is a good one, and discoursed excellent music in the street parade. The attendance in the afternoon was very light, probably because the performance had not been properly advertised. The tumbling, trapeze and riding performances were good. Something seemed to be lacking in the management of the concern and is probably the cause of its failure financially here. The company left in their private car for the South. Janesville Daily Gazette (Janesville, WI), July 23, 1889, n.p.n.

• Brief information on this show is in Fred Dahlinger, Jr. & Stuart Thayer, Badger State Showmen, Baraboo, WI: Circus World Museum, 1998, p. 103.

• Note: This show or people might be found on other pages on this website. Check out    Billboard,    Clipper,   and/or do a   Search

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

McDonald's - 1896

    1896: At Ravenswood McDonald's circus was tented when the cyclone came along and ripped the canvass from the stakes, snapped the guy ropes and upset the animal cages. An elephant got loose but was captured half an hour later. Utica Daily Press (Utica, NY), May 26, 1896, p. 1.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Walter J. McDonald's - 1900-01

1900:

    Walter J. McDonald's Shows. Opening date April 21, 1900. People recently engaged: May Orrin and J. L. Davenport, riders; Signor Cereno and Family, Leo Blondin, William De Vario, Frankie Barry and her troupe of twelve poodles, Stall and Carlysle, the Johnson Trio, and Prof. Robert Kirkpatrick's concert band of fourteen pieces. New York Clipper, March 17, 1900.

    Geo. Le Noir and Laura ___ have engaged for the coming season with Walter J. McDonald's Circus. Miss ___ will do her mind reading specialty and handle snakes. Mr. Le Noir will manage the side show and make the openings. New York Clipper, April 21, 1900, p. 173.

    Walter J. McDonald's Shows. Advance: General agent, Harry Bundy; bill posters: Wm. Bundy, Fred. Jones, Spot Sickles, Frank Cann, Joe Harris; Publisher official programs, Chas. G. Johnson; Lithographer, Frank Searls; Programmer, E. G. Templin.

    Notes from Walter J. McDonald's Combined Colossal Show. The show opened at Abilene, Kan., April 21, to its entire seating capacity, and is now in its fourth week. . . . We carry a 120ft. round top, with a 50ft. middle piece; the menagerie has a 70ft. top, wioth two 40ft. middle pieces; side show 40x80ft., and that will have to be enlarged if Le Noir continues to pack them in. The show has eighty head of horses that are in fine shape. There are forty wagons in all, and the cages and wagons are bedecked with silk banners, glistening tinsel and spangles, and the fine harness enable us to put a parade on the street. The roster: Walter J. McDonald, proprietor and manager; Sig. Cereno, equestrian director; J. L. Davenport, ring master; Master Orrin Davenport, somersault act; May Davenport, principal act; Sig. Cereno, ponies, dogs and wild west acts; Moncayo, juggler; Chas. Johnson, traps and wire; Leo Blondin, rope and rings; May Cereno, contortionist; Inex Cereno, two pony act and menage act; William De Vario, bounding jockey and Indian act; Stull Pritchard and Nevina, triple horizontal bars; Hackett and Patton, return act; Nettie Nedowa, rings; Sam Hank clowns the show. Danny Hagerman has the canvas. C. W. Tracy (Rhino) has charge of the stock. Chalk Simpson has the animals in charge. R.(?) Kirkpatrick furnishes a band of twelve pieces. Geo. Le Noir in charge of side show. A. W. Crockett has the refreshment stand and Doc Leon is kept busy in assisting Mr. McDonald and hunting the best for the culinary department. New York Clipper, May 19, 1900, p. 267.

    To the Editor of "The Billboard:" Dear Sir - The Walter J. McDonald's Circus is now doing its seventh week, and by the liberal patronage bestowed upon it up to this writing, it seem as if this show is destined to become a prominent factor among the bidders for public approval. All are well, and up to date we have had no accidents. Geo. Le Noir. Billboard, June 23, 1900, p. 5.

1901:

    Baker City, Ore. Walter J. McDonald's Circus, 1; full tent in afternoon; performance failed to please, and empty seats were the result in the evening. New York Dramatic Mirror, July 20, 1901, p. 19.

    Walter T. McDonald's Circus was attached at Baker City, Ore., recently, in a suit for salary brought by Geo. Costello, formerly agent of the circus. The Sells-Gray Shows bought some of the best of the property of the Walter McDonald Shows at Baker City. J. F. Cassell, formerly local contractor with the Walter McDonald Shows, has joined the Norris & Rowe Shows in a similar capacity. John L. Davenport and son, formerly with the Walter McDonald Circus, have joined the Sells-Gray Shows. The son is riding a principal act. Billboard, July 27, 1901, p. 6.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

McDonald & Reichold - 1894, 1896

1894:

    Notes from McDonald & Reichhold's World's Fair Shows. Everything is progressing in a business like way about our winter quarters. Little remains yet to be done except a few finishing touches in the paint show on the ticket wagon and tableau chariots, and we will be ready for our opening in Chicago, Ill., May 7. Everything will be brand new from stake to flag staff. . . . Our band wagons, chariots, tableau cars, cages, chime bell wagon and pony and donkey carts, are all equisitely gilded and painted, and especially decorated for this season. Our band uniforms, parade, tournament and entree wardrobe is all new. We carry seventy-two head of baggage horses and thirty seven head of ring stock, all of which are in the pink of condition. All of our paper will be special lithograph stands. Our roster is thoroughly complete, and is as follows: Andrew McDonald and George Reichhold, sole proprietors; Andrew McDonald, manager; J. ?. Noble, superintendent; Robert T. Westendorf, general agent with sixteen men; Jos. Noble, treasurer; Prof. Zano(?), equestrian director; James Grieve, press agent . . . Prof. Williams, band master with fourteen men . . . Phil Evans, Fife and Drum Corps with ten men; Bud Hawes(?), lecturer and ringmaster; John Wright, manager of concert . . . Andy Smith, cook . . . Performers: . . . Frank Oakley, "Pete Jenkins" . . . Prof. George Richhold and his famous school of trained horses, mules and pones, introducing his celebrated mule, Commodore. "The Old Roman(?)" Andy McDonald . . . with Madam Addie McDonald in her thrilling eight(?) horse chariot race . . . Andy Wright, infant clown . . . The show opens with a ten horse lay down entire and an outside(?) tournament, representing people and costumes of all nations. This show will tour some of the best territory in the West this season. New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 133.

1896:

    John Holtum, "cannon king," opened April 29 at Chicago, Illinois, with the McDonald & Richold Circus and Menagerie. New York Clipper, May 2, 1896, p. 137.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

McDonald & Wells - 1892

    Circus people wanted, performers, musicians, boss canvasman, chandelier man. Address McDonald & Wells, Paris, Ill. New York Clipper, February 20, 1892, p. 836.

    Call. People engaged with McDonald & Well's Circus report at Paris House, April 19. Wanted, a few more canvasmen. McDonald & Wells, Paris, Ill. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 78.

    Roster of McDonald & Wells' Big Show. Geo. W. McDonald and F. E. Wells, proprietors and manangers; Harry Moore, general agent; J. D. McDonald, advertising agent, with four assistants; Bruce Sims(?), Hank Snyder, Mrs. F. E. Wells, A. J. Wells, Will D'Ouzo(?), Anna D'Ouzo(?), Ed. Johnson, Frank Delmont, Clarence Delmont, Eddie Delmont, G. K. Hawkins, Monk Patterson, Will Patterson, Jennie Booth, Mollie Robinson, Thomas Henry, Frank S. Lipman, L. C. King, Wallace, Woodard, John Henry, Clarence Hood, Ed. Skinner, Frank Reed, J. W. Hart . . . J. W. Wood and James Goodrow. The show opened at Paris, Ill., April 21 to reported big business. New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 130.

    On the road, circuses: McDonald & Wells, Newton, IL May 4, 5, Robinson 6, 7. New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 135.

    Wanted, for McDonald & Well's Circus, boss canvas man; also people for big show and concert. Three days stand. Stop at hotels. Address McDonald & Wells, Washington, Ind.(?). New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 156.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

McDonald Bros. - 1904-06, 1916

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses,1908, 1915-17; but in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, circa 1904-06 and Sturtevant lists the show, 1904-06.

1904:

    Will S. Rydon and Harry McDonald were in Cincinnati last week buying paper for next season. McDonald Brothers' Show will open at Huntington, W. Va., in April. They want an agent capable of going in advance of a wagon show and also performers of all kinds. Billboard, January 9, 1904, p. 9.

    Notes from the McDonald Bros.' New United Shows. We will open about April __, with thirty head of stock and twelve wagons. The show will carry an 80ft. tent, with 40ft. middle piece; a 40x__ side show; 30x50 horse tent; 20x30 cook tent, and 30ft. dressing tent, all new, from stake to bale ring. Received tents March 4, also advance wagons and carryall. James Brackman will run all of the privileges, and will put on a strong sideshow. We will feature a 75ft. high dive, by Prof. St. Elmo, for outside exhibition. The Rydon Troupe of aerialists will be the feature of the big show. We have signed the Kiliam Family, seven in number, for the big show and concert. W. H. Quinnett will have charge of the advance. New York Clipper, March 19, 1904, p. 86.

    Notes from McDonald's Bros. Shows, Huntington, W. Va. Everything is in readiness for the opening, April 21, and the indications are that it will be a grand event. The Knights of Pythias Uniform Rank and the Fraternal Order of Eagles will turn out in a body in honor of the McDonald Brothers, who are members of the above orders. The roster is as follows: McDonald Brothers (William R., Harry and Will S.), sole owners; J. W. Brackman, side show manager; S. W. Hopkins, advance agent; Caslor Jobe, billposter. Performers: the Rydon Troupe (5 in number), aerialists; the Kilian Family (7 in number), acrobats and aerialists; William Smith, barrel jumper and contortionist; Walter Fletcher, horizontal bars and clown; Frank Melrose, principal clown and concert director; Chas. Blatz, tramp acrobat; Miss Julia Rickey, concert; Miss Maggie Brackman, bag puncher and second light; Prof. C. J. Hicks, magician and announcer; Miss May, crayon artists; Little Florence, fancy dancing and paper tearing; Miss Louise, snake charmer and trained alligators; Prof. Chas. W. Edwards, band leader with 12 soloists; 15 canvasmen under Frank Stokes; James Hurley, boss hostler with 8 men; Thomas Jones, boss props with 5 men; cookhouse under the charge of Kid Fletcher, with _ assistants; 30 head of stock, 14 wagons, 70-foot round top, 40-foot middle, 40x60 side show, 30x50 horse tent, 20x40 cook tent, 30-foot dressing room, all new from front door to dressing room, making one of the best equipped wagon shows on the road. Billboard, April 16, 1904.

    Notes from the McDonald Brothers New United Shows. Everything is in readiness for the opening, April 21, which is expected to be a grand event. The Knights of Pythias and the Uniform Rank, also the Fraternal Order of Eagles, will turn out in a body in honor of McDonald Bros., who are members of the above orders. The roster: William R., Harry and Will S. McDonald, sole owners; S. W. Hopkins, advance agent; Carlos Jobe, bill poster; J. W. Brackman, side show manager. Performers: the Rydon Troupe, five in number, aerialists; the Kilian Family, seven in number, acrobats and aerialists; William Smith, barrel jumper and contortionist; Walter Fletcher, aerialist and clown; Frank Melrose, principal clown and manager of concert; Chas. ___, tramp acrobat; Julia Rickey, fancy dances; Maggie Brackman, bag punching and mind reading; Prof. C. G. Hicks, magician and announcer; May Crayon, soubrette; Little Florence, fancy dancing and paper tearing; Miss Louise, snake charmer and school of alligators; Prof. Chas. W. Edwards, band leader, with twelve musicians; Frank Stokes, boss canvasman with fifteen men; Thomas Jones, boss properties and five men; James Hurley, boss hostler, with eight men. Thirty head of stock, fourteen wagson and buggies, seventy foot round top, forty foot middle piece, 40x60ft. side show, 30x50ft. horse tent, 20x40ft. cook tent, 30ft. dressing tent. Everything is new from front door to dressing room, making one of the finest equipped wagon shows on the road. New York Clipper, April 23, 1904

    Notes from McDonald Bros.' New United Show. We have had rain for several weeks, but the show has done well, nevertheless. The side show closed Aug. 1, at Hillsville, Va. All are well and happy and the ghost walks regularly. Geo. B. Stallings has taken charge of the advance and the show will reorganize for a long season South. Walter Fletcher has taken charge of privileges and has ordered two fine monkeys,a box of snakes and an armadillo. The side show closed with McDonald Bros.' New United Shows at Hillsville, Va., Aug. 2, and went to Allison, where they built stage, seats, etc., and opened, Aug. 6, to good business. The new outfit was named Jim Brackman's Famous Show. the roster of the show is as follows: Jim Brackman, owner and bag puncher; Mrs. Brackman, lady bag puncher; Master Howard, clown, rings and traps; Baby Louise, paper tearing and song; Musical Ten Cycks in sketches, double dancing and musical acts; Wm. Smith, barrel jumping and contortion; Prof. C. J. Hicks, magic and also making all openings and doing advance work, and Lawrence Milley, prop. Billboard, August 20, 1904, p. 17.

1905:

    Christmas with the McDonald Bros. New United Shows in the sunny South. The members of the McDonald Bros. Show had quite a novelty in the way of a Christmas tree and dinner. We had a drive of twenty-four miles, from Adrian to Stillmore, Ga., Christmas Day, and when the show had proceeded about half way a halt was called and the members were told that we would have our Christmas dinner there. The cook wagon was unloaded and table set up and dinner commenced. Imogene, Gipsy and Otis, Harry McDonald's children were sent off to play and the McDonald Bros. - Will and Harry - then began to decorate a tree with toys and presents for all present. When this was finished the children were called back and left to discover the tree, and when they did there was great shouting and screaming "Oh, pape, look, old Santa Claus has been out here in the woods." The members all agreed that it was the most novel and pleasant time they ever had at a Christmas tree gathering. Everyone received a nice present, and then dinner was called and we all sat down and enjoyed ourselves at a splendid Christmas dinner, after which the wagon was loaded and we proceeded on our way to Stillmore, having enjoyed a Christmans that will long be remembered by all present. New York Clipper, January 7, 1905, p. 1084.

    Notes from the McDonald Brothers' Shows. We have had rain and bad roads for the past two weeks in eastern Tennessee, but have been playing to good business. We had to leave Dan Festos at Elizabethton on account of illness, but he has rejoined the show. We have added several head of stock, and have had six new baggage wagons built. We now sleep all our people on the lot, and they say that they would not give it up for the best hotel in the land. Following is the roster: McDonald Brothers, sole owners; Will S. Rydon, manager; Harry McDonald, and W. R. McDonald, advance with two assistants; Joseph McAllister, equestrial director; Dannie Festos, principal clown and concert manager; McAllister Sisters, aerialists; Womack Sisters, aerialists and contorionists; James McCan, clown; Mrs. Harry McDonald, rings and double traps; McDonald Children, aerialists, and Wilbur W. Plank, in charge of band of eight pieces. The McDonald Brothers casting act is a strong feature and the concert is the strongest ever given with a small show. The show will put in the summer in east Tennessee. Billboard, July 15, 1905.

1906:

    The McDonald Brothers report good business in Georgia. Billboard, February 17, 1906.

    Notes from the McDonald Brothers Shows. We are still in Georgia playing to good business. Our menagerie is the best ever and our parade the talk of the towns where we play. We have eleven rigs in addition to the mounted people and a good band and organ wagon. We have ordered two more cages, a ticket wagon, a pony trap and six tableaux. We will shortly add two elephants. Four men are in advance. We received our new tent from Baker & Lockwood on June 1. Our forty people are all happy. The weather is fine in the Blue Ridge Mountains. Billboard, May 19, 1906.

    Notes from the McDonald Bros.' Show. When we played Charleston, Tenn., some toughs from the mountains came in to "___ her down." A close watch was kept on them, and they were prevented from doing any harm 'till night, when they succeeded in cutting one of the main guy ropes, letting the pole fall in. The canvas men drove the men away after a short fight, in which one of the toughs was killed. The man who did the deed left for parts unknown, and Harry McDonald, one of the proprietors, was arrested for the crime, and the show attached for $10,000. At the hearing Mr. McDonald was released, only to be re-arrested on the same charge. He was tried before a justice who was a relative of the man killed, and bound over under $___ bond. As it was clearly a case of "hold up and shake down," Mr. McDonald concluded to give no bond, but had his lawyers institute a writ of habeas corpus, and the trial was at once begun. The case this time was heard by Judge ___ James, who passed in a verdict of "not guilty." The court room was packed at the time, and cheers arose when the verdict was given. The band wagon was manned at once and advertised the ___ for a performance that night. At night the tent was packed to capacity. New York Clipper, June 16, 1906, p. 467.

1916:

    McDonald Brothers' circus will show at Estherville today. Graettinger Times (Graettinger, IA), May 11, 1916, p. 3.

    McDonald Bros. circus bill posters were here Monday and plastered the town with highly colored lithographs. Show here the 15th. Lake Park News (Lake Park, IA), May 11, 1916, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

McDonnell Circus - 1988

This show had a blow-down at a fair in Kimberton, Pennsylvania in 1988. Bandwagon, January-February, 1989, p. 16.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

McFadden's - 1889, 1891

1889:

    Roster of McFadden's Amusement Enterprise and Pavilion Shows: R. J. McFadden, proprietor; Lee Howard, manager; P. S. Cary, advance representative and five assistants. Performers: Howard and Stinson, Frank Devino, George Derious, Alice Howard, Tony Gopps, Eva May, Edward Leeson, Melvin Bros., Floyd Trover, Charley Mitchell, Madison Riggel, Ed Peaters, Harrie Gombel, Hindoo George, Three Mexican Marvels and Prof. Leiws Heblinger and eight mouthpieces in band. The show carries a 90ft. round top and travels by wagon, with thirty head of horses. New York Clipper, May 11, 1889, p. 138.

    Notes from the McFadden Show. We are now in our eighth week. Howard and Stinson are doing excellent with their Mexican ladder act. New York Clipper, July 6, 1889, p. 273.

    Notes from the McFadden Shows. Eddie McDonald and Senorita Elvo, the Mexican princess, have joined. New York Clipper, August 3, 1889, p. 340.

1891:

    Wanted, for McFadden & Co.'s New World's Fair Pavilion Shows, useful circus and variety performers in all branches. Must be able to do two or more turns. Also want band of 5 or 6 mouthpieces. Must double in string. Show opens June 11. Address No. ___ E. Strawberry St., Lancaster, Pa. N. B. Would like to hear from Thos. Boscoe, Harry Lorraine and John J. Ray. Would like to buy a few second had sideshow paintings. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 210.

    On the road, circuses: McFadden's, Denver, Pa. June 10 . . . Jonestown 12 . . . New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 231.

    McFadden & Co.'s New World's Fair Pavilion Shows, Museum, Aquarium and Trained Animal Exposition includes: R. J. McFadden & Co., proprietors and managers; James Welsh, general manager; Clint M. Newton, director of amusements; Michael H. Welsh, contracting agent; Bob Williams, boss canvasman, with twelve assistants; Clarence Meen, steward, with five assistants . . . Sam Dock . . . Noland Bros. . . . Francis Theodora, Joe Kearney, Gallagher and Franklin, Thos. Boscoe, Billy Sanders, Lulu Adams, Wm. Weidner, Leo Clark and Prof. J. R. Bingham's Equine Paradox and Dog Circus. Sideshow people: Prof. J. Vertelli (magician and ventriloquist) . . . Miss De Coma (serpent enchantress) . . . Concert people: Gallagher and Franklin, Master Floyd Gilham, Joe Kearney, Harry Vertelli (shadowgraphs) . . . Miss De Coma and Prof. Dick Githam's Silver cornet band and ladies operatic orchestra of ten pieces. The show uses an 80ft. round top, with one 40ft. and one 30ft. middle pieces. A 60ft. round top for sideshow. They travel by rail, using one sleeper, one baggage and one flat car. The season opens at Manheim, Pa. June 6(?). New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 268.

    On the road, circuses: McFadden's, Mt. Carmel, Pa. June 24, 25, Shamokin 26, 27. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 269.

    Wanted quick, useful circus and variety people. Two or more turns. McFadden Pavilion Show, Mt. Carmel, Pa., June 24, 25, Shamokin 26, 27. Lewis and Lewis and Eddie Moore write. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 276.

    On the road, circuses: McFadden & Co.'s, Weatherly, Pa. July 1, 2 . . . Lehighton 6, Siegrfeid's Bridge 7. New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 281.

    On the road, circuses: McFadden & Co.'s, Stroudsburg, Pa. July 17 . . . New York Clipper, July 18, 1891, p. 313.

    Notes from McFadden & Co.'s New World's Fair Pavilion Shows. Business with us has been first class ever since we have been on the road, and our performances are giving the best of satisfaction. Frank Sanford, Grant(?) Williams and the Belmont Sisters joined recently, and are making hits. The sideshow, under the direction of Clint M. Newton, is doing a big business. We have added to this department four new paintings, some snakes and alligators, and Mlle. Bolton's educated cockatoos and mice. Everybody is enjoying the best of health, and the man in white perambulates with regularity. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 346.

    Wanted immediately, circus and variety people in all branches, especially lady artists. Want good troupe of dogs. Join immediately, long season. Address McFadden & Co.'s Pavilion Shows, Jamison City Pa. July 30, Millville Pa. July 31, Washingtonville Pa. Aug 1. Also want boss canvasman and assistant. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 356.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

McFarland & Holder - 1904

    Notes from MacFarland & Holder's United Shows. This is the title of a new circus that will make a bid for public favor this coming summer. Wm. MacFarland's name, a well known horse dealter of Philadelphia, is guarantee enough that nothing finer in the way of blooded horses can be carried with any show on the road. He contemplates sending out seventy-five to one hundred head of stock. Ed. Holder, an old time circus man, well known in the sawdust ring for his remarkable fine act of trained steers and educated pigs, is the "other half" of this new firm. The show opens May 5, at Woodbury, N.J. (where Mr. McFarland has a large stock farm). It will carry a 100ft. round top, with a 50ft. centre piece. The No. 2 tent will be an 80ft. round top, with a 30ft. centre piece. Cooking and dressing tents will also be carried. The side show is to be under the direction of Howard Robinson, and will contain some new and novel features. The parade is to consist of some twenty wagons, fine carriages, and two challenge bands. Nothing finer in the way of harness, trappings, etc., can be displayed. The show in its entirety will consist of fifty people. New York Clipper, April 23, 1904.

• 1905: F. W. Falkner writes: "The Drake & Faulkner New United R. R. Shows recently purchased the bulk of the McFarland & Holder Shows at the sale in Philadelphia. . . . " New York Clipper, February 18, 1905, p. 1229.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, circa 1904.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Sam McFlinn's - 1885-89, 1890, 1903   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1884-89

1885:

    Fred Cannon and Hughey George left the S. H. McFlinn Show at Augusta, Ga., Dec. __. Dave Kennedy has joined and the roster is: Sam H. McFlinn, proprietor and manager; Dr. Jas.L. Thayer, general director; William B. Black, treasurer; Mrs. Sam McFlinn, Harry Black, Hewlette, Wm. Martina(?), Fred Black, Mlle. Ida, Dan. W. Lester, H. L. Bush, W. H. Streeter, Dave Kennedy, Black Bros.' Equine Paradox and Dog and Monkey Circus, Prof. Frank Flowers Silver band and orchestra of eight men. Size of canvas, 80ft. round top with two 30ft. middle pieces. New York Clipper, December 26, 1885, p. 644.

    Evansville, Indiana. McFlinn's Circus opened season here 2, giving a good performance for ten cents, reserved seats and concert 5 cents extra, and did a flattering business the entire week. New York Clipper, November 14, 1885, p. 551.

1886:

    Performers of all kinds, lady gymnasts, equilibrists, and knockabout clowns are wanted for Sam McFlinn's Hippolympiad. New York Clipper, April 17, 1886, p. 75.

1887:

    Sam McFlinn's Circus (April) McFlinn's Circus has been drawing only fair afternoon houses, but the night ones make up the loss as the tent is well filled. His riding monkey is a big card. Fort Scott, Kansas. New York Clipper, April 23, 1887, p. 85.

    Burlington, Iowa. Sam McFlinn's Circus will entertain week of June 29(?) and should do a large business, as this is his home and he has a great many friends here. New York Clipper, June 25, 1887, p. 227.

    Evansville, Ind., July 26. Sam McFlinn's Circus has a packed tent last night. The show will stay all the week. New York Clipper, July 30, 1887, p. 306.

    Sam McFlinn's Ten cent Circus closed a week's engagement to good business October 8. Waco, Texas. The Patterson Bros. have returned from a four weeks vacation. We will possibly make Mexico for the Winter. New York Clipper, October 22, 1887, p. 504.

• Information on the 1887 Sam McFlinn's Hippolympiad is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1990, Vol. 34, No. 3, pp. 35.

1888:

    Notes from Sam McFlinn's Show. The show has been on a continuous tour for the past two and a half years. A Wild West will be added to the show in April. . . . New York Clipper, January 28, 1888, p. 734.

    Sam McFlinn Show closed its season at Macon, Ga., Jan. 30. Their twenty-eight months' tour of the West and South is said to have been prosperous. The troupe will Winter at Nashville, Tenn. New York Clipper, February 11, 1888, p. 775.

    Sam MacFlinn European Circus. Business staff: Sam MacFlinn, proprietor and manager; Dr. J. L. Thayer, assistant manager; Harry MacFlinn, treasurer; John Trewolla, general agent; J. G. Hodgins, contracting agent with six assistants. Performers: Felix McDonald, Jesse L. Fisher(?), the Patterson Bros., Perry and Irwin, the Nichols Bros. . . . Ida Van Amburg, Zella, John and Emma Ward, Pete Rogan, Durand and Regan, George Harris, Ida Lambert and "Baby" Ward. A band of ten pieces, headed by Frank Flowers, accompanies the troupe. At present Virginia is the stamping ground of the show. New York Clipper, May 12, 1888, p. 134.

    Sam McFlinn's Dime Circus did a good business July 16 and(?) week. Cedar Rapids, Iowa. New York Clipper, July 28, 1888, p. 314.

    Sam McFlinn's Circus comes August 15-17. Sells Bros. Circus came 9-11. Lincoln, Nebraska. New York Clipper, August 18, 1888, p. 363.

    Sam McFlinn's Dime Show opens November 19 for a week. Houston, Texas. New York Clipper, November 24, 1888, p. 594.

• Information on the 1888 Sam McFlinn's 10 Cent Circus is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 1, p. 53.

1889:

    All people engaged with Sam MacFlinn's Great Show will please report at Burlington, Iowa, by April 20. Also want man and wife to take charge of sideshow, magician, ventriloqist, lady to handle snakes, Circassian preferred. Address Sam MacFlinn, Burlington, Iowa. New York Clipper, April 6, 1889, p. 66.

    Sam McFlinn's new circus will open on South Hill Park next Monday for the week. The show is enlarged and refitted throughout. Mr. McFlinn has placed the price within the reach of all, one dime. Burlington Hawk-Eye (Burlington, IA), April 17, 1889, 3.

    The completed roster of Sam McFlinn's Circus: Sam McFlinn, proprietor; Dr. Jas. L. Thayer, manager; Ed. Brennon, general agent, Mlle. Ida, Minnie Patterson, Mlle. Moore, Dan Leon, Patterson Bros., Castella Bros., Geo. William, St. Elmo, M. Millette, Wiley Feris [sic Ferris], Chas. West, McFlinn, Thayer, Fisher, Moore and Patterson, Wade and Hastings, Chas. Gardiner, Nellie Morse . . . The show has fifteen spotted or marked horses and ponies, and a large and costly band chariot. It also carries a 110ft. round top with a 50ft. middle piece. New York Clipper, May 11, 1889, p. 141.

• Brief information on the 1889 Sam McFlinn's Ten Cent Circus is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 3, p. 40.

1890: Sam McFlinn's Circus and Menagerie played Kansas City, August 30, 1890. Bandwagon, March-April, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 2, p. 33.

1903: Show property. Have two sixty-five foot cars - one sleeper and diner, one combination flat and stock, one combination band and ticket wagon, two baggage wagons, January wagon, one tr?p for parade, complete side show outfit, twenty lengths eight tier seats, complete set poles and stakes for eighty foot top, with two(?) shows going South for the Winter, or will take partner with money, for a Two Car Show. Sam McFlinn, Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, September 12, 1903, p. 684.

Advertisement. "Old Hard Luck." The crown prince of the sawdust circus. Sam McFlinn, principal ???, grotesque and leaper, songs, gags and business new. Three trick acts for the ring. At liberty. Last three seasons with the Great Eastern Circus. Sam McFlinn, Danville, Illinois. New York Clipper, February 6, 1875, p. 355. G. W. MacFlinn, father of Sam MacFlinn, died at Burlington, Ia., March 12(?), aged seventy-three years. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

McFlinn & Hall - 1889, 1890-91

    Sam McFlinn writes that the McFlinn & Hall Show closed in good shape, and the horses sold were the baggage horses, and brought good prices. The show will be enlarged for the coming season, and will travel by rail. New York Clipper, December 14, 1889, p. 663.

    Sam McFlinn's, Little Rock, Ark., Dec. 31, indefinite. New York Clipper, December 31, 1889, p. 708.

1890:

    McFlinn & Hall's. Livingstone, Tex., Dec. 31, Liberty, Jan. 1. New York Clipper, January 3, 1891, p. 675.

    W. S. Wheeler (clown) is with the S. H. McFlinn Circus at present. Next season he goes with Ringling Bros.' Show. New York Clipper, February 1, 1890, p. 781.

    It is reported that the Sam McFlinn Show has been meeting with success through Texas. The McFlinn & Hall Show has been enlarged, and now travels by rail. New York Clipper, March 8, 1890, p. 861.

    Wanted immediately, performers in all branches of the circus business, telegraph McFlynn & Hall, Dallas Tex. New York Clipper, March 15, 1890, p. 15.

    Notes from Sam McFlinn's Circus. Business through Texas continues very good . . . The Patterson Brothers and Minnie Patterson joined at Gainsville. . . . Lon Moore will join shortly. The show is on its way to the Pacific coast. . . . New York Clipper, April 5, 1890, p. 59. <>    . . . Billy Kells, who has been South with the Hall & McFlinn Show all winter . . . New York Clipper, May 10, 1890, p. 139.

    Wanted, for MacFlinn & Hall's New Colossal Shows, a few more first class performers and specialty people. Address Denver, Col., May 1, for two weeks. Long season. Address Sam MacFlinn, Denver, Col. New York Clipper, May 10, 1890, p. 140.

    Wanted for the Great New York Circus, Museum, Menagerie and Western World, people in all branches of circus business. Wire or write, Sam MacFlynn, Sydney, Neb. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 301.

    Notes from the New York Circus. . . . The roster is as below: . . . Sam McFlinn and Col. G. W. Hall, proprietors . . . Chas. Holland; J. H. Howard . . . Claude Blackburn . . . J. H. Howard . . . Frank A. Dutch is in charge of canvas. . . . New York Clipper, July 26, 1890, p. 307.

    Ed. L. Brannan has closed with Fulford & Co.'s New London Shows, and joined Mac Flinn & Hall's New York Circus and Menagerie, as general agent. The latter show is reported doing well in Texas, and a trip through Mexico is contemplated. New York Clipper, November 15, 1890, 568.

    Houston, Texas. McFlinn & Hall's Circus, Nov. 26, 27, 28, drew crowded tents. Their advance agent, Mr. Brannan, left for Mexico on a tour of inspection. New York Clipper, December 13, 1890, p. 629.

1891:

    MacFlinn & Hall's Circus have ___ their successful three years' tour, and are now at Houston, Tex., reorganizing . . . New York Clipper, January 17, 1891, p. 709.

    Wanted for MacFlinn & Hall's Great Railroad Shows, Circus, Museum, Menagerie, Wild East and Oriental Fair. Performers in all branches, good band of six or ten people. Performers of oriental or foreign nationalities preferred. Arab Troupes, etc. Long season. Money sure. Privileges - Cave Rock, perfume joint, hobby horse, balloon, etc. - To let. Address MacFlinn & Hall, Houston, Texas. New York Clipper, January 17, 1891, p. 716.

    Houston, Texas. Hall & McFlynn's Circus is wintering here till the weather is more favorable and the scare about small pox subsides, when it will go on the road again. New York Clipper, January 24, 1891, p. 723.

    Houston, Texas. Hall & McFlynn's Circus are still quartered here. The wagons are being painted and everything is going through a state of renovation for a reopening of a tour through the state. Ed. Brannan, their advance agent, is wintering here. New York Clipper, January 31, 1891, p. 739.

    Sam McFlynn is at Burlington(?), Ia., with his family. The McFlynn Circus will begin its travels again in February, and will tour Texas. New York Clipper, January 24, 1891, p. 726.

    Blair Stone and wife, and the D’Alma Family are getting ready to join the MacFlinn and Hall show. They are now in Columbus, O. New York Dramatic News, February 7, 1891, p. 12.

    Sam McFlynn has returned to Houston, Tex., the headquarters of McFlynn & Hall's Circus. The show recently received a South American tapir and a hippopotamus, with two nursing cubs. New York Clipper, February 14, 1891, p. 779.

    Alf. Dorian, contortionist, joins McFlynn & Hall's Circus Feb. 23(?) at Houston, Tex. New York Clipper, February 21, 1891, p. 795.

    Lon Moore has joined McFlinn & Hall's Circus, resuming his former role of singing and talking clown, making his __th season with that show. His wife and daughter will not travel the coming season. The latter is learning two new acts. Mrs. Moore has almost recovered from an accident which occurred at Dodge City, Kan., about two years ago. New York Clipper, February 28, 1891, p. 811.

    McFlynn & Hall's Railroad Circus is now touring Texas to excellent business. The show is reported to be in tip top shape, and increased by the addition of a South American tapier and baby, a hippopotamus, two elephants, . . . and forty spotted horses. The business staff comprises McFlynn & Hall, proprietors; E. L. Brennan, railroad contractor. . . Wiley Ferris, amusement director. The performers include Charles Wertz, Wiley Ferris . . . Ed. De Long . . . The company travel in their own cars . . . New York Clipper, March 14, 1891, p. 5.

    Austin, Texas. MacFlinn & Hall's Circus will appear April 4. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 77.

    Fort Worth, Texas. McFlinn & Hall's Circus comes 21, 22. New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 119.

    Little Hazel MacFlinn, the mascot of the MacFlinn & Hall Show, and a general favorite with the attaches, was the recipient of a handsome gold locket, with a diamond setting, on the event of her second anniversary, April 17. New York Clipper, May 2, 1891, p. 134.

    Pueblo, Colorado. MacFlynn & Hall's Minstrel Shows are billed for May 9, 11, 12, 13. . . . New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 154.

    Pueblo, Colorado. Hall & McFlinn's Circus opened _ and did a good business 11, 12. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 187.

    McFlinn and Hall’s show reports large business through the West. On Monday next the tents will be pitched in Leadville, Col. New York Dramatic News, June 6, 1891, p. 10.

    Chas. Casey, of MacFlinn & Hall's Circus, joins Hardbeck & Truesdell's "Michael Strogoff" and "Inside Track" Co. at St. Louis, Mo. New York Clipper, July 18, 1891, p. 312.

    ___, besides having purchased the interest of Geo. Hall in the MacFlynn & Hall Show, has now bought out Ed. Holland, of the Van Amburg Show, and will add all . . . elephants, camels, horses and entire outfit to the Van Amburg Shows, making it one of the largest wagon shows on the road. Mr. Holland will retire to his home at Delavan . . . New York Clipper, August 29, 1891, p. 416.

    Wanted quick, to buy or to rent, all kinds of cars for southern tour. Also wanted circus people in all branches to double in concert. Sideshow people, boss canvasman, and transportation boss. Wire reply to Sturtevant, McFlinn & Co. Permanent address Kansas City, Mo. Carroll, musical albino, wire. New York Clipper, September 26, 1891, p. 498.

1892:

    George Hall, the veteran circus manager and agent, widely and familiarly known as "Pop Corn George," was a cheerful Clipper caller Jan. 30. Mr. Hall had just arrived from Tampa, Fla., where he closed with MacFlynn's Circus. He will remain in town several days to complete preparations for his own show, which will be known as Hall's Railroad Circus . . . New York Clipper, February 6, 1892, p. 792.

    G. W. MacFlinn, father of Sam MacFlinn, died at Burlington, Ia., March 12(?), aged seventy-three years. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.

    Entire circus outfit for sale. Thirteen head ring stock, four horse act, two hurdle, bareback horses, one performing broncho, two trick mules, one riding goat and pony. All well broke and nicely marked young horses. One 62(?)ft. flat car, one 50ft. flat car, one 50ft. elephant car, airbrakes, in good running order. One big railroad band chariot, Fielding make, recently regilded; railroad cook wagon, outfit complete; one large, combination ticket wagon; one 100ft. top (new), one __ft. middle piece, one 75ft. menagerie, one 40ft. dressing room; thirty lengths eight tier seats; band uniforms, horse trappings, wardrobe. Gale lights, poles, ropes, tackle, tools. All complete for erecting show. Will sell reasonable. Address Mrs. Ida MacFlinn, owner, Burlington, Iowa. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 112.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

McFlynn's - 1887-88   this is probably McFlinn's

1887: McFlynn's circus is the best ten-cent show given in this city. It is a veritable circus except bareback riding which is done entirely by a monkey and dog. McFlynn is an Iowa boy, reared at Burlington, and is a performer as well as a manager. His act of climbing a ladder without any support, and when reaching the top playing the flute, is the best we have ever seen. The contortionist alone is worth three times the price of admission. Evening Gazette (Cedar Rapids, IA), June 2, 1887.

1888: Almost every one in Burlington knows Sam MacFlinn. This is his old home. Sam always had a desire for theatricals and circuses. Mr. MacFlinn has steadily increased his attractions and now has the best show of this character on the road. Performanes will be given this week at South Hill park. Among the many attractions, "Mingo" the great riding monkey. Frank Flowers' cornet band is with the show. Burlington Daily Hawk-Eye (Burlington, IA), July 8, 1888, p. 4.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Col. McGill's Wild West - 1919

    Col. J. McGill, owner-manager of Col. McGill's Wild West Show, closed a successful season of twenty-three weeks at New Bridgeville, Pa., October 17. Winter quarters have been established at Red Lion, Pa. Billboard, November 8, 1919, p. 62.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

James McGinley - 1888

    St. Louis, Missouri. The suit between James T. Jukes and James McGinley has been settled by the withdrawl of Mr. Jukes from the Museum and the Circus, and the severing of all business relations between them. The new circus will be called "James McGinley's Great International Horse Fair and Allied Shows, associated with W. C. Coup's Equescurriculum and James Robinson's Champion Circus." James McGinley, sole owner and proprietor; Col. Charles Whitney, general director; Pete Conklin, manager, and J. B. McGinley, treasurer. The show will open at St. Louis May 7. D. B. Williams will be press agent. New York Clipper, April 21, 1888, p. 90.

    St. Louis, Mo. May 15. McGinley's Circus opened 12. Prof. Buckley's horses, Daisy Belmont's riding, Elliott Family bicycle and James and Clarence Robinson's riding made hits. New York Clipper, May 19, 1888, p. 150.

    St. Louis, Mo., May 23. James McGinley paid off the performers and attaches of his circus yesterday and stored the canvas. Internal dissensions caused dissatisfaction and he closed down. W. H. Coup is looking for a canvas and will go on the road with the Equescurriculum. James Robinson, the Belmonts, Pete Conklin, Clarence Robinson and others are thus thrown out of employment. New York Clipper, May 26, 1888, p. 166.

    St. Louis, Missouri. James McGinley's complete circus outfit was purchased by W. C. Coup and J. B. Elliott, of the Elliott Family, for $3,000, and the new organization opened at Cairo, 28. The new company consists of James and Clarence Robinson, the Elliott Family, Pete Conklin, Prof. Buckley and horses, John Batchelor, Mr. and Mrs. Scott and others. Col. Charles Whitney, the advance agent, will probably join the new show at Cairo. New York Clipper, June 2, 1888, p. 183.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

McHale Bros. Circus

• A Mack Hale Bros. Circus toured in 1931. Bandwagon, May-June, 1991, p. 5.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1928, 1931, J. P. McHale and V. C. MaDowell, owners.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

McMahon's - 1888-89, 1891

1888:

    To the circus profession. John S. McMahon, having purchased the entire interest of Geo. Holland, in the firm of Holland & McMahon, is now sole proprietor. The show will hereafter be known as McMahon's Great World Circus, Wild West Congress and Indian Racing Tournament. Sideshow privileges to let. Address Tremont House, Kansas City, Mo. New York Clipper, April 28, 1888, p. 112.

    Roster of McMahon's Great World's Circus. Executive staff: John S. McMahon, proprietor; J. B. McMahon, general manager; H. Henry, treasurer; Geo. G. Mann, general agent; A. F. Prendergast, contracting agent with fifty-one billposters; Chas. Orville, equestrian director. Performers: John S. McMahon, four horses, hurdle and jockey rider; James Kingrade [sic Kincade?], principal somersault act; William Melville, Comanche chief; Chas. Orille and Minnie Pierce, aerialists; Willie St. John, high wire and bicycle rider . . . Leondor Bros., acrobats, J. P. Kokely, Julian Eddie [Eddle?], Willie Devan, J. H. Bennett, general performers; Madden, Seabert and Delon, clowns. Concert people: Johnny Welch, Paul Deweir, wife and daughter. The sideshow is run by Geo. Madden. Geo. W. Pierce, privileges. Outside ticket taker, Kid Roser, Prof. A. H., band of twelve pieces. James Willis, boss canvasman. T. S. Flynn, master of transportation, and fifteen workmen. Twelve head of stock. New York Clipper, May 26, 1888, p. 169.

    Notes from the McMahon Show. We are touring the far West on our way home to San Francisco, via Portland, Ore. We added a new sleeper to our train at Denver, Col, and four ring horses. A new canvas went up in Ogden July 16, when we celebrated our onehundred and fifteenth week out. For the past two weeks we have been in the snow capped mountains of Idaho. Florie Barrett, the pugalist, who joined at Omaha, while sparring with Mr. McMahon, sprained his ankle. New York Clipper, July 28, 1888, p. 314.

    The McMahon Show has been out for one hundred and thirty-six weeks,having traveled through thirty States and have not met with an accident. John Quigley and Chas. McMahon joined them at Los Angeles, Cal., Nov. 26. They intend playing the Pacific Coast until Spring, when they will return East. New York Clipper, December 15, 1888, p. 636.

1889:

    McMahon's Circus closed their season at San Diego, California, 22, to go into Winter quarters at that place. New York Clipper, January 12, 1889, p. 699.

    James Cunningham, an East Oakland livery stable keeper, has levied an attachment on the two trick donkeys and an imitation elephant in McMahon & Cereni's [sic Farini's] circus. It is claimed that the property belongs to Leon, the clown, but the proprietors of the circus say they hold a bill of sale from him. Last year Leon was with Forepaugh's Wild West show when it became stranded in this city. McMahon's circus is now at Alameda and a receiver is in charge of the attached property. Oakland Daily Evening Tribune (Oakland, CA), April 5, 1889, p. 2.

    McMahon and Farini's Show is a fixture in 'Frisco, and has cast its tents in the "Mission" section. They have been showing there for the past few weeks. New York Clipper, April 6, 1889, p. 54.

    Recently McMahon and Farini's Australian Circus United and are now showing under one canvas. They will exhibit in this city on Wednesday, Thursday, Friday and Saturday. Morning Oregonian (Portland, OR), April 15, 1889, p. 5.

    McMahon's World Circus is now on its way through Oregon and the Northwest, have finished a somewhat extended and successful tour of California. New York Clipper, April 20, 1889, p. 97.

    Eddie Barnell joined Farini & McMahon's Circus last week to do balloon ascensions and parachute leaps. It is his first effort in that line. William Gaylord is a recent addition to the show. New York Clipper, July 20, 1889, p. 309.

    The World Circus will open its season Aug. 5. It will travel by wagon and will carry a uniformed band of twelve pieces. New York Clipper, July 20, 1889, p. 309.

    McMahon's World Circus will close its season of one hundred and eighty weeks at Portland, Ore., Oct. 15(?), and go into Winter quarters. Manager John S. McMahon will go to Chicago next month for a car load of horses and a new sleeping car. The show will open its season of 1890 at Portland about the first of next April. New York Clipper, October 12, 1889, p. 513.

1891:

    Following is the full roster of McMahon’s International Hippodrome, Circus and Menagerie: John S. McMahon, proprietor; Joseph B. McMahon, manager; John Prendergast, treasurer; George Costello, general agent; Frank R. Clifton, press agent; T. J. Brown, contracting agent; C. H. Hawbaker, manager advertising car; George Finkham, boss bill poster with fourteen assistants; Mike Cohen, calcium lights and stereopticon; Professor John Talbot, caliope player; John S. McMahon, four horse rider; Toto Siegrist, bareback and principal somersault rider; James Kincade, bareback trick rider; Bam Bennett hurdle rider; William O’Dell, scene rider . . . New York Dramatic News, March 28, 1891.

      Nothwithstanding the disagreeable weather experience by McMahon’s Circus since their opening in Oregon and Washington, business is reported to be entirely satisfactory . . . New York Clipper, May 16, 1891.

      McMahon's New Rail Road Shows. Circus, Wild Animal Exposition and Grand Anthropological Museum. Jo-Jo Europe's Greatest Wonder, the autocrat of the curiosity world, engaged at a salary of $1,00 per week. Queen Jumbo and Romeo, the ??? moving mountains. The Standard (Ogden, UT), September 13, 1891. Ad.

    The Coming Show. The Cincinnati (O.) Enquirer says: McMahon's Circus . . . The keen-eyed emissary of the Czar who accompanies Jo-Jo, on being questioned as to Jo-Jo's salary, says he receives $1,000 per week. Not the least attractive feature of the great show is the monster pachyderm, Queen Jumbo, the largest elephant in the world. The performance of Jumbo and mate Romeo . . . Evening Gazette (Reno, NV), September 20, 1891.

    The Circus. The Chicago Times says that "McMahon's show . . . Having traveled all over the world and being familiar with everything in the arenic line, . . . While in Russia with his circus troupe on hearing that Barnum had secured the largest elephant in the world for exhibition from the zoological gardens, London, Mc said he knew of a larger animal and on his return brought Romeo and mate, the two largest and heaviest animals ever seen, and now with Jo-Jo, all Europe's greatest wonder, the autocrat of the curiosity world, a trio never equaled as attractions. . . ." [McMahon's Circus at Reno, Sept. 26th.] Evening Gazette (Reno, NV), September 24, 1891.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

McMahon Bros. (or MacMahon Bros.)

• Owner Joseph B. McMahon was shot and killed April 2, 1897. His show, MacMahon Bros., did tour for the 1897 season. Information on the death of McMahon and the 1897 MacMahon Bros. show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1996, Vol. 40, No. 3, pp. 31-39.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

McMahon & Clifton's - 1885

    John S. McMahon and Frank R. Clifton, proprietors of McMahon & Clifton's Circus, arrived April 24 on the Principa from Campeche, Yucatan, Mexico. They closed season there 5, and Clifton joins King, Burke & Co. (second season), and McMahon goes to Burr Robbins. John S. McMahon, the skillful hurdle-rider, who has had fourteen years' experience in the circus business, is one of the strongest attractions with the Burr Robbins Show. New York Clipper, May 2, 1885, p. 104; July 25, 1885, p. 296.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

John S. McMahon's - 1891-1892

1891: Roster of McMahon's International Hippodrome, Circus and Menagerie. John S. McMahon, proprietor; Joseph B. McMahon, manager; Geo. Castello, general agent; Frank R. ???, press agent; T. J. Brown, contracting agent; C. H. H?wbaker, manager of advertising car, Geo. Tinkham, boss bill poster, with fourteen assistants; Mike Cohen, calcium lights and stereopticon. Equestrians - John S. McMahon, Toto Siegrist, James Kincade, Sam Bennett, Wm. O'Dell and Wm. Devan. Gymnasts, acrobats, aerialists, etc. - Three Devan(?) Bros., John Quigley, William Romell(?), Thomas Romel?, John Ruth (Roth?), Julien Bennett, Mason and Zazel, Mlle Alma, the Lannesta troupe of Spanish acrobats, . . . the Arab vaulters. The performing elephants, Romeo and Queen; the trick horses, . . . and the leaping horse Pomona. Clowns - Harry Emmerson, Chas. Mor?co and Erastus Washington Lincoln. Bosses of departments - James Sullivan, master of canvas; Frank Rose, master of transportation; Jerry Washburn. Menagerie - Sam L???, master of horse tents, and F. A. Garland, steward dining car. Sideshow - Harry Heike, director; Will Salvina, ?? Henry, Frank Delaney, Mlle. Ada, A. Henderson, Garland, M. Feely, Ten Zeneganibian Serenaders and Three Headed Illusion, etc. Features - Two large performing elephants, Jo Jo, U?zie, a living Japanese Salamander, and Prof. Ray's military band of twenty-two pieces. A new advance car, one ??ft. elephant car, and a palace Pullman sleeper have been added to the organization. A 110ft. round top, with a 50ft. middle piece, a 60ft. menagerie top with a 30 ft. middle piece, and a sidshow top 50x?? will be used. New York Clipper, March 28, 1891, p. 49.

1892:

    John G. Davenport Jr. left Chicago Feb. 12, to join John S. McMahon's Circus, at San Francisco. New York Clipper, February 27, 1892, p. 813.

    John S. McMahon's Circus opened at Oakland, Cal., March ?. The roster: John S. McMahon, Jo Jo Seigrist, Archie O'Brien, Samuel Bennett and wife, John Quigler, Harry A. Emerson, Seigrist and Silbon, Melrose, Leandor Bros. . . . Trillie(?) De Van, Captain Beach, Lou Worley, Chas. Williams, Lottie Me??ds, Gracie Bennett, Ha??? Myers, Blanch Rose, Phil Ellsworth and J. P. Sullivan. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.

    John S. McMahon's New York Circus and Menagerie closed their season at Portland, Ore., Nov. 1?, and shipped the cars and complete ??? to Chicago, into Winter quarters. John S. McMahon died while en route, near Helena, Mont., 17. The following people closed at Portland: Chas. McMahon, Archie O'Brien, John Davenport Jr, Mason and Zazel, Hugh Barretta, Chas. Albion and Wilson, Wm. Clifford, Jean Durand, Meranda and Little Fannie, and Paul and W. R. Ashe. New York Clipper, December 3, 1892, p. 624.

    For sale, the entire outfit of the late John S. McMahon's Circus, consisting of 1 fine 62 ft. Pullman sleeping car, 1 specially built elephant car, 1 stock car, 1 flat car, 1 advertising car, . . . trained elephants, 4 principal horses, 2 four horse act teams, jockey horses, hurdle horses 1 fine trick horse, 4 baggage horses. The ring stock are all fine looking and thoroughly trained. 2 100 ft. round tops (1 almost new), 50 ft. middle pieces. Menagerie, side show, dressing room, cook, horse and horse tents, semis, poles, etc. Band wagon, uniforms, fine wardrobe, all in good condition, and everything necessar to complete a first class 5 car show will be sold all together or separate. Chas. H. McMahon, Chicago, Ill. Winter quarters, 18 Emerson Avenue. New York Clipper, December 3, 1892, p. 629.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

McMahon & Costello - 1892

    Ra?an and Bennett have been engaged for the McMahon & Costello Shows. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Col. Mel's Wild West - 1993

This was a new show in 1993, owned by Pat Guthrie and Jeff McPherson. It played most of October in Southern States. Bandwagon, January-February, 1994, p. 9.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1993.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Three Melvelles & Co.'s - 1889

    The Three Melvelles & Co.'s New Colossal Shows opened its season at East Boston, Mass., May 6. Roster: The Three Melvelles and L. Wood, proprietors; Jas. Savage, advance . . . Fred Watson, equestrian director; Jas. Mathews, manager of concert and privileges. Performers: D. O'Brien and wife, Jerome and wife, Sig. Doddrette and wife . . . Ernest Will and Arthur Melvelle, Fred O'Brien, Chris Cornell, Thos. Haley, Jas. Mathews, Mons. Bassett, and H. Bryant, leader of band with eight pieces. The show will tour New England States exclusively this Summer. New York Clipper, May 18, 1889, p. 161.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Melville's - 1863-64

• 1863: Melville's 1863 circus featured Jas. Robinson, riders, acrobats, clowns, trained horses, dogs, and monkeys. White Tops, June-July, 1943, Vol. 16, Nos. 7, 8, 9, p. 11.

• 1864: online at:
Clipper, May 21,   Clipper, May 28,   Clipper, June 4 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 2,   Clipper, July 30,   Clipper, August 13 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 20,   Clipper, September 24,   Clipper, October 1 (scroll down)

• 1864: Melville's Australian Circus played Leavenworth for three days beginning July 4, 1864. Featured was James Melville, The Australian Horseman, in bareback and hurdle acts. More information on the show and performers is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1996, Vol. 40, No. 6, pp. 68-69.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Melville, Cooke & Sand's - 1863

1863:

    [Advertisemen] Look Out! for the Great Union Triplicate Combination Circus, consisting of Melville's Great Australian Circus, Henry Cooke's Mammoth Troupe of performing dogs and monkeys, and the R. Sands complete circus company.
    James Melville and sons in their wonderful acrobatic performances. Melville, the great Australian rider in his thrilling bare back act, greeted with thunders of applause. Shapee and Whitney in their thrilling trapeze act. Sam Long, the great clown. George Ross, in his astonishing acts. Cooke's great circus troupe of performing dogs and monkeys. . . . Bangor Daily Whig and Courier (ME), July 14, 1863, n.p.n.

• 1863: is online at Clipper, May 2 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Melville's - 1875   Melville, Maginley & Cooke's

    Melville's Great Australian Circus. The concert, candy stand and sideshow privilege for sale with the above named show. Address Jas. Melville or Ben Maginley, St. Charles Hotel, Broadway, New York. Ben Maginley, manager. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, February 13, 1875, p. 363.

    Mellville, Maginley and Cooke's Great Centennial Circus and Grand Dramatic Company, will take the road about the middle of April . . . The establishment will travel by wagons, and will take an entirely new section of the States. Parties wishing to rent the concert, candy and other privileges can communicate with Ben Maginley, St. Charles Hotel, New York. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, February 20, 1875, p. 371.

    The Centennial Circus is the name of a show that will be put on the road the coming season by Melville, Maginley & Cook. They purchased the band wagon of the Great Eastern Circus at the recent sale of the effects of that show. New York Clipper, March 13, 1875, p. 399.

    Melville, Maginley & Cooke's Centennial Circus and Thespian Company. Proprietors, James Melville, Ben Maginley & James Cooke; manager, Ben Maginley; assistant manager, James Le Clare; general and press agent, A. M. Nathans; assistant agent; J. D. Irwin; program agent Hugh Farrer; chief billposter, M. A. Kenny; treasurer, W. Penny; assistant treasurer, John Hampton; equestrian director, Jas. Cooke; master of canvas, _. C. Haley; assistant manager of canvas, George Kirby . . . Clowns, James Cooke, D. A. Seal, John Trewolla, . . . Riders, James Melville, Frank Melville, George Donald, Mons. Le Calre, Sig. Montique, Master Ord, Young Collin, Miss Ellen Cooke, Miss Lizzie Keyes, Mrs. John Trewolla, and the Helene Sisters. Gymnasts, Henry Clarke, Frank Robinson and frank Batchelor. Specialists, James Rowland, balancing trapeze, "mr. Rowland performs the feat of throwing a double somersault from and alighting on, a flying trapeze bar. Harry Parker and his educated dogs, eleven in number. . . . Winter quarters, Orange Lake. The first exhibition will be given in Philadelphia. New York Clipper, April 17, 1875, supplement, n.p.n.

    Melville, Maginley & Cooke's Circus will be in Ogdensburg, N.Y. Mde. Josephine De Venire, wire ascensionist, join the show recently at Glen's Falls. The company is reported as having done good business through the northern part of the State. New York Clipper, July 3, 1875, p. 110.

1876: Melville, Maginley & Cooke’s Circus is a thing of the past, and will travel no more, the proprietors having engaged themselves for the coming season. Mr. Maginley is to be transportation superintendent of one of the largest shows on the road. New York Clipper, March 4, 1876, p. 391.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Melville's - 1889

    Melville & Co.'s Circus opened at Lawrence, Mass., May 31. The show was poorly handled by the press agent, J. A. Savage, who is reported to have suddenly left it May 28. The management, however, paid all claims and report good business. . . . Dan O'Brien, double somersault leaper, is with this show. Fred O'Brien is now doing the bars. New York Clipper, June 15, 1889, p. 225.

    Biddeford, Me., June 26. Melville's circus has been living at the city's expenses since the tents and wagons were attached Monday. Today the canvasmen applied to the overseers of the poor for aid, and were provided with passes to Boston. Boston Daily Globe (Boston, MA), June 27, 1889, p. 1.

    Melville Bros.' Circus has beein doing the New Hampshire towns, and met with poor business. The show disbanded at Great Falls, June 17. The property was attached by Dr. Suydam, the the Granite State Hotel, and six horses owned by G. C. Kimball, of Lawrence, of whom they were hired, were returned to Mr. Kimball. Many of the company are without funds. New York Clipper, June 29, 1889, p. 257.

    The Melville Bros.' Show, which disbanded recently in Maine is now parked in a barn attached to the Biddeford House, Biddeford, Me., covered by claims from twenty-eight performers and eighteen workmen. The show started out under the management of Arthur, Willie and Ernest Melville, but Arthur, finding that the performers could not get their salaries, withdrew, rather than go ahead with a show that was making some money and would not meet its obligations. At Great Falls, Me., an attachment was levied on the paraphernalia, in order that the show could be taken to Boston, Mass.; but some of the performers demurred, among whom were Sig. ___ and Fred O'Brien, who thought that they could take the outfit to Biddeford, where the show was booked, and make a little money for the performers. Upon arriving at Biddeford, it was found that the show had not been billed, and they played a week to poor business. Here the proprietor of the Biddeford House got out an attachment for board which he was willing to compromise, but the backer, a Mr. Wood of Boston, refused sufficient money, and the landlord refused to let them go on. He was backed up by the performers. Mr. Wood started for Boston with the hope of getting sufficient money to go ahead, but was disappointed. He returned to the show with another gentleman who was supposed to have money, but after arriving at Biddeford and finding out the amount of money necessary to take the show out of town, they quietly left. Some of the people are now in this city. Arthur Melville and Fred O'Brien are doing the watering places in New England. New York Clipper, July 13, 1889, p. 288.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Melvin, Royer & Jacobs' - 1895

    The people engaged with Melvin, Royer & Jacobs' Big Two Ring Circus include Three Bros. Melvin, acrobats; Royer and Jacobs, aerial bars; Penn and Keeler, return act; Hill and Count, jockeys; Evans and Peterson, grotesque Chineses table; Corning and Wilson, contortionists; Ed McDonald, Billy Lewis, Grace Evans, Lilly Willliams, Maud Lewis, Maud Royer, Blanch Jacobs, Julia Hill, Dan Garrett, balloonist, and Jack Garrett, lead of band with twenty musicians. The show travels by rail in our own palace cars, and carries a 120ft. round top with two middle pieces. We will open June 1 and play the Western country. . . . New York Clipper, June 1, 1895, p. 195.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Menches & Barber - 1887

    Wanted, performers and concert people for Menches & Barber's new 10c Railroad Show. Troupe of dogs, horizontal bars, female aerial artists and slack wire, contortionists, leapers and tumblers, jugglers, etc. Concert people that play drums, and alto and tenor in brass. Menches & Barber, Can;ton, Ohio. Sideshow privileges for sale. New York Clipper, February 12, 1887, p. 764.

    Menches & Barber's Greatest 10 Cent Railroad Show on Earth, April 25 and 26. All the arenic performances take place in one ring. The Canton Daily Democrat says: April 25th, Menches & Barber's show, which wintered at the Fair Grounds here, will open its season at Coshocton. Four cars will be required to transport it. The tent is one hundred and fifty feet and will seat five thousand people; two forty feet center poles support the fifty-foot center piece. A new band wagon has just been finished for the show by Berg, the wagon builder, of this city. The carved decorations are in red and gold, enlivened by plate glass mirrors. Among the list of performers: Funny (James R.) Adams, clown, Prince Nubar, Bey Hasson, M'lle Loretta, Miss Dora Stickney, the Maynard family (4), two ladies and two gents, George Bonnell, the Parento brothers (3), James Moran, M'lle Howard, Dan Malcoha, Donnelly & Hart, Edwin Winslow, Prof. Queen, M'lle Etta, Frank Chase, and the DeBar brothers. [Advertisement] Semi-Weekly Age (Coshocton, OH), April 22, 1887, n.p.n.

    The Canton Democrat has this to say about Mensches & Barber's Ten Cent Show now in the city. In conversation with Mr. Barber, he stated that the inter-state commerce law had been felt by their party already. "It costs us almost $200 to transfer our circus from Coshocton to Newark, a distance of about forty miles," he said. Mr. Barber was pleased with the reception received at Coshocton Monday and Tuesday, the tent was filled at all four performances. Newark Daily Advocate (Newark, OH), April 28, 1887, n.p.n.

    The circus was well patronized last evening. Messrs. Menches & Barber have another success. Their one ring circus pleases, and the 10 cents admission induces nearly everybody to go. James Adams, one of our old Humpty Dumpty friends, wears the white and red and cracks the jokes. He is one of the best acrobatic and general clowns. Nubar Hussan, an Arab performer, does unique tumbling, good leaping and a juggling act. Zella, contortionist, is a young man of liberness and elasticity. George Whitby, who will be remembered as the "monkey rider," is with the company, but not as a rider. Mr. Whitby's forte is "two-revolutions-in-mid air, alighting on his feet act." Miss Dolly Weston does a novel act. Miss Weston eats burning oil, fire-balls of rosin and cotton, burning sealing wax and alcohol, etc. She cools a red hot poker on her tongue, lets melted lead harden in her mouth. Mlle. Loretta does Spanish rings, and with Mr. Malcolm does a double trapeze act. The performance was added to last evening by the arrival of Signor Effenni, the modern Sampson, a youth of 19 years who pulls against two powerful horses. Newark Daily Advocate (Newark, OH), April 29, 1887, p. 1.

    Zella, contortionist, is with Menches & Barber's Circus for the current season. New York Clipper, May 14, 1887, p. 132.

    Menches & Barber have bought three new wagons for their show. Hasson, the Arabian wire walker, made a hit at Masillon, O., as did Jas. Adams. New York Clipper, May 14, 1887, p. 132.

    James R. Adams is now the manager of Menches & Barber's Circus. New York Clipper, September 3, 1887, p. 386.

    Menches & Barber's Circus closed the season at Canton, O., Sept. 17. They had been twenty-one weeks out, and considering this was the first season, business was satisfactory. Jas. R. Adams, clown and manager, has not yet decided as to the future. New York Clipper, September 24, 1887, p. 441.

    A petition has been filed in the County Court at Canton, O., by Orrin Barber, praying for a dissolution of the partnership of Menches & Barber, and the appointment of a receiver. Word comes that Mr. Barber has paid all debts against the show, the complaint being mainly that Mr. Menches owes over $1,000 to the firm. Canton, O., Nov. 1, Orrin Barber has bought out Mr. Menches' claims in the Menches & Barber Show. J. R. Adams will manage the new show next season. New York Clipper, November 5, 1887, pp. 534, 543.

• Also see Orrin Barber's.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1887

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Mercer & McGee - 1919

Information on the 1919 Mercer & McGee show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Merchant's - 1900

    The advance agent of Merchant's Railway Circus, which showed here recently, was given money to go into Canadian towns and bill the show. The manager of the show, Mr. Black, has not heard from him since, and it is believed that he skipped with the money. Holley Standard (Holley, NY), July 19, 1900, p. 1.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Meredith & Bilz's - 1897   Merideth & Bilz's listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1897

    Roster of Meredith & Bilz's All Featured Shows. Albert Meredith, manager; Claud Meredith, asst. manager; Chas. Bradley, treasurer; Geo. Bilz, advance with six assistants; Harvey Sutton, equestrian director. Performers: the Merediths, the Suttons, Henry Wenkemiller, principal clown; Yost and Berwinkle . . . William Thompson, Fred Russell, Diavolo Family, six in number; Gibson and Melbourne, A. W. Collins, Prof. Henry Sniders' band of ten musicians; Jasper Johnson, boss canvasman with ten assistants; G. Shaefer, boss property man with four assistants; G. Shaefer, boss property man , four assistants; Frank Eaton, chief cook on boat, with four assistants; Sam Smith, boss hostler with six assistants. We are useing a 100ft. round top with 40ft. middle piece; sideshow tent, 40ft. dressing room, twelve wagons, twenty-six head of horses. The manager, Al Meredith, has chartered the stern wheel steamer Rob Roy to transport the show. We are going South; will also play up the Kanawa River and all rivers coming into the Ohio. New York Clipper, June 5, 1897, p. 219.

    Meredith & Bilz's Circus, locally owned, opened its season in Wheeling on May l2, 1897, playing local lots through May 18, after which (the newspaper stated) it departed for "West Virginia and Western Pennsylvania spots." The career of the show apparently was short lived, as the next record I found of it was that it was to be sold at a Constable's Sale July 11th of that year. Acts mentioned were The Famous Merediths, trapeze; Eugene Hanke, trapeze; Professor Add's Dog Circus; The Suttons, George Bilz, H. J. Menkemeller, and Prof. Henry Snider's Band. Bandwagon, June 15, 1944, Vol. 3, No. 3, p. 9.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Merlin & Co.'s - 1897

    Merlin & Co.'s Big City Show opened in Washington, D.C., July 3, for a season of five weeks. Our big show is 100ft. round top with two 40ft. middle pieces; dressing room, horse tents and cook tents. Roster: Merlin & Co., proprietors; Thomas Hurd, manager . . . Max Hugo, equestrian director; Bill Wilson, boss canvasman with twelve assistants; Prof. Webber's Silver Cornet Band of fourteen pieces. The Livingston Famkly, trick bicycle act; Martine, contortion; Leon Ardell, swinging perch and traps; Carlotta Laverne, flying rings; Max Hugo, clown. We have eighteen acts in the big show. Our concert is a feature. Comody and Hyland do black face singing and dancing. New York Clipper, July 17, 1897, p. 320.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Merriman's - 1890

    Wanted, for the Wm. B. Merriman R. R. Show. People in all branches of the circus business but riding, that can do two or more turns. Also musicians, a leader that plays cornet. Address Tony White, manager, ___ Cherry Alley, Pittsburg, Pa. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 223.

    Pittsburg, Pennsylvania. The Merriman & Burt(?) Railroad Show, with Prof. Tony White, manager, opens season at Wood's Run (Allegheny) 19(?). New York Clipper, June 21, 1890, p. 230.

    Pittsburg, Pennsylvania. The Merriman & Burt(?) Circus play in and about the city for the next three weeks. New York Clipper, June 28, 1890, p. 246.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Merritt, Gregory & Co.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1886.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Metcalfe's Champs Elysees Circus - 1865-67   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1865-66

1865:

    [Advertisement] The Great Show Coming. Opposition invited. Competition Defied. Franklin, Saturday, August 5th. New York Champs Elysees Circus. Composed of first class artists from the Cirque Napolean, Champs-Elysees, and the Grand Hippodrome, Paris, the Imperial Circo, Madrid; Alhambra Palace, London, and the N. Y. Hippotheatron. Will exhibit at Franklin, Saturday, August 5th, 1865.
    The exhibitions of this magnificent circus will be made famous by the characteristic features of novelty and originality, beauty in the conception, and skill in the execution of the extraordinary acts, and in the remarkable variety of fresh attractions offered for the first time in America. The immense centralization of unequalled talent consists in part of the following array of celebrities:
    Mons. Letori, the great bareback horseman from the Cirque Napoleon, Paris. The celebrated Stickney Family, consisting of Mr. Stickeny, the veteran pioneer of the circus amusements, the oldest and most experienced gentleman in the profession. Robert Stickney, the champion double somersault equestrian, who challenges the world for $5,000 to produce his equal, the victor to donate the reward of success to charitable institutions. Miss Emma Stickney, the "Pearl of the Arena," and young Sam Stickney, the admirable jester and clown, whose puns and witticisms are unexceptionable in quality and unequalled in humor.
    The renowned Nicolo Troupe, comprising four of the most gifted acrobats and posturers in the world, including the child wonder, Young Nicolo. The astonishing intrepidity displayed by this prodigy of skill, in the marvelous act of Zampillerostation, excites profound amazement. It is quite impossilbe to describe within the limits of advertisement this singular performance. Suffice to say that no gymnastic feat, however difficult, approaches this stupendous achievement of Young Nicolo.
    Horace Smith, the versatile scenic rider, and his son Master Willie Smith, the equestrian Apollo. Miss Ida Sherwood, the facinting equestrienne. The classic grace and rare accomplishments of this lady have gained for her the appellation of "The Hippona of the Circle." Mill. Ellada Tampier, from the Champs Elysees Cirque, Paris. This lady will drive six beautiful ponies before her Imperial Caleche, in the grand procession of this circus, and introduce into the arena her highly trained diminutive black ponies, Coquette and Flirt. This superb Caleche was made in Paris, and is similar to the one used by Empress Eugenia in her drives in the Cois de Bologue. Mille. Tampier's appearance in the Central Park, N. Y., with her gay equipage, caused immense sensation among its fashionable frequenters, many of the most wealthy of whom are now adopting her expensive style of carriage.
    Frank Carpenter, the daring hurdle rider. Mille. Loyale, the dashing __ of the Haut Ecole Equitation, Charini's Royal Circo, Havana. The Talleen Brothers, the peerless gymnasts and model athletes. Mille. Josephine De Variel, the graceful protean artiste. Miss Clara Sawyer, the beautiful English equestrienne. Mast. Samul Benoit, the equestrian prodigy, whose manege act, with 4 fleet ponies is incomparably pleasing. Mr. Sidney Webb and his wonderful trick horses and ponies.
    Sig. Tordelli and Xavier, from Imperial Circo, Madrid. Mons. Corbeiel, from the Hippodrome, Paris. Herr Weizler, from the Royal Conserfvatoire, Vienna. Messrs. Sanlise, Neudof, Godbeck, Dolgardo, from the Alhambra Palace, London, talented as equestrians, gymnasts, &c. Mr. Felix Mestayer, the noted English humorist, universally acknowledged to be without a peer in his vocation. Mr. Thomas Stewart, late with Spalding & Rogers' Ocean Circus, the accomplished maitre de cirque.
    The above comprises the largest troupe ever organized into one company, and their varied performances will constitute a series of unparalleled triumphs. The splendid Arabian horse, "Ali Pasha," disciplined by Mr. Stickey, Jr., will be exhibited by him at each performance.
    The triumphal parade, of the New York Champs Elyees Circus, will be prodigal in magnificent scenes and georgeous tableaux, which will display the wealth that has been so bountifully expended in rendering this circus conspicuous for splendor, and unequalled in magnitude. Prominent among the numerous features will be six tandem teams of matched horses driven by ladies; mounted knights, arrayed in superb apparel; the novel and exquisitely beautiful imperial caleche, drawn by sixe elegant ponies; and a perfect model of the world-famed Monitor, the monarch of the seas, besides a great variety of attractive spectacles of extraordinary grandeur. The tastefully decorated Chariot of Orpheus, will contain Prof. Rosenberry's Opera Band, from the Academy of Music, N. Y.; composed of musicians of the highest order of excellence.
    George H. Metcalfe, pro'r & manager. Wm. J. Metcher, agent. Doors open at 1 and 7 o'clock p.m. Admission 50 cents. Children under 10 years of age 25 cents. Venago Spectator (Franklin, PA), August 2, 1865, n.p.n.

• 1865: online at:
Clipper, March 25,   Clipper, April 8,   Clipper, April 15 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 6,   Clipper, May 27,   Clipper, June 17 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 15,   Clipper, July 22,   Clipper, August 12 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 9,   Clipper, September 16 (scroll down)

• In May 1865 the Champs Elysees Circus came to Hartford, Connecticut. Featured were the Stickney family riders, with Sam, Bob, Emma, Sammy Junior, clown; Ida Sherwood, rider; acrobats, gymnasts, leapers. White Tops, June-July, 1943, Vol. 16, Nos. 7, 8, 9, p. 11.

• 1866: online at:
Clipper, March 3,   Clipper, March 31,   Clipper, June 9 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 16,   Clipper, July 7,   Clipper, July 21 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 28,   Clipper, August 4,   Clipper, August 25 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 1,   Clipper, September 15,   Clipper, October 6 (scroll down)

• Information on the 1866 Metcalf's New York Champs Elysees Circus is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 1, pp. 45-47.

• 1867: online at:
Clipper, March 16,   Clipper, April 27 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Metchear's Australian - 1870

1870: The Australian Circus was to make its first stand at Chelsea, Mass. on May 2d. The organization is made up as follows: Wm. J. Metchear & Co., proprietors; Frank J. Howe, Mrs. F. J. Howe, Mr. and Mrs. H. A. Kincade . . . Prof. Geo. McDonald, of Boston, is leader of the band. . . . New York Clipper, May 7, 1870, p. 39.

1877:

    Circus property for sale. One light band wagon, one ticket wagon, one property wagon, and several other wagons, entree dresses, ring properties, and a variety of other circus property. Also, two complete sideshow outfits, consisting of tents, paintings. Address Wm. J. Metchear, Adams House, Providence, R.I. [Advertisment] New York Clipper, January 20, 1877, p. 343.

A bargain in sideshow property. One tent, 25x77 fett, and one 26x11 feet, with poles, etc. One organ, painting of Happy Family, Punch and Judy, Skelton, Little Man, Fat Woman, Snake, Mermaid, Circassian, and paintings for nearly everything on exhibition. One sheet wood cuts and cuts for programmes for same, and other property. Will sell cheap for cash, as I have more use for the money at present. Address Wm. J. Metchear, Adams House, Providence, R.I. [Advertisment] New York Clipper, March 10, 1877, p. 400.

    Will sell cheap for cash, or lease on percentage of gross receipts, or rent on weekly payments, all or parts of my circus property, consisting of band, ticket, property and several baggage wagons, tents, poles, entree dresses, harness, trappings, etc. Will go with the same as agent, treasurer, manager, for a moderate salary. Have had many years' experience in show business, from proprietor of a circus down to a fakir. Am well posted in the country from Maine to Kansas, and if I had the capital would put the show on the road myself, but, owing to this misfortune, I am compelled to offer the above inducements to anyone who has the capital and nerve to invest in such a business. Address Wm. J. Metchear, Providence, R.I. [Advertisment] New York Clipper, March 10, 1877, p. 400.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Mette & Stokes - 1876

    Mette & Stokes' European Circus and Combination are performing at Smith's Island, opposite Philadelphia. New York Clipper, August 26, 1876, p. 175.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Metropolitan Circus - 1887

    Sioux City, Iowa. Owing to disappointment in the non-arrival of people, the Metropolitan Circus closed 9, for one week, to await more satisfactory developments, after which the show will proceed through Dakota by wagon for three weeks, balance of season by rail. Joe Londaker is manager. New York Clipper, June 18, 1887, p. 212.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Metropolitan Circus - 1897

    Notes and roster of the Metropolitan Circus, Menagerie and Royal Roman Hippodrome. We opened at Portland, Indiana. Advance: V. Y. House, general manager; Pete Flyn, agent car No. 1 with sixteen billposters; Charley McMann, agent car No. 2, with nineteen billposters . . . Walker Coningham and Frank Meeker, lithographers; A. Stout, agent car No. 3, with twelve billposters; Fred Meeker, excursion agent; Chas. White, asst. excursion agent. The menagerie has been enlarged, having added ten new cages and four elephants, making in all twenty-four cages and a herd of twelve elephants and five camels. . . . New York Clipper, May 29, 1897, p. 204.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Meyatt & Morrison - 1896

    We are now touring Arkansas, after a season of over three months in Louisiana. Roster: C. L. Meyatt and C. S. Morrison, proprietors; C. L. Meyatt, looking after outside business, while Prof. C. S. Morrison looks after the interior; C. L. Meyatt, comedian, song and dance and snare drummer; Prof. C. S. Morrison, magician, and troupe of educated goats and dog circus; Mrs. Mattie Meyatt, vocalist and fire eater; Will Davis, contortion; Marvin Stevens, balancing trapeze and high wire ascension; Meyatt Children, double trapeze; Claud Kelley and May Stuart, comedy sketch. Claud Kelley is clown; Ed Holmes and his troupe of educated ponies, and May Stuart in her flying rings. We carry an 80ft. top, 40ft. middle. Frank Davis is boss canvasman with ten assistants. We now have thirty head of stock. George Brown is boss hostler. Our sideshow is under the management of Prof. C. S. Morrison. Roster: Marionettes, spotted children; Miss Le Roy, Circassian and snake charmer; Mrs. Mattie Meyatt, fire eater; Prof. Morrison, magician. Mrs. Mattie Meyatt runs the candy privileges. Claud Kelley is in charge of song books and reserved seats. New York Clipper, August 1, 1896, p. 344.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Mexican Circus - 1874, 1886

1874: The Mexican Circus, Senor Moncayo, proprietor, is exhibiting in Florida. New York Clipper, January 3, 1874, p. 319.

1886: Senor Francisco Moncayo, manager of the Mexican Circus company now in our city, will give a tight rope performance across the Rio Grande between the two Laredos on January 31. Laredo Times (Laredo, TX), January 31, 1886, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Mid-America Circus

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1975-76, Parley Baer, Robert Trippe, owners.

• In the winter of 1977-78, Gordon Walsh purchased this show and changed the name to Kelly Bros. Bandwagon, March-April, 1978, p. 33.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Miles' Circus Royale - 1863 (Canada)

• 1863: is online at:
Clipper, April 25,   Clipper, May 23,   Clipper, May 30 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 20,   Clipper, June 27,   Clipper, July 18 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 25,   Clipper, August 1,   Clipper, August 15 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 17 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Miller Show - 1909, 1913   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909-1911

1909: Great Miller Show: R. M. Miller, proprietor & manager; E. C. Miller, general agent. Roster advance wagon No. 1: D. G. Litel, manager; J. D. Miller, cook. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 80.

1913: Great Miller Show - R. M. Miller, proprietor and manager; R. O. Brown, musical director; Alonso Lucas, superintendent canvas; J. D. Miller, superintendent commissary department. Show opens May 1. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

A. B. Miller Greater Shows - 1922

    In quarters at Sumter, South Carolina quarters. Billboard, February 25, 1922, p. 111. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Paul Miller Circus

• A 1962 lawsuit against the Paul Miller Circus regarding promotional practices, was settled in 1975 with a judgement against the show. Bandwagon, January-February, 1976, p. 25.

• Paul A. Miller Circus listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1958-1960.

Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Miller, Austin & Robinson - 1893

    Wanted, for Miller, Austin & Robinson's Combined Show, people in all branches of the circus business. Wanted, riders with or without stock, leapers, tumblers and bar performers. One sensational "aerial act." Two agents who understand well the Southern country. Would like to hear from Mr. Chas. Kidder. Wanted concert people in all branches of the business. Wanted, one chandelier man, one boss canvas man, one 60ft. flat car, and one ?0ft. stock car, one second had 100ft. round top tent, with ___, complete. Must be cheap for cash. This show opens at Key West, Florida, on or about Jan. 1, 1893. All privileges to rent. Address E. Marron, Esq., Calle de Panas, No. 5, Puebla, Mexico. New York Clipper, November 19, 1892, p. 599. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Miller & Ayers - 1924   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1924-26

Alvin Miller and his uncle Elisha Ayers, owners, 1924. Alvin and his wife, Helen, are said to have been with the DeKreko Bros. show in 1925, and the LaMont Bros. show in 1926-27. The article on this show and on the Millers is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1972, Vol. 16, No. 6, pp. 9-11.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Miller, McFadden & McElroy's - 1888

    Miller, McFadden & McElroy's Monster 10 and 20 Cent Railroad Shows. Wanted, people in all branches of the circus business (except riders), leapers, tumblers, contortionists, singing clown, jugglers, gymnasts, double trapeze artists, bar performers, two or three ladies that can do aerial acts, musicians that can play brass and string. Musicians address Prof. C. Savage, McConnellsville, O. Other address J. H. Miller, Newark, O. or J. A. McElroy, Zanesville, O. New York Clipper, February 11, 1888, p. 777.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Miller, Okey & Freeman - 1886   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1886

    Wanted, for Miller, Okey & Freeman's New United Monster Railroad Shows, Arenic Exposition, Museum, Aviary and 20-Cage Menagerie, circus performers in every line of the business, trained horses, ponies and set of dogs. Aerial acts desired. Circus property negotiated for. Band leaders write. We run our own privileges. Miller, Okey & Freeman, Grand Opera house, Columbus, O. New York Clipper, March 27, 1886, p. 29.

    Whiting and Ryder, gymnasts, have signed with the Miller, Okey & Freeman New Show. May Waldon and Frankie Baker are engaged for the concert. New York Clipper, April 10, 1886, p. 52.

    Roster of Miller, Okey & Freeman's Show. Officers: Chas. A. Miller and W. W. Miller, managers with show; T. W. Okey, manager in advance; De Forrest Davis, representative in advance . . . Fred. W. Roberts, press agent; Geo. W. Jackson, master of privileges; W. Leary, manager of sideshow; James Murray, equestrian director. Performers: James Murray, Maude Oswald . . . Adele Purvis, Whiting and Ryder, Robert Whittaker, Felix McDonald, May Waldron, Frankie Baker. New York Clipper, April 17, 1886, p. 68.

    At Springfield, Okrie (sic Okey) & Freeman's circus of Columbus was just commencing the evening performance when the storm came up. The circus men immediately struck their tent. The circus is in town yet, as it is unable to get to Dayton, where it shows next. . . . Boston Daily Globe (Boston, MA), May 14, p. 1.

    Miamisburg, O., May 12. Miller, O'Key (sic Okey) & Freeman's circus train struck a washout at Cold Springs, ditching the engine and four cars. No lives are reported lost. Saturday Herald (Decatur, IL), May 15, 1886, n.p.n.

    Miller, Okey & Freeman's Railroad Circus opened for a week of performances at Falls Field yesterday. The ring performance consisted of sixteen separate acts with Miss Lottie Aymar, the equestrienne, Robert Whittaker, bareback riding; James Murry, acrobatic clown. The menagerie consisted of ten cages of wild animals. Rochester Democrat and Chronicle (Rochester, NY), June 8, 1886, p. 7.

    Albany, New York. At the Pavilion, Miller, Okey & Freeman's Circus and Menagerie opened June 28 for a week's stay. The menagerie is of good size, while the ring show is excellent. The performers in the ring mertiting notice are Lottie Aymar, James Murray, C. W. O'Dale, Bob W. Littaker, the Romalo Bros., and Whiting and Ryder. C. W. O'Dale is now doing a four horse act. New York Clipper, July 3, 1886, p. 250.

    M. O. & F. chat. Despite the celebration at Kingston, N.Y., July 4, the Miller, Okey & Freeman Circus played to over 11,000 persons on the day. Jas. Campbell, leaper, who was disabled at Auburn, N.Y., made his appearance at Newburg, 10. W. W. Freeman, accompanied by twenty-five members of the company, visited Coney Island, 11. Prof. Gallagher, magician, at present with the annex, will close next week to open his regular touring season. Mlle. Montague is doing the slide-by-hair act. Sam Rheinhardt is ringmaster and James Murray, clown. Roster of the advance of Miller, Okey & Freeman's Circus: T. W. Okey, general advance manager; De Forrest Davis, contracting agent; W. Dunnington, manager of brigade; G. E. Fooks, superintendent of paper; Thos. Wheeler, lithographer, and six billposters. New York Clipper, July 17, 1886, p. 279.

    M. O. & F. notes. Sam Romallo, one of the three brother acrobats, fell on the side of the leaping tick at Middleton, N.Y., July 13, and sprained his ankle. The latest attraction with the annex is C. V. Harriman, big-footed Ohio boy. Dan Kenney conducts the concert. The company includes sixteen specialty people, among them are the Australian Big Four - Kennedy, Howard, Durand and Rogan - Frankie Baker, Scouton and Mead, May Waldron, Dick Baker, Burkey and Huebler, Jackson and Rand, Frank Andress, Mlle. Montague, hair slide act, and Jasper, the Zulu Sampson. James Campbell, leaper, closed at Port Jervis to join the Doris Show in Boston. Lottie Aymar, now doing principal act, signed contract with Richard R. Dockrill at Port Jervis 15, to make a six months' tour with his circus through South America, commencing next November. New York Clipper, July 24, 1886, p. 294.

    Miller Okey & Freeman Circus. Prof. Haas, magician and ventriloquist (formerly with the O'Brien show), joined at Easton, Pa., July 27. Chas. A. Miller, one of the firm, left for Columbus, O., 28, to make arrangements for the opening of his two theaters in that city. Mrs. Walter Romallo was called to New York City owing to her sister's sickness. James Murray, clown and leaper, has contracted for a tour through South America the coming Winter. Dan Kennedy, leaper, dislocated his ankle at Bethlehem, 28, turning a double and clearing the tick, striking the ground. Pete Rogan entered the leaps at Allentown, 30. Hugh Whiting is laid up with a sprained back caused while clowning the bars at Allenton, 30. Mlle. Hilderbrant has recovered from her illness and will appear in Philadelphia Aug. 2. C. W. O'Dell (John Hadley), four horse rider, was tendered a banquet by friends at Allentown, 31, this city being his home. T. W. Okey, one of the firm, had a narrow escape from injury while enroute from Philadelphia to Easton, on the Reading Railroad. Miscreants threw stones at the train, one crashing through the window pane and hitting Mr. Okey in the eye. The band is under the leadership of Prof. Frank Andress, and comprises the following: Prof. Frank Andress, William Sconton, H. Meade, J. Reider, N. Henry, W. Shade, Charles Burkey, Al. Henblee, W. Howard, E. Durnand, R. F. Baker and C. H. Webb. . . . New York Clipper, August 7, 1886, p. 328.

    Miller, Okey & Freeman chat. The six horses purchased for the show reached Philadelphia, 7. C. Harriman has become treasurer of the show. Thomas Thurber, balancer, joined 6 . . . New York Clipper, August 14, 1886, p. 344.

    Miller Okey & Freeman notes. The firm has purchased a new band chariot and two new platform cars. Chas. Freeman, brother of W. W. Freeman (one of the firm), is visiting the show. New York Clipper, August 21, 1886, p. 354.

    Miller, Okey and Freeman's United Monster 10 Cent Railroad Circus and Menagerie, Newark, Ohio, Sept. 13. [Advertisement] Newark Daily Advocate (Newark, OH), September 10, 1886, p. 1.

    M. O. & F. notes. "Doc" Freeman celebrated his twenty-eighth birthday at Connellsville, 2. Lottie Aymar, after a week's rest, rejoins at Washington, Pa. Melville, the juggler, opens with us on that date. "Curley" Stevens joined in Baltimore. New York Clipper, September 11, 1886, p. 404.

    T. W. Ogey (sic Okey) has severed his connection with the Miller, Okey and Freeman Circus and goes in advance of a leading dramatic attraction. New York Dramatic Mirror, October 16, 1886, p. 10.

    Miller, Okey & Freeman items. W. B. Aymar is breaking a menage horse for May Waldon. "Doc" Freeman makes daily visits to Winter quarters. C. W. Odell is learning a new act for next season. "Blue" will get there under the instruction of Papa Aymar. Moses Pinney, the Hungarian rider, is breaking an elk for next season. New York Clipper, November 13, 1886, p. 555.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Miller, Stowe & Freeman - 1887, 1889

1887:

    James Stowe, formerly of Sells Bros.' Shows, has purchased the interest of T. W. Okey in the Miller, Okey & Freeman Shows, and the firm will now be known as Miller, Stowe & Freeman. New York Clipper, January 1, 1887, p. 676.

    Whiting Bros. and May Waldon are engaged with Miller, Stowe & Freeman's Show for the coming season. New York Clipper, February 26, 1887, p. 788.

    Miller, Stowe & Freeman's Allied Shows: Miller, Stowe & Freeman, proprietors; De Forrest Davis, railroad contractor; Thos. A. Kennedy, general advertiser; Louis Hartman, treasurer; Frank Andress, band leader; W. J. Clark, boss canvasman; Chas. Taylor, master of transportation; Chas. Dunn, boss hostler; Henry Clay, steward; James Robinson, principal equestrian; James Stowe, hurdle and four horse rider; May Waldron, menage rider; Lottie Miranda, aerial artist; James Murray, leaper and clown; Sam Rinehart, master cirque; Whiting Bros., horizontal bars; Belmont Bros., acrobats; Prof. F. B. Thurber, equilibrist; Stowe Family, bicycle riders; Dan Kennedy, leaper; Dick Baker, clown; Frank Stowe, manager sideshow; W. S. Cochoran, lecturer . . . Frank and Mary Howard, tattooed people; Jasper, Zulu Sampson; Nellie Artine, Circassian; Verona, fire king; Prof. Gillson, Punch-and-Judy. New York Clipper, April 9, 1887, p. 55.

    The Four Schrode Bros. have joined the Miller, Stowe & Freeman Circus. New York Clipper, May 21, 1887, p. 151.

    Miller, Stowe & Freeman Show have a 100x200ft. circus top ordered. The acts of the Thurlies and the Schrode Bros. are well spoken of. Thos. G. Dolphin will have charge of the programme of M., S. & F.'s Circus. New York Clipper, June 11, 1887, p. 198.

    Notes from the Miller, Stowe & Freeman Show. Roster: Chas. A. Miller, Jas. B. Stowe and Wm. H. Freeman, proprietors; Sam Rinehart, equestrian director; James Murray and James Quigley, clowns; James Robinson, J. B. Stowe, Four Shrode Bros., P. H. Thurber, Whiting Bros., Lottie Maranda, the Stowe Family, May Waldron . . . Frank Andress, leader of band. Concert people: James Quigley, May Waldron, Walter Howard, William Cochran, Blanche Quigley, Walter Bell and Sig. Verona. Sideshow: Frank and Annie Howard, Mlle. Arline, Zulu Zuletta, Zelma, W. B. Morrison, Jasper Clark, Sig. Verona, and "Dick," the big serpent. James Quigley, manager of concert; W. J. Cochran, manager sideshow. Admission is 10 and 20 cents. Have a new 110ft. oblong canvas, 80ft. round top, menagerie and ten animal cages. James Robinson is the feature of the circus. The Four Shrode Brothers do a four-high act. "Fatty," Gumble, candy man, has invented a new circus drink. He calls it "The Shake Up." . . . New York Clipper, July 23, 1887, p. 290.

    Roster of the advance of Miller, Stowe & Freeman's Circus: De Forrest Davis, contracting agent; Thos. A. Kennedy, general agent; W. S. Dunnington, special agent. Advance car No. 1, in charge of R. A. Kennedy, with Geo. E. Fooks, superintendent of paper; Fred Dennis, lithographer; Thos. Mitchell, programmes and six billposters. New York Clipper, August 20, 1887, p. 359.

1889:

    The Xenia Colored Cornet Band have signed a contract to go with Miller, Stowe & Freeman's circus this season. Eight of the boys, under the leadership of Baldwin Allen, leave Monday for Columbus, where they join the show. Xenia Daily Gazette (Xenia, OH), April 19, 1889, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Miller & Freeman - 1888   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1888

The Miller & Freeman circus was a ten cent circus that started in 1886 as Miller, Okey & Freeman. W. W. Freeman was a druggist in Columbus, Ohio and had some experience with circuses. Charles Miller and Thevor Okey [Trevor?] were Columbus, Ohio theater managers. The show was titled Miller, Stowe & Freeman in 1887 and back to Miller & Freeman in 1888 and was offered for sale in early 1889. Bandwagon, March-April, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 2, pp. 24-26.

    The Rixford Bros., for a number of seasons past with the Frank A. Robbins Show, will this season travel with Miller & Freeman's Circus. New York Clipper, April 14, 1888, p. 72.

    Advance roster of Miller & Freeman's United Railroad Show: James G. Miller, advance manager; De Forrest Davis, general agent; Matt Smith, contractor; W. S. Dunnington, superintendent of car No. 1, with the following assistants: James D. Fay, lithographer; Ben Vote, boss billposter; Thos. Martin, programmer; billposters: John Flood, James Shay, C. E. Knox, J. G. Jenkins, Chas. Murry, Lew Marot, W. F. Fleming, Geo. Devere, Joe Browning and Oliver Lester. Advance brigade No. 2: Geo. E. Fooks, manager; billposters: Geo. Whiting, W. Lamont Jos. Sweeney and Chas. Kern. New York Clipper, April 28, 1888, p. 105.

    . . . Miller & Freeman Circus and Menagerie . . . Mr. James Murray is the most brilliant in the ring . . . The perilous parachute decent of Professor Ned Hathaway was witnessed by thousands . . . Daily Advocate (Newark, OH), April 5, 1888.

    Columbus, O., April 27. Professor Hathaway, with Miller & Freeman's circus, goes up in a balloon and jumps out with a parachute. Yesterday afternoon he made an ascension from the circus grounds. Under the balloon was the parachute, and on the trapeze under the parachute was the profession. He went up about 1,500 feet and then pulled the cord that freed him from the balloon. In descending he struck on the chimney of a house and broke his right leg, and it is feared he is injured internally. Boston Daily Globe (Boston, MA), April 27, 1888, p. 1.

    Miller & Freeman Circus and Menagerie recently closed its engagement here. The riders are the best, the gymnastic performances clever. As a clown Mr. James Murray is brilliant. The parachute descent of Professor Ned Hathaway was witnessed by thousands. Newark Daily Advocate (Newark, OH), April 25, 1888, n.p.n.

    Miller & Freeman's circus shows today in this city. The train did not arrive in the city until 10:30, making it too late for the procession to take place. . . . Admission 25 cents. Prof. Colby leaped from a balloon at a distance of about 1,000 feet this afternoon. Daily Advocate (Newark, OH), May 3, 1888.

    The Miller-Freeman Circus inaugurated their third annual tour April 23 at Columbus, O. Prof. Hathaway, with Miller & Freeman's Circus, was to have made a parachute jump in Columbus, O., April 26. He arose about 1,500ft. In descending he struck a chimney, broke his right leg, and it is feared he is internally injured. New York Clipper, May 5, 1888, p. 123.

    A Land Slide Causes a Circus Train to Be Wrecked Near Steubenville. Steubenville, O., May 7. - A land slide on the Cleveland & Pittsburg railroad near this place was run into Sunday by Miller & Freeman's circus train. The accident happened in a deep cut known as the "Backbone," where a watchman is stationed every day except Sunday. The engine and five cars left the track. The cars are so badly wrecked as to be utterly worthless. . . . Elmer Ellsworth, of Cincinnati, the colored cook attached to the circus, was instantly killed. None of the sleeping cars containing the performers, or the stock cars loaded with horses, left the track. The cars that were wrecked contained the canvas wagons and baggage trucks, and the circus will lose over $3,000. They were on their way from Zanesville, O., to Newcastle, Pa. . . . Daily Advocate (Newark, OH), May 7, 1888.

      Miller & Freeman's circus is having a great deal of hard luck this year. The press dispatches report of another wrecking of their train, this time between Springfield and Rockville on the New England road. Several employees were severely injured but none fatally. Weekly Tribune (Harnellsville, NY), June 8, 1888.

      While Miller & Freeman’s train was making the run, June 3, from Springfield, Mass. to Willimantic, Ct., on the Springfield division of the New England Railroad, the low truck of one of the cars struck a switch frog at East Long Meadow and threw the canvas car and one other down an embankment and badly injured the following: Jacob Meyers, James A. Jackson, Chas. Cryne, Richard Orman, Jackson Morse, John Meagin, Harry Kiernan and Edward Locksley. The injured men were carried to the hospital. James A. Jackson was hurt the worst, the canvas wagon rolling upon him. New York Clipper, June 9, 1888.

    Miller-Freeman circus . . . Prof. Charles Colby, the second aeronaut, while performing the parachute jump from the balloon at Marlboro on Thursday, fell upon the roof of a house, broke his leg and will be disabled about four weeks. Fitchburg (MA) Sentinel, June 22, 1888.

    Franklin, Pa., July 20. Miller & Freeman's circus was yesterday attended by immense crowds. The circus has only one large ring. Perhaps the neatest performance is the somersault throwing over horses and the performance of Stirk and Zeno on the high trapeze. Mr. Alex Jacques is advance agent. Indiana Democrat (Indiana, PA), August 30, 1888, n.p.n.

    The Miller & Freeman Show is in its last week, closing at Marion, Ill., Sept. 21. New York Clipper, September 22, 1888, p. 445.

    To circus managers. Having decided to retire from the circus business, we offer our entire outfit for sale, consisting of a train of cars (including advance car and sleeper), twenty-five head of work horses, five head of ring stock, one menage horse, two trick mules, thirteen baggage wagons, eight cages, one band wagon, one ticket wagon, one chandelier wagon, forty-six lengths of seats, twelve tier high; ten lenghts of reserved seats, ten tier high, and all of the animals contained in menagerie, twenty sets of double harness, one 120ft. round top with two 50ft. middle pieces; one 80ft. menagerie top, dressing room top, horse tents, cook tent and other articles. All can be seen at our winter quarters in Columbus, Ohio. Miller & Freeman, Grand Opera House, Columbus, Ohio. New York Clipper, December 1, 1888, p. 612.

Miller & Runnell - 1888

    People already engaged for Miller & Ronnell's [sic] Shows: the Albion Family, three in number; Kling Family, five in number; Mardo Bros., Eddie Esters, Billy Cochran, J. H. Taylor, Billy Wren, Tillie Savage, Prof. J. A. Armstong's dog circus, W. G. Wren, S. Harrison and prof. Court Savage's band of eight pieces. Their season will open about April 25(?), under the management of J. A. McElroy. J. H. Miller will be in advance. New York Clipper, March 31, 1888, p. 47.

    Petit and McVey have been engaged for Miller & Runnell's Show, which opens at Zanesville, O., April 23. New York Clipper, April 14, 1888, p. 72.

    J. H. Miller, part proprietor and contracting agent of Miller & Runnell's Circus, is no longer conntected with it, having withdrawn. New York Clipper, June 16, 1888, p. 218.

    Manager Jim Miller, of the Opera House, from the Zanesville Signal of July 3: "Miller & Runnell's mammoth ten large shows combined have 'busted.' The hands received no pay Saturday, and attached the circus fixings, getting all that was on hand, namely, an old canvas. The majority walked out of town." Several months ago Jim got sick and with it sick of the show. He steadily got worse with the show. The doctors advised him to sell and sell he did. Newark Daily Advocate (Newark, OH), July 6, 1888, n.p.n.

    James McElroy, of Zanesville, was one of the partners in the circus of Miller & Runnels, which went to pieces a short time ago. Before it became fragmentary our own Jim got out of it. But his partner McElroy held on and was attached at Cleveland but replevined the goods, giving bond. Thursday night Jim was surrendered to the law by one of his sureties after the courts were closed and before he could get any word to his friends. The consequence was that he had to lay in jail all night. Newark Daily Advocate (Newark, OH), July 28, 1888, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Miller Bros. - 1955   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1956

The program for the 1955 Miller Bros. Indoor Circus, R. A. Miller & M. A. Miller, owners, is in Bandwagon, Christmas, 1955, pp. 16-17.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Miller Bros. American and German - 1891

    Wanted, for Miller Bros.' American and German Allied Shows, man with trained horses, dog, monkey, also people in all branches of the circus business. Show travels by wagon. Chas. B.(?) Reed and Wm. Rehn, please write. Address Miller Bros., Beaver Dam, Wisconsin. New York Clipper, February 28, 1891, p. 815.

    Wanted, band leader that can play second violin, tenor and baritone player. Also boss canvasman, etc. Miller Bros. American and German Allied Shows, Beaver Dam, Wis. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 88.

    Miller Bros.' American and German Allied Shows open their season May 9, at Beaver Dam, Wis. They will travel by wagon, touring Wisconsin, Iowa and Nebraska. Peter Conklin has the sideshow privilege. New York Clipper, May 2, 1891, p. 134.

    Wanted, circus people and musicians for Miller Bros.' Wagon Shows. Address Miller Bros., Sumner(Summer?), Iowa. New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 242.

    Wanted for Miller Bros.' Shows, circus people that do two or more acts. Miller Bros., Hudson, Iowa. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 339.

1893: Circus property for sale cheap. Advance wagon, band wagon, ticket and baggage wagon, tents, poles, seats, lights, ??? and tenor drums, cymbals, tuba, cornet, violia(violin?), etc. Will sell separate. Stored in Iowa. C. C. Miller, Beaver Dam, Wis. Miller Bros. have signed with Ringling Bros.' for season 1893. New York Clipper, January 7, 1893, p. 702.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Miller Bros. & Arlington 101 Ranch - 1913-15   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1908-1915

1913: Miller Bros. & Arlington's 101 Ranch Wild West - Miller Bros. and Edw. Arlington, proprietors; Geo. Arlington, manager; T. L. Gill, treasurer; Orville Bunnell, secretary; Toney Ybeanz, auditor; Edw. Arlington, general agent; Chas. McClintock, railroad contractor; Fred Morgan, local contractor; F. N. Waters, special agent; Willard D. Coxey, general press representative; Paul W. Harrell, advance press agent; Delmar Andrews, press agent back with the show; Geo. Degnon, excursion agent; Geo. V. Connore, sideshow manager; T. V. Tanlinger, equestrian director; Robt. Bigsby, general superintendent; Chas. Cohn, superintendent privileges; D. L. La Banca, musical director; C. Elton, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Mike Quinlan, superintendent canvas; Harry Parish, trainmaster; Shorty Philips, boss hostler; Geo. Tipton, superintendent commissary department; I. W. Andrews, superintendent lights; Barey Ricer, superintendent props; Johnny Feeney, superintendent ring stock; Shorty Philips, superintendent stock; A. L. Bagley, superintendent working crew; E. N. Waters and Jack Leonard, 24-hour agents; Geroge Bedford, boss carpenter; Mike Welsh, blacksmith; Paul W. Harrell, manager advertising car No. 1; Frank Howell, manager advertising car No. 2; Frank Berry, manager advertising car No. 3; Frank Smith, checker-up; Owen Doud, legal adjuster; George Gregory, announcer. Show opens at Hot Springs, Ark., April 5. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

1914: Miller Bros. & Arlington's 101 Ranch Real Wild West: Miller Bros. & Arlington, proprietors; Geo. Arlington, manager; B. L. Gill, treasurer; Tony Ybanzo, auditor; Edw. Arlington, general agent; Chas. McClintock, local contractor; Fred Morgan & Jack L. Winn, special agents; James F. Donaldson, contracting press agent; Willard D. Coxey, advance press agent; Geo. Connor, manager sideshow; D. V. Tantlinger, equestrian director; Robert Bigsely, general supt.; Chas. (Butch) Cohen, supt. privileges; Prof. A. LaBlance, musical director; Harry Parish, trainmaster; Ernest Waters, 24-hour agent; Paul W. Harrell, manager advance car No. 1; Thos. Dransfield, manager advance car No. 2; A. L. Stanley, manager advance car No. 3; Owen W. Doud, announcer. Show opens at Madison Square Garden, N.Y.C., April 20. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 49.

1915: Sideshow: Al Mastiff, Punch & Judy; Hans Schneider, Gretchen Schneider, midgets; Mme. A. Schulti, giant; Steve Brown & Hilda, handcuffs; Geo. Devere, tattooed man; Homer Herrick, juggler; Feltona, bag puncher. Six-in-One show: May-Joe, three legged child; Capt. Claude, midget Samson; Jolly Amelia, fat lady; Kokomo Twins. Circus Report, December 4, 1972, p. 5.

• Article on the 1907-1916 Miller Bros. & Arlington 101 Ranch Wild West is online in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1969 (scroll down or use find).

• Information on the 1919 Miller Bros. 101 Ranch show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Miller Bros. 101 Ranch Wild West - 1925, 1930-31   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1925-1931

1925: Chicago, May 5. Seven additional cars were added to the 101 Ranch circus before it left Oklahoma. Six cars are used on the show, and one on the advance. The move makes the 101 Ranch circus a 40 car show, with 2 cars in the advance and makes it second in size to any circus in America today. No other circus, outside of the Ringling Barnum and Bailey circus is this year using over 15 cars. The move came as a complete surprise to all connected with the show, as it was contracted over all railroads as a 35 car show — 34 back on the show, and one in the advance. It was found, however, in Oklahoma that it was impossible to carry all the equipment the Miller Brothers wished on the scheduled number of cars, and so the sudden switch. The move is said to have caused considerable concern among showmen. It makes the 101 a powerful organization, with a parade that is certain to be well received in the towns it follows, other shows not parading this year. With the 2 advance cars it is now possible for the 101 to handle any sort of tough opposition, as the show still has the four brigades it originally started with. Variety, May 6, 1925, p. 54.

• An article on the show, 1925-26 is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1975, Vol. 19, No. 2, pp. 3-13.

• 1930: The show folded early, closing at Prairie du Chien, Wisconsin on August 3. Though it was claimed that the show would re-organize and make a fall tour, it never left quarters at Marland, Oklahoma. Bandwagon, March-April, 1975, Vol. 19, No. 2, p. 3.

• 1931: The 101 Ranch Wild West Show had abrupt ending in Washington, D.C. in August 1931, when attached by performers, working men and others. "Circus Changes of the Past," C. E. Duble, Note Sheet No. 5 (Circus Historical Society), November 16, 1942.

• An article on the Miller Bros. 101 Ranch, 1927-1931, is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1975, Vol. 19, No. 3, pp. 3-14.

Miller Bros. 101 Ranch Wild West - 1946   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1945-46

Article on the 101 Ranch Wild West, 1946, is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1967 (scroll down or use find).

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Miller-Johnson Circus

• Charles Germaine, owner of the Miller-Johnson Circus, sold it to Cliff Vargas, who renamed it Circus Vargas. Bandwagon, January-February, 1977, 18.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Frank B. Miller's - 1896

    Frank B. Miller's Royal Circus, while laying off three weeks at Cincinnati, Ohio, erected a fifty foot ring barn. The show will open September 6, for one week, at the Harrison Park Casino, Terre Haute, Indiana. New York Clipper, September 12, 1896, p. 437.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

George Miller Dog & Pony Show

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

H. R. J. Miller's - 1919, 1920-22   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1921-1924

1919:

    Wanted, for H. R. J. Miller's Wagon Show at Wilton, Wis. Musicians, tuba to double on string; slide trombone, a performer if possible; baritone to double on clarinet, trap drummer, cornetist. Lady and man for ring and bar act or iron jaw, one trained animal act, no horses. Advance agent and billposter. Expect to open about June 7. [Advertisement] Billboard, May 24, 1919, p. 91.

More on the 1919 H. R. J. Miller show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.

1920:

    Complete overland circus, motorized, $3,000. The biggest bargain ever offered in show props, stock props and all. All stock young and sound, trained. Miller's Circus, Wilton, Wisconsin. [Advertisement] Billboard, February 7, 1920, p. 58.

    H. R. J. Miller Motorized Wagon Circus: H. R. J. Miller, manager; Jay Doll, assistant manager; J. S. Robison, manager side show; Al Miller, musical director; Ray Sies, boss hostler and supt. work crew; two trucks, one bus, three wagons and three touring cars. Opens May 10 at either Kendall or Tomah, Wis. Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.

    Wanted, H. R. J. Miller's Circus, Wilton, Wisconsin. Someone with animal act to put on side show (I furnish top) on percentage, some more people who can double. Have for sale, one manage horse, one fox terrier, untrained; one cowboy saddle and leather chaps, $40; cost over $100. Will exchange horse for other animal act. [Advertisement] Billboard, March 27, 1920, p. 86.

1921:

    Miller's circus wants people in all lines, side show banners and freaks. Wilton, Wisconsin. [Advertisement] Billboard, February 5, 1921, p. 56.

    Mr. Miller, of Miller's Circus, is busy training pigs, bears, monkeys and horses. The shows will carry a 10-in-1 show of live animals. Billboard, April 2, 1921, p. 63.

    Wilton, Wis., May 5. H. R. J. Miller's American Circus will open May 7 at Norwalk, Wis. Charles R. Bachtel, formerly of the Walter L. Main Circus, will have the band. The second advance has left under the guidance of Charles Underwood. Billboard, May 14, 1921, p. 66.

    Prof. Miller's Trained Animals. Five acts for one. Miller's Circus, Wilton, Wisconsin. [Advertisement] Billboard, July 30, 1921, p. 53.

1922:

    Miller's Trained Animals and Big Circus Side-Show for parks, fairs and celebrations. Reference: Tomah Fair Assn., Tomah, Wis. I played there this seaon. Miller's Circus, Wilton, Wisconsin. [Advertisement] Billboard, September 16, 1922, p. 52.

    The H. R. J. Miller Circus opened the season at Tomah, Wis., June 8. A downpour of rain hampered the matinee, but the night performance proved more than was expected, according to Emil A. Arp, press representative. . . . Contracts have been signed to furnish the free attractions at the Tomah Fair, week August 21, Mr. Arp further states. Billboard, June 24, 1922, p. 46.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Milligan's Pavilion Show - 1887

    Milligan's New Pavilion Shows, Museum, Circus and Sideshow. Phil Milligan, manager. Now organizing at Bay City, Mich., to take the road in June. Travel by steamboat and railroad. Wanted all kinds of performers for ring except riders. Also concert people doing several acts, and a band of 6 pieces. Musicians, curiosities. Wanted a second hand Star Kidd light for big top. Address Phil Milligan, Bay City, Mich. New York Clipper, May 14, 1887, p. 141.

    Milligan's Pavilion Show is doing good business through Michigan, we are informed. Geo. Anderson is treasurer. Mr. Milligan has sixty people and a large museum with him. New York Clipper, July 16, 1887, p. 275.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Millikin - 1891

    The Millikin & Cram(Cran?) Circus closed July __ at Jackson Centre, Pa., owing to disagreement on the part of the owners. Fred Green, who was acting as business manager for the concern, has returned to Mantua Station, O., where he will organize a specialty company to take the road in September. New York Clipper, August 8, 1891, p. 364.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Milliken Bros. 1934-35   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1934-36

A brief article on the 1934 show and on the career of Jesse A. Milliken, owner, is online Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1959 (scroll down).

The route for the 1935 Milliken Bros. is online in Bandwagon, Jul-Aug 1959 (scroll down or use find).

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Bertram Mills Circus (England)

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Mills Bros. - 1945, 1953-55, 1959, 1962   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1940-1967

• Mills Bros. route and a brief article on the 1943 show, with photographs, in White Tops, April-May, 1943, Vol 16, Nos. 5-6, pp. 4, 11; and 1943 route in June-July-August, 1943, Vol. 16, Nos. 7, 8, 9, p. 12.

• Program for the 1944 show, with photographs, is in White Tops, April-May, 1944, Vol. 17, Nos. 5-6, p. 19.

1945: The Mills brothers, Jack and Jake, opened under canvas at Ashland, Ohio. The show had the Kenneth Waite troupe of clowns and the concert featured Buffalo Ben and Chief Sugar Brown and is Indians. Buffalo Ben was also in the sideshow doing a ventriloquist act. White Tops, March-April, 1945, Vol. 18, Nos. 4-5, p. 21.

1953: In Fall, 1953, the show played New Orleans, Louisiana, then showed at Prichard, Alabama on October 26, with Pensacola, Florida, scheduled for October 27. Bandwagon, October, 1953, p. 14.

1954: Program for the 1954 show is online in Bandwagon, Bandwagon, April-May 1954 (scroll down).

1955: Mills Bros. 1955 route is online in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1956 (scroll down).

1959: Article on the 1959 Mills Bros. Circus is online in Bandwagon, Sep-Oct 1959 (scroll down or use find).

1962: Article on the 1962 Mills Bros. Circus is online in Bandwagon, Jul-Aug 1962 (scroll down or use find).

• A biographical article on the career of circus owner Jack Mills is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1974, p. 16.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Mills & Winters

1918: Winter quarters, Mills & Winters Shows, New Brighton, Pa. Billboard, October 19, 1918, p. 32.

• See Frank A. Walters show.

• Information on the 1919 Mills & Winters show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Minnelli Bros. - 1909   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909

    Minnelli Bros.' Shows: Minnelli Bros., proprietors and managers; Harry Bradbury, general agent; F. C. Timens, R. R. contractor; F. P. Minnelli, local contractor; Kames Sandoe, special agent; Allan D. Stanchfield, press agent; V. C. Minnelli, treasurer; Geo. Dearwester, manager commissary dept.; Ed Covill, supt. of transportation; Dan Heary, supt. of canvas; Geo. Dearwester, supt. of privileges; Oar Cox, superintendent of props. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 80.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Mitchell's Big Pavilion Show - 1898, 1899, 1900, 1904

Listed as a circus in Sturtevant's, not listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses. Appears to be a traveling tent show with circus acts, sometimes listed in the Miscellaneous column, sometimes in the Circus column in the Clipper. The show may have toured primarily in West Virginia. Thanks to Linda Westfall, grandaughter of owner Harvey L. Mitchell, whose inquiry about this show prompted the gathering of the information below. - Judy Griffin. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

1898: "Notes from Mitchell's Big Pavilion Show. - We are in our eighth week, and business has been first class. We have packed the tent since our opening day. We turned people away at Smithfield and Stringtown. Roster: Harvey Mitchell, owner and manager; Wm. Gorden, treasurer; H. O. Cunningham, advance agent; John Lowthe(?), leader of orchestra; Lowther Family, five in number, specialty people, song and dance and comedians; Burmingham and Stone, double traps, break-away ladders, clown comic and brother act; Wm. Burmingham, song and dance and singing clown; Chas. Stone, balancing, traps and slack wire." New York Clipper, July 16, 1898, p. 324.
    Miscellaneous. "Notes From Mitchell's Pavilion Shows. - We are in our twelfth(?) week, and business has been good for the weather we have had. It has rained for the last two weeks. We were water bound on Aug. 10 at Drenning's Sulphur Springs, in Nicholls Co., W. Va. so we could not move one way or the oather. The Lowther Family and Stone and Burmingham are still making their regular winning through Western Virginia. We have not decided our closing day yet, but will run as long as the weather permits it. Everybody with the show is well and still reads the Clipper." New York Clipper, August 27, 1898, p. 425. "Mitchell's Pavilion Theatre Co. closed the season at D???, W. Va., Sept. 24, and is in Winter quarters, Clarksburg, W. Va." New York Clipper, October 8, 1898, p. 537. Photo, Mitchell's Pavilion Show, 1898 courtesy of Linda Westfall, grandaughter of owner Harvey L. Mitchell.

    Sturtevant's List of Circuses, 1899, Mitchell's Pavilion Circus

    1900: Listed in circus column. "Notes from the Mitchell Big Pavilion Show. Success still crowns the efforts of the Mitchell Show to please the public. The glorious fourth of July was passed at Fairview, West Va., where the lot was shared with the civic Order of Maccabees, who had a ??? round top pitched within a few feet of our fine spread of canvas, the entire combined showing presenting an appearance that would ??? one to think it was the visit of one of the "big shows." Thousands of people were in town, and of course we turned 'em away. The attractions presented by the Order of Maccabees, and our show worked in such good harmony that, upon the night of the ??, our closing night, the Maccabees attended in a body, and a special program was arranged for the occasion. Business continues at high water mark, and speaking of high water brings to mind an incident that came very near proving a serious thing in a recent trip from Piney Fork to Pine Grove. The heavy rain of the two days before had swollen the streams to the danger point, and we were warned not to attempt to ford the river. Still, being anxious to make the next stand, we pushed on. At a ford where two creeks meet was encountered the most danger. All got over without accident until the arrival of the carriage containing Chick Kekoe(?), Ida Rainer and Will Birmingham. They had nearly crossed when they struck a 'quicksand' hole, the the team began to sink. In an instant the water was over the seats of the carriage and the people in water knee deep. By much persuasion from the driver the team made an extra effort, and, though being carried down stream, managed to effect a landing, with no damage done outside of that caused by the performers clothing getting wet. Still the experience and narrow escape is one they do not care to repeat. Everyone with the show is well, and all have commenced banking the 'long(?) green,' which comes regularly, and they are all trying to decide whether to invest in oil wells, farms or mining stock. One indication of the satisfaction given the public by our show is the press notices received everywhere." New York Clipper, July 28, 1900, p. 476.
    "Mitchell's Big Pavilion Show Notes: We closed a season of seventeen weeks Aug. 23 at Clarksburg, W. Va. The season was the most successful the show has ever known, and it will go out next year enlarged to double the present size and with an equipment entirely new in every department. Business was big everywhere. It was a rainy season, there being more rainy days than pleasant ones. The big top was blown down twice, but one one was injured. The only other accidents that occurred during the season were the narrow escape from dorwning of some of the people while fording a river. A matinee performance was given at Spencer, W. Va., where one hundred and ??? of the inmates of the Spencer Insane Asylum were present in charge of ?????. The show went into Winter quarters at Clarksburg. The destination of performers so far as known is as follows: Kehoe(?) and Rainer go to the new Dewey Theatre, Clarksburg; ?. Danola(?) to the Auditorium Theatre, Norfolk; Will B?rmingham to Loudon; Ray(?) Phillips to Chicago; The Lowther Family to Bridgeport; Charlie Green to New Orleans; the band, to St. Louis, and others to various variety houses. There was one wedding during the season, that of Proprietor H. E. Mitchell to L????e Lowther, leader of orchestra." New York Clipper, September 8, 1900, p. 611.

    1904: Advertisement. "Wanted quick, for Mitchell's Big Pavilion Wagon Show, three good song and dance sketch teams. Other useful people write. Address. H. L. Mitchell's Show, Clarksburg, W. Va." New York Clipper, May 14, 1904 p. 281. All information should be checked with additional sources

    As noted above, Harvey L. Mitchell did marry Lieu Lettie Lowther on July 12, 1900, in Barbour County, West Virginia. Dodd, Jordan, comp., West Virginia Marriage Records, 1863-1900. Lettie's birth record lists her name as Lettie Loy Lowther. Harvey was listed as a showman in the 1900 census for Harrison County, West Virginia. He MAY have given up on show business by 1910. In the 1910 census Harvey was working as a watchman in a brickyard where his brother, Walter, was superintendent. By 1918 Harvey was a laborer for the Harrison County Court at Clarksburg, West Virginia, born January 9, 1873, wife Lettie Mitchell (World War I Draft Card).

    The Lowther Family seem to have been entertainers during this time period. Lettie's father, the orchestra leader listed above, was John D. S. Lowther, her mother, Ida E. Kelley (birth record).

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Tom Mix Circus   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1935-38

• 1935 show covered 19 States, making 214 stops with fifty-five in California, fifteen in Colorado, one in Idaho, four in Illinois, six in Indiana, seven in Iowa, eleven in Kansas, one in Kent, fourteen in Michigan, five in Missouri, nine in Montana, eleven in Nebraska, one in New Mexico, eleven in Ohio, twenty-five in Oklahoma, eleven in Oregon, twenty in Washington, one in West Virginia, and six in Wyoming. Bandwagon, August 15, 1945, Vol. 4, No. 4, p. 6.

• 1936: Article on the 1936 show is online at Bandwagon, April-May 1952 (scroll down).

• See Sam Dill & Tom Mix show for the 1934 show.

• Article on the Tom Mix Circus, 1934-35 is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1971 (scroll down or use find).

• Article on the Tom Mix Circus, 1936-38 is online in Bandwagon, May-Jun 1971.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circo Modelo - 1919

    New York, May 17. Francisco Beas, director of Gran Circo Teatro Modelo in Mexico, has concluded arrangements with Charles L. Sasse, whereby the latter is to supply the former's future circus programs. Ten thousand lithographs are on their way to manager Beas. Charles Hadfield is manager of Cedora and Golden Globe, a feature with Circo Modelo. Billboard, May 24, 1919, p. 86.

• Arcadia Mijares is listed as the proprietor of the Modelo show in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, circa 1929; also Francisco Beas, proprietor of the Modelo show, circa 1920-28.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Mohawk Valley Circus - 1895

    Notes from the Mohawk Valley Circus. Cortland R. Harris has signed as general contracting agent. New York Clipper, March 16, 1895, p. 21.

    Walker Bros., twin acrobats and head to head balancers, have signed with the Mohawk Valley Circus. New York Clipper, March 23, 1895, p. 35.

    Notes from the Mohawk Valley Circus headquarters. The former Mohawk Valley Opera House is the wagon department, and the large balcony a storehouse and paint shop. In the rear of the building is the horse stable, with forty-five single stalls and twenty-five box stalls, filled with dapple gray and jet black horses. The pride of the stable is a pair of imported Rocky Mountain horses, with white manes and black tails. The little black stallion, General, and the two small donkeys named Trilby and Oscar Wilde. Managers Lowell and ___. We carry fifty head of horses and seventy people. Cortland R. Harris, general agent, has charge of the advance with five assistants: C. J. Carroll, boss billposter with two assistants, and Harry Ryan, lithographer with one assistant. Some of the people engaged are Rice Brothers, Ella Rice, Ernie and Eddie Maginley, the Three Parent Bros., Walker Bros., Charles Lee, Sullivan and McGowan, J. Albert Taylor, Ross Bros., Leonard Sisters, Frank Howard, Annie and little Ivy Howard, Prince Zulu, Mr. and Mrs. Fred Russlee, George Taft, Willie Taft, George Barnes, Ernest Harter, Bernard Chester . . . C. A. Goodale has charge of the candy privileges; Prof. Fred Warren, leader of band with twelve pieces; John Wilber, charge of stock; Ike Smith, charge of canvas, and Ed Starrs, properties. New York Clipper, April 13, 1895, p. 83.

    Notes from the Mohawk Valley Circus. We opened May 1. We have a 140ft. two pole centre top, one 90ft. kid top, and one 60x100 horse tent. We travel by wagon. Our performers: Rice Bros., horizontal bars; three Parent Bros., acrobats and brother act; the Walker Bros.; Sig. Mortello, contortionist; Prof. Gleason's Dog Circus; John Sullivan, singing clown; Etta Rice, flying rings; Flora Leonard, slack wire; Nellie Leonard, flying trapeze. Concert: Chas. V. Lees and his marionettes; Flora Leonard, song and dance; Sullivan and McGowan, knockabout and clog dancing; Gertie Hoey, songstress. Sideshow, under the management of Frank Howard: Frank and Annie Howard, tattooed people; Prince Mongo, Zulu chief; Little Ivy, snake charmer and trained birds; Prof. Lee, magic . . . Our advance, under the management of Mr. Harrington, contracting agent; C. F. Carroll and three assistants, billposter; Clint Harris and two assistants, lithographers and programmers; Ike Smith, boss canvas man with ten assistants and Jack Wilbur, boss hostler and ten assistants. We have twenty musicians under the leadership of Prof. Fred Warren. C. F. Piper, treasurer; Harry Ryan, asst. treasurer; C. A. Goodale, manager of privileges; S. Phillips, parade lecturer; Oscar P. ___ and O. G. Lowell, proprietors and managers; Edward Rice, ring director, and Prof. Gleason, announcer. New York Clipper, May 18, 1895, p. 163.

    The Mohawk Valley Circus came to town unannounced yesterday, and performed to small audiences. It is a circus in name only, there being no equestrian acts other than tumbling over the backs of three ponies. The performance is almost entirely gymnastic. Morning Star (Glens Falls, NY), May 24, 1895, n.p.n.

    Notes from the Mohawk Valley Circus. At Hoosick Falls we played on the Driving Park, outside the city limits, in conjunction with the Electric Street Railway, who control the Driving Park. The evening performance was spoiled by a severe thunderstorm. A severe accident happened to O. P. Sisson, our general manager, at Hoosick Falls, May 31. As we were preparing for our street parade, the horse attached to his buggy took fright at one of the street cars, and ran away, throwing Mr. Sisson against a fence and fracturing two of his ribs. We have added two trained stallions, two trained donkeys, four performing goats, one large performing monkey and one riding monkey, also a large boa constrictor. They will appear with us June 6, and are the property of Tony White. There have been some changes in our staff. Frank Howard will assume the management of the show, and Mr. Sisson will take full charge of the advance. Harry Ryan will remain in the ticket wagon, as first assistant to Mr. Lowell, our treasurer. B. F. Frankling is book keeper and paymaster. Flora Leanord closed with us May 31, replaced by Charles White in his wire act. C. J. Carroll will have charge of the programme and superintend all herald work, two days ahead of the show. The Parent Bros., brother act, are doing their knockabout table act. Their act closes our big ring performance. Our band: Fred Warren, slide trombone and leader; A. E. Luther, trombone; H. G. Owens, alto; F. H. Parent, alto; A. H. Parent, clarinet; Isasc Kreiskertz, clarionet . . . Peter Agan, cornet; Geo. Taft, bass; Orville Walton, traps, and Geo. Parent, bass drum. New York Clipper, June 8, 1895, p. 211.

    Lowell & Sisson's Mohawk Valley Circus, Museum and Trained Animal Exhibition, Cortland, June 25. Best wagon show on earth. 50 American and European celebrities. Free street parade. Prof. Fred Warren and band of 20 musicians. Admission 25 cents. [Advertisement] Cortland Evening Standard (Cortland, NY), June 22, 1895, p. 8.

    The Mohawk Valley circus was advertised to show in Marathon yesterday and in Cortland today, but it didn't appear in either place. The Norwich Sun of Sunday says: The Mohawk Valley circus which played our city Saturday evening has been playing in extremely hard luck. With 18 days of rain in May and surrounded throughout the territory by a number of similar large attractions, it has been a continual financial loss. The management was unable to go farther and 22 performers were left here at the Palmer House without a dollar. A benefit entertainment was to be given at the opera house in Norwich. Several Cortland men are reported looking for this circus for financial reasons, as the advance agent hired liveries, contracted hotel bills which were to be paid by the management when the circus got along. Cortland Evening Standard (Cortland, NY), June 25, 1895, p. 4.

    Notes from the Mohawk Valley Circus. The show will change management on July 1, and be under a stock company, limited, of Mohawk, under the management of Frank Howard. Harry Ryan will be ticket seller and Tom ___, equestrian director. The same performers will remain and most all of the band. . . . New York Clipper, June 29, 1895, p. 259.

    The Mohawk Valley circus has returned to Mohawk, though most of the performers were left stranded at Norwich. The horses, wagons and equipmage are advertised to be sold on chattel mortgage held by Mrs. Yates, sister of O. C. Lowell, one of the proprietors. This aggregation started our about six weeks ago, but it has done a losing business and had to succumb. A benefit performance was given in Mohawk, but the village had 50 or more circus people on their hands for several days without any means of support. The cheapest way to get them out of town was to furnish them with railroad tickets to get them out of town, which was done. The property was advertised to be sold under mortgage of Mrs. Yates at Mohawk and under a second mortgage held by H. P. Withertine. Journal Courier (Little Falls, NY), July 2, 1895, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Monroe & Co.'s - 1877

    The Great American Circus, Zoological Aggregation and Egyptian Caravan, now in winter quarters near Oswego, Kansas, enlarged and improved for season of 1877, will give balloon races, free chariot racing and other attractive features. Will start about April 10(?), making first twenty stands by railroad, then uses wagons. Privileges for sale. We have the following property on hand, which privilege parties can buy or lease: sideshow canvs, sideshow wagons, and ten good paintings; candy stand outfit, complete, and wagon, also reserved seats, complete. Address W. O. Monroe & Co., Oswego, Kansas. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, February 3, 1887, p. 355.

    The Great American Circus and Menagerie will commence the season at Oswego, Kansas, April 28, instead of 21, as previously intended. A few more equestrians, gymnasts and acrobats, and a balloon inflator and ascensionist are wanted. Address W. O. Monroe & Co. New York Clipper, April 21, 1877, p. 31.

    Great Universal Fair and World's Wonder Exposition, organized in Oswego, Kansas. Proprietor, Wm. O. Monroe; general manager, Frank E. Willis; assistants, Henry Buckley Jr. and __ Maddern; . . . press agent, D. F. Wood; treasurer, Harry Amler; master of canvas, Sam Chandler; master of stalls, Jessie Barry; chief of paste brigade, ed __; assistants, C. Mortimer and Ed Stanton; master of transportation, George Monroe; director of street parades, F. Willis. Clowns: Sam McFlinn and George Maddern. Menagerie, twenty-one cages, led by the Holden Swan band chariot, an open den of lions, and a den, with plate glass, containing ten East India pythons. Trick horses: Spot, Beauty and Fire King; trick mules, Pete and Barney; three tents. Sideshows, two: proprietor, Charles Cooper; one to be exhibited in the town and the other on the lot with the show. Curiosities: Prof. Hunter, magician and Punch and Judy performer; Mme. ___, Circassian lady; performing bears and four cages of animals. Concert privilege: Senell & Klingham, proprietors; performers, Heath & MIntyre, the Arnolds, William and Frank; Ida Siddens . . . The band is lead by Prof. George Dixon. Outside attractions - Rose Mahretta in a wire ascension and a balloon ascension by Charles Atchison and Mr. Denver(?). First stand was made in Oswego, May 2. [some text unreadable] New York Clipper, June 2, 1877, p. 79.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Monroe's Mighty Shows - 1914   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1912-1915

    Monroe's Mighty Shows & Buffalo Tom's Wild West: A. M. Cauble, proprietor & manager; T. E. Hughes, assistant manager; J. W. Cauble, treasurer; H. Moon, secretary; J. T. Roberts, general agent; C. E. Close, manager side show; Archie Walker, equestrian director; Lenard Ward, general supt.; Thos. F. Ford, supt. priviliges; Bruce Phillips, musical director; H. G. Warren, supt. canvas; Andrew Dunn, boss hostler; Wilk Snodgrass, supt. lights; Wm. White, supt. props.; A. H. Dunn, supt. ring stock; Andrew Dunn, supt. stock; C. E. Close, supt. working crew; Harry Baker, supt. elephants & animals; Patsy Williams, blacksmith; A. M. Cauble, announcer. Show opened at Tupelo, Miss., March 10. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 49.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Monroe Bros. - 1925   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1915, 1923, 1925

• In 1925 A. M. Cauble's show was titled Monroe Bros. Besides the bull, Diamond, the show had two cages of animals, one an old Walter L. Main cage with male and female lions and another cage with bear and monkeys. A former wagon show operator, Charlie Alderfer (Great Alderfer Shows) was boss canvasman and had a pit show. Claude and Pauline Webb, later operators of Russell Bros. Circus, were with it with a good side show containing big snakes, family of baboons, monkeys, etc. Three of the performers on Monroe Bros, were Ed and Alice Glenn and Mike Midget. The big top from Atterbury Show was a 60 with two 30's. Bandwagon, Jan-Feb, 1962, Vol. 6, No. 1, pp. 20-22.

• Monroe's Mighty Shows & Buffalo Tom's Wild West, 1912, A. M. Cauble, proprietor, is listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Monroe Bros.

• An article on Ted "LaVelda" Akeman's Monroe Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, November-December, 2009, pp. 53-58.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, Ted LaVelda, proprietor, 1944-48.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Monroe & French

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Montana Belle - 1918-19   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1913-16, 1922-23

1918:

    Pitcher, Ok., June 14. The Montana Belle Show is playing here for ten days during the races. We put on a real Wild West Show. Doc Heaton and wife are with us. - Montana Belle. Billboard, June 22, 1918, p. 28.

1919:

    Montana Belle's Shows wants cowboys, cowgirls, bronk riders, anything suitable for Wild West. Musicians to enlarge band, cornet, baritone, tuba. Sideshow people, man for Punch and magic, fire eater, sword swallower, woman for mind reading, snake charmer. This is an overland show. Eat on lot, sleep in hotels. Address C. G. Ballantyne, Okmulgee, Oklahoma. [Advertisement] Billboard, May 24, 1919, p. 40.

    The Montana Belle Show is playing to good business in Kansas. Several motor vehicles have been added to the equipment this season. Billboard, July 19, 1919, p. 44.

    Montana Belle writes: "We played through Oklahoma, Kansas and Missouri and at present in Arkansas. The outfit is carrying twelve wagons, two touring cars and forty head of stock, including baggage, arena, buckers and all. After trying out the truck proposition and finding it a failuree in this part of the country, we bought Chas. Heuton's baggage stock, much slower, but surer. Howard Bryan has charge of the sideshow in which are lions, wolf, wildcat, monkeys, snakes, ponies, etc.; Prof. Thurman in Punch and Judy, magic and fire eating; Major Cleao(?), dancing midget. Mrs. Bryan sells the tickets. Chas. Heaton and wife still have the privileges. The big show program consists of riding, roping, rope spinning and trick riding by Pearl Lee, Montana Belle, Bill Johnson and W. J. Murphy. Bessie Bryan and Clyde Moore ride Roman riding and bucking burro. Horse thief act featuring the 'sheriff' C. G. Ballantyne (manager of the show) and bulldog, 'Prince.' Bert Deario does swining trapeze free act, also contortion, wire walking and tumbling. There are plenty of clown acts, headed by 'Shorty' Sylvester. The performance closes by the riding of local stock free of charge. We can be found somewhere in Arkansas all winter (the show never closes), playing our same old territory. Billboard, December 20, 1919, p. 90.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Montana Bill's - 1918

    Winter quarters. Montana Bill Wild West, W. M. Fleetwood, managers, Henning, Ill. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Montana Louis & Sons - 1913

    Montana Louis & Sons Greater Wild West - Montant Louis, manager and treasurer; Montant Bud, arena director; Montant Joe, superintendent arena stock; Idaho May, in charge of ticket box; Ed. Allen, in charge of cookhouse. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Montana Mack's - 1918-19

1918: Winter quarters. Montana Mack Congress of Riders and Vaudeville Show, Col. Mack McGurrin, manager, Miles City, Mont. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.

1919: Oklahoma Joe writes from Newark, N.J.: "Montana Mack's Wild West is at Olympia Park, Newark. Pop Foster is manager and owner of the outfit. Bud Herlin is top hand and chief of cowboys. Jerry and Anna Davis are doing trick and fancy riding. Pete Roberts, roping and pony express. John Hicks, all around hand. Charlie Nelson, trick riding, and Fannie Nelson, bronk riding. They have a new bucking horse, "Garibaldi." Billboard, August 2, 1919, p. 44.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Montanio's New York - 1880-82, 1888

1880:

    The Great New York Show now organizing for the tenting season of 1880. Route: Dakota, Black Hills, Wyoming, Colorado, New Mexico and Arizona. People engaged: Prof. Leverich's Silver Cornet Band, Irvin T. Bush, Charley ___, Harry Weims, George Ash, Signor Montanio, Miss Simpson, Ed Baxter(?), Charley Sherman, Miss Florence Smith, Miss Nora Robertson and Master Walter Cariton; also all outside people, including canvasmen, etc. More people wanted in the following lines of business: gymnasts, acrobats, leapers, tumblers and variety people in all branches. Also one female trapeze performer. Inside and outside privileges sold to Shaffer Brothers (A. & J. S.) and S. A. Daily. Reserved seat privileges for sale, also sideshow privileges to parties having a drawing attraction. Nothing "dizzy" wanter. No "budgers" or "headlights" need apply. The managers reserved the right to drink all the whiskey necessary for the entire company. Will take the road about June 1, 1880. Address Montanio & Sherman, Smith Centre, Kansas. James A. Scarbrough, press agent; Fred C. Hurd, contracting agent. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, May 8, 1880, p. 56.

    Montanio & Sherman's New York Show performed in Riverton, Neb., June 30, Superior July 3, and is due in Jewell City, Kan., 5, Concordia 6, Beloit 7, Clyde 8. New York Clipper, July 10, 1880, p. 127.

    The Great New York Show, which exhibited in Riverton, Nev., July 24, was organized in South Centre, Kas., and gave their first performance there June 26(28?). Montanio & Sherman are the proprietors; Signor Montanio, general manager; Charles L. Sherman, treasurer; James A. Scarbrough, general and press agent; Fred C. Beard(?), advertising and contracting agent; Charles L. Meyatt, director of amusements . . . J. A. Norton, chief paste brigade with five assistants; Geo. Ash, boss canvasman; George Madden and Billy Davis, clowns; Signor Montanio, trapeze and contortionist; Mons. E. Leon, gymnast, horizontal bar and ascensionist; Young Maxwell, juggler; Dave Dougherty, Dutch specialties; Miss Mollie Leon, trapeze and serio-comic songs; Miss Jennie Martin, fancy dancer; Harry Shields, comedian in Irish and Dutch specialites; John Sullivan, horizontal bar and acrobatic song-and-dance; Mrs. Josie Montanio, serio-comic songs and banjoist; Charles L. Myatt, Ethopian comedian and song-and-dance; Charley Martin, general performer. They have showed in all the principal towns of Northern Kansas and Southwestern Nebraska. Their route ahead is Eastern and Northern Nebraska. They have a 100 foot round top canvas, employ 51 men, 30 horses, 12 baggage wagons, 3 passenger wagons, one band wagon and two advance wagons. New York Clipper, July 31, 1880, p. 147.

    Fred C. Heard was agent and manager for Montanio & Shaffer's Great New York Circus. New York Clipper, September 25, 1880, p. 213.

1881:

    The New York Show, Sig. Montanio proprietor, includes the following performers: W. E. Murdell, two Rhineharts, J. B. Sanz, Leo Darrell, C. L. Meyatt, Harry Willey, Eloise Carellton, Josie Simpson, Fred C. Hall, and Prof. Schell's Cornet band. A barrel-kicker and a juggler, who can also do outside ascensions, are advertised for. Sig. Montanio, proprietor and manager, Smith Centre, Kan. New York Clipper, July 23, 1881, pp. 290, 291.

    Sig. Montanio's Great New York Circus shows at Ida, Kansas, Sept. 1, Jefferson 2, Red Cloud, Neb., 3, thence to Lincoln 5, for one week. The season will close about March 15, 1882. The party includes Sig. Montanio, proprietor; J. Q. Royce, treasurer; Lee Gaylord, advertising agent; Frank Jenkins, boss hostler; Lon Brewer, boss canvasman; Charles Meyatt, director of amusements; Josie Montanio, the Reinhart Brothers, W. E. Murdell, Elsie Carlton, J. M. Ryan, Sam and Master Harry Willey, J. B. Sanz, Albert Crawford, J. A. Reinhardt and Frank Rice. Prof. Setchell's Cornet Band and Prof. Yager's Orchestra furnish the music. New York Clipper, September 3, 1881, p. 383.

    Signor Montanio's Great New York Circus. The most successful and meritorious show ever organized in Kansas. Seats overflowing and standing filled every day. The biggest boom ever known in the Western show business. The party includes Signor Montanio, proprietor; J. Q. Royce, treasurer; __ Gaylord, general advertising agent; Chas. Moyatt(?), director of amusements. Performers: Signor Montanio, Miss Josie Montanio, the Reinhart Brothers, W. R. Murdell, Miss Carlton, James M. Ryan, Sam Willey, Master Harry Willey, Albert Crawford, J. Reinhardt, Chas. Moyers(?) and Frank Rice(?). Music: Prof. ___ Silver cornet band and Prof. Chas. Yager's Orchestra. Route: Scandia, Kansas, 30, Belleville 31, Ida Sept. 1, Jefferson 2, Red Cloud, Neb., 3; thence to Lincoln for one week. Wanted: barrel kicker, sleight-of-hand and Punch and Judy performer; also acrobats and gymnasts. Show goes South and season wil end about March 16, 1882. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, September 3, 1881, p. 388.

1882:

    Wanted, for the season of 1882, for the Great New York Show, a band of six or seven mouth-pieces, and who can double in orchestra. Also a troupe of trained dogs. Have the following people engaged from last season and season before: F. C. Heard, Chas. L. Mayatt, the Rhinehardts, W. P. Murdell and Mr. and Mrs. Montanio. Also have the privileges for sale: sideshow, candy stand and reserved seats. Address Sig. Montanio, Butler(?), Bates County, Mo. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, March 25, 1882, n.p.n.

    The New York Circus company includes Mlle. Mendozia, Geo. Victoria . . . and Harry West. Sig. Montanio is the proprietor; F. L. Brannan, asst. manager; F. W. Barry, leader of brass band; and Robt. H. Plumer, general agent. New York Clipper, October 7, 1882, p. 478.

1888:

    Roster of Sig. Montaio's [sic Montanio] Dime Show: Sig. Montaino, propietor and manager; Ed. Wilcox, treasurer; M. E. Ashton, general agent; Frank Watson, boss canvasman with nine assistants. Performers: Montaino Family, Louis Fox, Bobby Hyde, Pleasant Potter, Hiney Walker, Sam Grassberger, Clarence Deatrick, Jack Highland and trained ponies. New York Clipper, June 30, 1888, p. 251.

• In 1888 Montanyo's show played Kansas in May, at Vinita, then Chetopa on May 3-5, Parsons, and Pittsburg on May 10-12. In Chetopa the advertisement stated that the Montanio show was coming there again, indicating the show had been there previous year(s). The Pittsburg newspaper stated that the swinging pole, Indian club acts and the "Montanyo Midgets" were especially good. The show left Pittsburg on the 13th for Joplin, Missouri. In a Wichita newspaper it was reported that Constable Rufus Cone took possession of the Montanio show on July 10, upon an attachment of $285 by members of the band. The show was on a train ready for departure when it was taken by the officer and placed in Stocker's ware room. Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 1, p. 48.

• 1880 census, Houston Township, Smith County, Kansas. Sig. Montanio, age 30, born ca. 1850 in Illinois, showman and farmer. Wife, Josephine Montanio, age 22. Son Harry, age 2. Son James, age one month. Others: Charles Mayatt, George and Margaret Ash.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Joe Montazell's - 1914

    Joe Montazell's Overland Show: Joe Montazell, proprietor, manager, treasurer & secretary; Will Martin, press agent; Tom Howard, equestrian director; Dick Jones, supt. privileges; Joe Farley, supt. canvas & boss hostler; Carroll Montazell, supt. lights, props. & working crew. Show opens at Ashley, O., about May 1. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 49.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

C. R. Montgomery - 1946   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1945-47

The C. R. Montgomery Circus (motorized) opened at Sanger, California in March, 1946. White Tops, March-April, 1946, Vol. 19, Nos. 3-4, p. 9.

• An article on the C. R. Montgomery Wild Animal Circus is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 5, pp. 4-16.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Moon's Great Eastern - 1888

    Wanted, for Moon's Great Eastern Circus, opens in April, Chicago, for the season. Riders owning their own stock, also aerialists. Address F. G. Moon, State street, Chicago. New York Clipper, February 18, 1888, p. 795.

    Circus property for sale. An entire circus outfit, 170ft. canvas, dressing tent, seats, jacks, stringers, ring and reserved seat carpets, lights, stake puller, leaping board, curtains, sledges, ropes, wardrobe, etc. This show was called F. G. Moon's Great Eastern Circus, which was attached by me for board, and will be sold at once. Address __ McCune, Choate's Hotel, Chicago. New York Clipper, June 9, 1888, p. 211.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Moon Bros.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, Cly C. Newton, proprietor, 1927.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Moore Bros. - 1887   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1887

    Wanted, for Moore Bros.' Consolidated R. R. Shows, performers in all branches of the circus business, except riders. Musicians that can double in orchestra, bar team who can do a brother act. Sideshow and candy stand privileges for sale. Address Moore Bros., Pine street, Philadelphia, Pa. New York Clipper, February 26, 1887, p. 799.

    Roster of Moore Bros.' New Consolidated Railroad Shows: Frank Corvella, business manager; Harry Courtney, director of amusements; Albert Moore, treasurer; Walter Gibson, talking and singing clown; John Thorn, juggler; Colvella and Courtney, trapeze; Charles Lovell, human corkscrew; Lassard Bros., equilibrists; Alex and ___, horizontal bars; Phil Mills, knockabout clown; Mlle. Aida, flying rings; Marco Sisters, Roman ladders and high wire and Mattie Moore. Will J. Graham is general contracting agent, with two assistants. The tent is a 100ft. round top, with a 40ft. middle piece and 50ft. top for dressing room. This show will travel by rail and use two flats and one stock car, opening about May 16 in Philadelphia. New York Clipper, April 30, 1887, p. 100.

    Will J. Graham has signed with Moore Bros.' Consolidated Railroad Show. New York Clipper, May 7, 1887, p. 119.

    Call, people engaged with Moore Bros.' New Consolidated Railroad Show, will report May 18 at New Egypt, Ocean Co., N.J., for rehearsal. Wanted, man with troupe of trained dogs or ponies. Address Moore Bros., New Egypt, N.J. New York Clipper, May 14, 1887, p. 140.

    Moore Bros. circus is giving performances daily at the corner of Lamberton and Market streets to large audiences. Mr. Frank Corrella(?) is the manager. Trenton Times (Trenton, NJ), June 3, 1887, p. 1.

    The Moore Bros.' Show, now touring Pennsylvania, is meeting with good business, as a letter from agent A. E. Barlow tells us. Billy Robinson, clown, is with the party. New York Clipper, July 2, 1887, p. 242.

    Moore Bros.' Circus is again in trouble. The proprietors have been placed in jail, as reported by our Williamsport (Pa.) representative. J. E. Heath, advance agent, was among those employed with Moore Bros.' Show when it disbanded. New York Clipper, August 30, 1887, p. 386.

    Moore Bros.' Circus is again in trouble. The proprietors have been placed in jail. The following people complain of six weeks' unpaid salaries due from Moore Bros.' Show: Harry Courtney, Mlle. Alda, Thomas Bros., David Lassard, _. G. Rockwell, Frank Leopold, Archie Brown, Arthur Brown and Alfred Page. Their letter states that the show closed without notice Aug. 20 at Jersey Shore, Pa. J. E. Heath, advance agent, was among those employed with Moore Bros.' Show when it disbanded. New York Clipper, September 3, 1887, p. 386.

    Williamsport, Pennsylvania. There must have been a Jonah with Moore Bros.' Circus. They left this city 17 for the Jersey shore, and on the 23d stranded; and on the same date Messrs. A. and D. C. Moore were arrested on the charge of attempting to beat an employe out of his wages. Frank Leopold came to this city 22 and swore out a warrant for the arrest of the proprietors, and a constable brought the prisoners from Jersey shore on the evening train. Leopold claims that the Moore Brothers owe him $70 for unpaid salary. They were committed to jail in deafault of $300. Moore Bros. brought a counter charge against Frank Leopold 23, who was charged with the larceny of a drum. The Recorder rendered his decision and discharged Leopold. Prof. Stoorkey(?), late of the Moore Bros.' Circus, gave tight rope walking exhibitions at Lock Haven 23, 24. New York Clipper, September 3, 1887, p. 390.

Note: This show or people might be found on other pages on this website. Check out    Billboard,    Clipper,   and/or do a   Search

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Moore Bros. - 1919

Information on the 1919 Moore Bros. show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

John W. Moore - 1912, 1923   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1912-1923

1912: J. W. Moore and Sons One-Ring Circus. J. W. Moore, proprietor and manager; J. A. Moore, treasurer and auditor; James Morton Sr., general agent; Omar Henney, local contractor; James Moore Jr., contracting press agent; Joe Buescher, press agent back with show; George Dina Wyns(?), manager sideshow; Studie Boenker, equestrian director; Ed Shotro, general supt.; F. W. White, supt. privileges; Prof. Otto Weymeyer, musical director; Martin Roblfing, supt. reserved seat tickets; Tony Ryan, supt. canvas; Joe Fuerstein, boss hostler; Tate Butch Graupner, supt. commissary dept.; Joe T. Hayden, supt. lights; W. Buenger, supt. properties; John Boenker, supt. ring stock; Mosella O'Banson, supt. stock; Edward Smith, supt. working crew; Crip Smith, supt. elephants; Edward Henny, boss carpenter; Lawrence Nelson, supt. animals; Henry Jordan, blacksmith; F. Theo Graupner, announcer. Show opens at St. Charles, Mo., April 6. Billboard, March 23, 1912, pp. 97-98.

1923: The John W. Moore Indoor Circus (Eastern) is presenting the following program now in Richmond, Va.: The Nelson Family of acrobats of nine people, the three Flying Millers, Mike Cahill, the Act in the Clouds, Aerial Cromwells, LaClete and LaClete, contortionists, Randow Comedy Trio, ___, the head balancer, Ali Ben Hassen Ten Arabs act [missing text] New York Clipper, February 7, 1923, p. 22.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

W. E. Morgan's - 1921-22

1921:

    W. E. Morgan Shows. W. E. Morgan and J. Marsh, proprietors; H. C. Jefferies, manager; Archey Davis, asst. manager, general supt.; May Davis, treasurer; Billie LeDanzel, advance and press agent; Jerry Marsh, manager sideshow; Mrs. Jerry Marsh, supt. reserved seat tickets; Issac (Dad) Spence, supt. canvas; Dewey Mynatt, 24-hour agent; Peter Whittle, blacksmith; two cars. Show opens at Knoxville, Tennessee, March 31. Billboard, March 19, 1921, p. 123.

1922:

    W. E. Morgan's Nickel Plate Wagon Show will take to the road the last of March or early in April and cover the same territory as in former years - Tennessee, Kentucky, Virginia, North Carolina and other Southern States. The big show will have one ring and a stage and the side show will consist of a five-in-one. A new top has been ordered. Billboard, February 25, 1922, p. 78.

    The W. E. Morgan Nickel-Plate Show, now at winter quarters, Knoxvllle, Tenn., will open the last week of this month with a week's stay in Knoxville and then play one-day stands the rest of the season, two shows a day. The outfit will be transported by trucks and wagons. All of tbe people will eat and sleep on the lot. Rasto Daily, blind musician, will be a feature in tbe side-show, Bert Art, in his slide-for-life on a high wire, will be the free attraction. W. E. Morgan, the owner, has returned from a business trip thru the East. Dad Whittle is still making stake rings in the blacksmith shop. Blackie Morgan will have charge of the advance, while Mrs. Morgan will have an important position with the show. — Billy DeDanzal (for the Show). Billboard, March 18, 1922, p. 86.

    W. E. Morgan's Nickel Plate Wagon Show. W. E. Morgan & Ed Disney, proprietors; W. E. Morgan, manager; Mrs. Mae Morgan, treasurer; Billy Ledanzal, general agent; Ben Art, manager side show; E. M. Dailey, musical director; Mrs. W. E. Morgan, superintendent reserved seats; Peter Whittle, blacksmith. Opens at Knoxville, Tenn., in April. Billboard, March 18, 1922, p. 247.

    The W. E. Morgan Nickel Plate One-Ring Circus is in the hills of Virginia. While this little show got a bad start in the early spring on account of much rain and bad roads, business has picked up in the past few weeks. W. E. Morgan, the owner, was taken seriously ill while visiting the Princess Olga Show at Clinton, Tenn. in May and has not been able to be with the show very much the last few weeks. Ed Disney and Bert Avery have been in charge since Manager Morgan's absence. Mr. Disney was painfully, tho not seriously, injured when one of the big top poles fell while being raised at Rose Hill, Va. The pole struck him on the shoulder and foot, but no bones were broken. The owners are planning to take the show to the cotton fields the last of August and stay out all winter in the South. Two new baggage wagons will be added when the show starts on its Southern tour. — Billie Ledanzal (agent for the show). Billboard, July 15, 1922, p. 62.

• W. E. Morgan's Nickle Plate toured in 1925. Bandwagon, July-August, 1985, p. 8.

• W. E. Morgan is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1922; Morgan's Nickle Plate Show, 1925.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Morgan & Terry's - 1886

    Morgan & Terry's Show, which goes into the West Indies in the Fall, has purchased the elegant band chariot that Montgomery & Queen had built in California. The firm is composed of J. T. Morgan of Wichita, Kas., and Col. Robert S. Terry. They are now erecting a ring barn on Mr. Morgan's farm near Wichita, to break stock in. Their canvas comes from Cincinnati, two tents, one 110ft. round top with two 30ft. middle pieces. They have purchased a lot of carnival stuff from New Orleans. New York Clipper, April 24, 1886, p. 85.

    The Morgan & Terry Show for Cuba is a certainty. It goes out the last week in September or first week in October, opening in Wichita, Kas. The first jump is 900 miles. The show sails by steamer from Pensacola, Fla. Sam Rhinehart has been engaged as clown and Lottie Aymar as rider. [Note: the Clipper also listed Lottie Aymar with Dockrill's Circus in 1886.] New York Clipper, July 24, 1886, p. 296.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Morosco's Royal Russian Circus - 1885

    San Francisco, Cal., April 14. Morosco's Royal Russian Circus will appear for the last time in this city April 19 at Woodward's Gardens. New York Clipper, April 18, 1885, p. 70.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Geo. W. Morris' - 1886

    St. Louis, Missouri. Geo. W. Morris' Circus is doing good business in the southwestern part of this city. New York Clipper, July 24, 1886, p. 295.

    Wanted, for Major Morris' Mammoth Show, now exhibiting at St. Louis, performers of every description, except riders; especially gymnasts, jugglers, barrell kickers, rope walkers, troupes of dogs, musicians, etc., for long Southern tour by rail. Privileges for sale. Address Major G. W. Morris, St. Louis, Mo. New York Clipper, August 14, 1886, p. 350.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Morrison's Coliseum - 1879

• 1879, show was owned by Dr. George Morrison of Delavan, Wisconsin. Thayer's Mudshow and Railers, p. 66.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Morrison & Ragland - 1895

    From Morrison & Ragland's United Shows and Trained Animal Exhibition. We began our tour at Omaha, Texas, March 4. We carry a 90ft. round top, a horse tent and a cook tent. C. S. Morrison is manager; W. J. Stevens, treasurer; J. W. Williams, advance agent with four assistants; Prof. W. E. Gaynor, leader of band with eight musicians; Prof. Wooliver(?), leader of orchestra; D. W. Ragland, equestrian director; Geo. Hayes, master of stock; W. B. May, master of canvas. The privileges are run by the management and are under the charge of Luke Ellis, the assistant manager. We have ten wagons, four hacks and fifty-two head of stock. Mr. Morrison has broken two goats, Cordella, the tight rope walking goat, walking a rope at an angle of forty-five degrees to a distance of 60ft., and elevated at 25ft. in the air. Also a somersault goat, Bell, which turns a complete somersault in the air, and a troupe of trained dogs. We are now in Arkansas. New York Clipper, May 18, 1895, p. 163.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Morrow Bros. - 1912-14, 1916   listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses for 1912-16

1912: Morrow Bros.' Show - Link and Scott Morrow, proprietors; Link Morrow, manager; T. Morrow, treasurer; E. w. Beck, general agent and contracting press agent; T. Morrow, press agent back with show; Link Morrow, equestrian director; T. Morrow, supt. privileges; E. Morrow, musical director; M. A. Morrow, supt. reserved tickets; H. A. Weeks, supt. canvas; Wm. (Shorty) Wilson, boss hostler; Mrs. M. S. Morrow, supt. commissary dept.; M. S. Morrow, supt. lights; W. Betts, supt. properties; M. T. Brown, boss carpenter. Show opens at Hesston, Kan., May 1. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

1913: Morrow Bros.' Dog & Pony Show - Link and Scott Morrow, proprietors; Lin Morrow, manager; Scott Morrow, advance agent; T. Morrow, casheir and time keeper; D. Morrow, superintendent reserved seat tickets; M. S. Morrow, superintendent stock; Link Morrow, ringmaster; H. A. Weeks, superintendent ring stock; Walter Whitson, superintendent canvas; Roy McAnally, superintendent lights; William Vaughn, superintendent baggage stock. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

1914: Morrow Bros.' Dog & Pony Show: Link & Scott Morrow, proprietors; Link Morrow, manager; T. Morrow, treasurer; E. Morrow, secretary; M. S. Morrow, general agent; M. A. Morrow, local contractor; L. Morrow, equestrian director; F. M. Allison, supt. canvas; Roy McAnally, boss hostler; Mrs. M. S. Morrow, supt. commissary dept.; Jim VanDusen, supt. lights; Leslie (Fatty) Warren, supt. ring stock; Scott Morrow, supt. working crew. Show opens at Cheeney, Kan., about May 1. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 49.

1916: Morrow Bros.' Show. Link and Scott Morrow, proprietors; Link Morrow, manager, equestrian director & general supt.; M. A. Morrow, treasurer & secretary; Scott Morrow, general agent & local contractor; T. Morrow, supt. privileges; E. Morrow, musical director; R. Johnson, supt. canvas; Raymond A. Jones, boss hostler; Mabel Hamm, supt. commissary dept.; M. S. Morrow, supt. lights; Leslie Warren, supt. ring stock; Tillie Morrow, checker-up; ten wagons. Show opens in Kansas in April. Billboard, March 18, 1916, p. 115.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

James A. Morrow's - 1906   listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses for 1906

    James A. Morrow, who has been associated with Sig. Sautelle and who recently closed with the Cummins' Wild West, is organizing a show at Homer, N.Y. He has purchased a car load of horses, and ordered tents, lights, wagons, etc. The Morrow Show opens at Cortland, N.Y., May 11. Pearl Showel has signed with the Morrow Show, to do her pedestal contortion and Spanish web act. Gus E. Shubert has been engaged as steward with the Morrow show. Billboard, March 31, 1906, pp. 14, 20.

    James A. Morrow promises a unique show Wednesday. The show will be in the form of vaudeville entertainment, presented under a circus tent and embracing some circus features. A big troupe of acrobats and gymnasts and another of educated dogs are among the features. Ithaca Daily News (Ithaca, NY), May 14, 1906, p. 3.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Bob Morton's, 1923, 1925

• Robert H. Morton's is listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1917-1934.

1923:

    Bob Morton will start March 12 at Albuquerque, N. M., with a week stand for Shriners. He has 20 weeks laid out, moving out of exhibition halls under canvas when the weather permits. The route lies through Texas and Louisiana, and then moves West. Morton has been identified with Western territory until this year. In his bill, among others, are the Beckman- Todds, Orville and Frank, and Fisher Sisters. Variety, March 1, 1923, p. 13.

    Bob Morton is operating a bazaar and winter circus through Texas and headed into the Southwest for a Spring and perhaps Summer tour. Variety, April 5, 1923, p. 9.

1925:

    Bob Morton's circus made an eight-day stand in West Palm Beach for the police pension fund for good returns last week. Variety, February 16, 1925, p. 44.

    Bob Morton's, Hutchinson, Kans., 15-20. Variety, June 17, 1925, p. 45.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Moscow Circus - 1979, 1997

1979: In 1979 the Moscow Circus was promoted by Carlos Vasques, a South American, and managed by Arthur M. Concello. The show opened a US tour in Puerto Rico, then went to the mainland on March 8 to play dates in Texas, Oklahoma, Colorado, Tennessee, Alabama and Georgia. Its final stand was in Georgia, May 23-27. Bandwagon, January-February, 1980, p. 18.

1997: After touring for a number of years, the show opened in early in March in Orlando, Florida, produced by Alex Valdez. Attendance was weak and the show closed early in May. Bandwagon, March-April, 1998, p. 12.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, in USA, 1963, 1972, 1977, 1979, 1988-1991, 1994, 1996, 1997.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Mott & Company's - 1856

    Austin, Texas, Mott & Company's Circus. Benefit of Mr. B. Stevens. The public of Austin is respectfully informed that Mr. B. Stevens of Mott & co.'s circus, will take a benefit on Wednesday, Jan. 9th. [January 9, 1856.] Complimentary benefit to W. H. Stout, by the citizens of Austin, Thursday night, February 28, 1856. Wm. H. Stout, equestrian and manager of Mott & co.'s S. W. Circus, was stranded in Austin. Southwestern Historical Quarterly, July 1944 - April, 1945, p. 374

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Moyer Bros.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, Geo. C. Moyer, proprietor, 1913.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Zack Mulhall's Wild West

Col. Zack Mulhall on his horse Olive Bell leading his Cowboy Band at New York City October 1907. His show was called both Col. Zack Mulhall's Wild West Show and Col. Zack Mulhall's Congress of Rough Riders and Ropers. His daughter Lucille was on the show and took it out at least one season.
    Zack Mulhall (1847-1931) was a circus and wild west showman, a pioneer frontiersman, local mayor, Presidential friend, railroad stock agent, and rancher. He may have been born as Zack Vandiveer, with his parents dying while he was quite young. It appears he was adopted from a convent by other family members and given their last name of Mulhall. In 1889 he participated in the “Last Run” of the Opening of the Oklahoma Territority and claimed 140 acres. This humble small ranch would grow to encompass 80,000 acres. Zack moved his family (wife + 2 daughters, later a son) on to the small ranch. In 1890, the people of the ranch town then called Alfred successfully petitioned to change the name to Mulhall, and Zack was elected its Mayor in 1890. The girls were sent to a Catholic school in the near by Territorial Capital of Guthrie. His daughter Lucille showed great talents with roping and horsemanship. The mayor of Guthrie asked Zack to put on a western show featuring his daughters Lucille (age 13) and Agnes (aka Bossie), and some of his cowboys for visiting officials. The first show was in 1899 and put on under the title of Zack Mulhall’s Congress of Rough Riders and Ropers. This show is usually credited in circus circles with being out from 1900 to 1915. I have also seen the title listed as Zack Mulhall’s Wild West Show, which may or may not have been a formal title. Zack and Lucille had close personal ties with Teddy Roosevelt, beginning back when the was running for Vice President and continuing beyond the end of Mulhall’s show, so I tend to think the correct title for the entire life of the show was Congress of Rough Riders and Ropers. Lucille Mulhall is perhaps the greatest woman in rodeo. She was World Champion Roper, when the competition included both men and women, not a separate bracket for men and one for women as it does today. The newspapers (especially in New York) had difficulty fully describing this small young woman from Oklahoma, so the term “Cowgirl” was coined to describe Lucille. She is also credited with taking the Mulhall show on the road when Zack was laid up with medical maladies. The show’s Cowboy Band was active at least as early as July 1903 as documented by the Guthrie newspaper article mentioning a show put on by the band to promote the Oklahoma exhibit to be at the 1904 World’s Fair. The show's big break did come when it performed at the Saint Louis World’s Fair of 1904. Lucille was a feature act, but appearing with her on the show was the young trick roper “the Cherokee Kid”, who was later known by his real name of Will Rogers. Tom Mix is also attributed to the show, but I can’t confirm that he appeared. What is recorded is that Zack met Tom Mix as he worked as a bartender in Oklahoma City. Tom Mix was a frequent visitor to the ranch and was friends with both Zack and his son Charlie. Photo and above information courtesy of Chuck Finley

1910

    Articles of incorporation were filed in St. Louis, March 2, for the Mulhall Wild West Show Co. Zack Mulhall, of Mulhall, Oklahoma, 1 share; George Mulhall, 49 shares; Charles Mathes, 49 shares, and Morris Tucker, 1 share. Capital stock, $10,000, fully paid. Billboard, March 12, 1910, p. 18.

    April 7, in the St. Louis Coliseum, before an audience of 8,000 people, James Gabriel, arena director, started the first performance of the Mulhall Wild West Show, and with a company of one hundred performers, gave an exhibition that pleased. There are eighteen numbers to the program, and each act shows the full skill of the participant. The features of the performance were the acts by Lucille Mulhall, J. Allison Carroll, Charles Mulhall, Tom Mix and Helen Gabriel. . . . The show will remain all week and will next visit Kansas City, then on to Chicago before taking the road for an extended season. . . . Billboard, April 16, 1910, p. 20.

    Chicago, May 2. On Thursday, May 5, the Mlulhall Wild West Show will open for a ten days' engagement at the Coliseum, Chicago, with its array of thrilling features and exhibitions of rough riding. A Mexican bull fight will be the headline attraction, while Lucille Mulhall, champion horse woman; Mildred Mulhall, child equestrienne; Georgie Mulhall, a daring young rider and roper; Charlie Mulhall, broncho buster, and Helen Gabriel will be the other star features. . . . Although Ringling Bros., with their monstrous outfit only left us on Tuesday last, there remains enough circus hungry Chicagoans to fill the east Coliseum at every performance of this Wild West show, which is giving a true interpretation of wild west life. Not only this, but the previous engagement of Ringling Brothers only served to whet the appetile of Chicago's populace for more circus and feats of a thrilling nature. Billboard, May 7, 1910, p. 28.

    Chicago, May 9. Jim Gabriel, the well known wild west showman, was in Chicago last week and make known the fact that he is in no manner connected with the Mulhall Show, which opened last week at the Coliseum. Also that his talented young daughter has severed her connection with that aggregation. Jim whipped the Mulhall outfit into shape in St. Louis, Kansas City, ST. Joe and Des Moines, and enabled them to put on an excellent performance. Since then, however, and taking the Chicago engagement as a criterion, the Mulhall Wild West Show is much better in name than in fact. The business during the Chicago stand has been according to what is given to the public, which is below par. Billboard, May 14, 1910, p. 20.

    Chicago, May 25. Mulhalls' Wild West show is tied up here by writs of attachment filed by unsatisfied creditors following a three-weeks' engagement at the Coliseum, which closed Sunday night. The original engagement was for ten days. Attendance was slim and the outfit lost much money. It is said the Coliseum management played the outfit an additional week on percentage in the hope that Col. Zack Mulhall might recoup and be able to continue on his tour. The plan did not work out successfully, and the show to all purposes is out of commission. Landlord McCune of the City Hotel has filed an additional claim of $500, and it is expected that other creditors will file demands. Col. Zack is at the Southern Hotel. He declared to a Variety representative that he would remain in Chicago until his financial affairs were straightened out, and would then take to the road again with the outfit. Since there is no traveling equipment with the show and no exhibition tent, it is difficult to understand how the Colonel proposes to carry out this plan. Show people were amazed at the daring of the small show coming into the Coliseum shortly after the Ringling Bros.' Circus vacated the big amusement place, and it was freely prophesied that it would meet with a hard time. Variety, May 28, 1910, p. 11.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Mullen & Quinette - 1892-94

1892:

    W. H. Quinnett, general manager of Mullen's Railroad Show and Quinnett's Free Museum, writes that extra preparations are being made for their next season's tour, opening in May. The show will be equipped with new ___ and paraphernalia throughout, and the roster will number nearly half a hundred people. New York Clipper, November 26, 1892, p. 602.

    Wanted, for the enlargement of the Mullen & Quinett's Shows, for the season of '93, boss canvas man, chandelier man. Wanted to buy, three performing ponies, troupe of five or six dogs, or will engage a man with ponies and dogs. A leader of band, a man that can direct a band of 14(?) pieces, and musicians and performers of all kinds except riders. We have our own cars and stop at hotels. Address W. H. Quinett, No. ___ Franklin Avenue, St. Louis, Mo. New York Clipper, December 17, 1892, p. 665.

1893:

    The following people have signed with the Mullen & Quinnett Show: . . . Metcalfe and Norton, Joseph Tritch, John Fillier, Flo.(?) Tritch . . . the Anderson Bros., Prof. John M. Williams and his dog circus games, Wing . . . and Chas. Halters' band. New York Clipper, January 7, 1893, p. 702.

    Prof. Chas. Hacker's band has signed with Mullens & Quinnett's Big Show. Tony F. Loss(Loes?) and the Gaylors have been engaged with the same show. Frank B. Hubin will have charge of the museum. W. H. Quinnett is breaking a donkey for a clown act. S. W. Chandler has been engaged as boss canvas man. New York Clipper, January 21, 1893, p. 734.

    The Zoyarows(?), Robert and Millie, aerialists, has [sic] signed with Mullen & Quinnett's Railroad Show. New York Clipper, February 11, 1893, p. 784.

    Wanted, for Mullen's Big 10c and 20c Railroad Show and Quinnet's Grand Free Museum, W. Mullen and W. H. Quinnett, managers, a magician and Punch and Judy performer, man that can talk on street and big show. Also lady snake charmer with snakes, birds and monkeys and a man that can play bass drum by note and work in concert. Will engage or buy two or more performing ponies. Address W. H. Quinnett, ___ Franklin Avenue, St. Louis, Mo. New York Clipper, February 11, 1893, p. 797.

    Wanted, a complete band with Mullen's Railroad Circus, one clarionet and cornet player, B flat preferred. . . . New York Clipper, February 18, 1893, p. 812.

    Edwardsville. We are going to have two circuses in town next month. Mullen's circus will organize here on the 2d of may, and practice daily until the 11th of May, when they will open the season here. Mr. Mullen enlisted in Edwardsville in Co. K., 10th Ill. Infantry. He should have good audiences from his old neighbors. Then Zelle Bros.' circus will be here about the 22d of May. Alton Weekly Telegraph (Alton, IL), April 27, 1893.

    C.(?) E. Chamberlain and wife and Capt. Chas. Grapes(?) have been engaged for Mullen & Quinnett's Show. New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 2.

    The Moncayo Family have left the Hall Show and joined Mullen's Railroad Shows. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.

    On the road, circuses: Mullen & Quinnett's, Louisville, IL(?) May 31, Flora June 1, Clay City 2, Olney 3, Sumner 5, Lawrenceville 6. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.

    The complete roster of Mullen's Rail Road Shows and Quinnett's Grand Free Museums is: W. H. Quinnette, F.(?) S. Moncayo . . . Prof. W. R. Jones, E. A. Ryan, Harry Franklin . . . Frank Quinnett, Mrs. Myrtle Mullen, Mrs. Etha Moncayo, Lulu Moncayo . . . Prof. Chas. Hacker, Andy Kilbourn, George Reigler, Phil Kadel . . . Chas. Starkey . . . Harry Hatton, W. R. Potter . . . New York Clipper, June 17, 1893, p. 230.

    Wanted, one more cornet player, for Prof. Hacker's Band with Mullen's R. R. Shows. Would like to hear from musicians of all kind. Work the year around for the right parties, long season. Chas. Hacker, care of Mullen's R. R. Circus, Worthington, Ind. June 19, Clay City, Ind. June 20, Brazil, Ind., June 21-22. New York Clipper, June 17, 1893, p. 244.

    On the road, circuses: Mullen's, Bedford IN July 6, Mitchell 6, Brownstown 7, Seymour 8, Columbus 10, Hope 11. New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 281.

    On the road, circuses: Mullen's, Hope IN July 12, Greensburg 13, Rushville 14 . . . Cambridge City 17, Hagerstown 18, New Castle 19, Lynn 29 . . . Ridgeville 22. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 296.

    After Aug. 1 Mullen's Circus will be changed from a ten and twenty cent show into a twenty five cent show. The advance in the schedule of prices of admission is due to an increase(?) in the rolling stock and roster. New York Clipper, July 22, 1893, p. 312.

    On the road, circuses: Mullen's, Hartford IN July 26, Montpelier 27 . . . Warren 29, Marion 31. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 329.

    On the road, circuses: Mullen's, Russiaville(?) IN Aug 2, Frankfort 3, Delphi 4, Monticello 5 . . . New York Clipper, August 5, 1893, p. 347.

    Mullin's Twenty-Five Cent Railroad Show is now in its third week at a quarter admission charge, and reports good business. The show will go South and reach its old winter quarters about Christmas. New York Clipper, August 19, 1893, p. 378.

    Wanted, for Mullen's Big 25cts. R. R. Shows, sideshow man, or lady and gentleman, one that can do Punch and Judy . . . lady, for snake charmer with her own snakes, also people for the ring, for all kinds of work, to strengthen show. Address per route: Hoopston, Ill. Aug. 15(?), Paxton, Ill. Aug 16(?) . . . El Paso, Ill. Aug. 21. New York Clipper, August 19, 1893, p. 388.

    On the road, circuses: Mullen's, Kahoka MO Aug 31, Memphis 31, Lancaster Sep 1, Glenwood 2, Kirksville 4, La Plata(?) 5, Bucklin 4. New York Clipper, September 2, 1893, p. 413.

    On the road, circuses: Mullens', St. Louis MO Sep 2?-Oct 14. New York Clipper, September 30, 1893, p. 479.

    Notes from Mullen's Shows. After a season of nineteen weeks on the road the Mullen Circus is now in St. Louis, where it will stay until cold weather drives them in. The show has been a success and will be put on the road next season with five cars and one advance car, making the largest show on the road for ten and twenty cents. Since reaching St. Louis S.R.O. has been displayed at each performance. The show will close about Oct. 14. Following is the roster: M. Mullen, sole proprietor and manager; W. H. Quinnett, assistant manager; Prof. Chas. Hacker, musical director with fifteen men . . . Harry Sweet, boss canvasman with twenty men; Joe Palmer, boss property man and four men; Frank Shepard, chandelier man . . . Pat Mullen, door keeper; Mrs. Mullen, charge of reserved seats . . . Prof. Wormwood with his troupe of educated dogs, monkeys and cats; Joseph Oatman and his troupe of five horses; Andy Kilburn, Geo. Ringler . . . Chas. Stardey, Manford Miller, F. C. Tuller, Harry Hatton, Walter Potter . . . Henry Runge, Tony F. Loos, W. H. Quinnett, J. M. Tritch, Mrs. J. M. Tritch, Pete Hoddy, Doc Hoddy, Jennie Hoddy, Frank Quinnett, James Farnham . . . ?. H. Franklin, Boots(?) Tritch, Geo. A. Curry and Mrs. Joseph Oatman. New York Clipper, September 30, 1893, p. 483.

    Notes from Mullen's Circus. Everything is going along nicely, and business has been larger than expected. The additions for this week are the Hudson Bros., Prof. W. W. Florence, Geo. Adams, Andy Rose . . . Ed. Andrews . . . J. C. McKenzie, and DeAlma and Rogers. The dressing room has been enlarged to a 70ft. top with 2?ft. middle piece. New York Clipper, October 7, 1893, p. 499.

• Brief information on the 1893 Mullen's show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1994, Vol. 38, No. 3, p. 37.

1894:

    W. H. Quinnett has signed with G. ?. La Pearl's Big Railroad Show as railroad contractor and general agent. He will make his headquarters at Danville after Jan. 25. New York Clipper, January 20, 1894, p. 735.

    The Mullen's Big Railroad Show will open in St. Louis, Mo., on or about June 1. We will use a 100(?)ft. top, with a ?0ft. middle piece, ___ ft. horse tent, carrying eighteen ponies, four large draught horses, one donkey and Prof. Chas. Everton's troupe of dogs, fifty(?) in number. The show will travel by rail, carrying three cars, one sleeper, one combination stock car and a 80(?)ft. flat, two large wagons, one band wagon and one ticket wagon. Everything will be new. The show will have Prof. Henderson's band of sixteen pieces. Nat Comstock has secured all privileges and will make outside ascensions daily. New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 133.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Munson & Co. - 1892

    Wanted, for Munson & Co.'s 15 and 25 Cent Circus, musicians, B-flat cornet, tuba and tenor. Also specialty people who do two or more turns. Those who can work in concert or double in brass given preference. We work all winter, boat show, but work under canvas. Address Ernest Haag, Shreveport, La., care of Munson & Co. Circus. Write quick. New York Clipper, November 12, 1892, p. 583.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Murillo's - 1883

    Signor Murillo's Mexican Circus is now astonishing the people of Clifton and Lordsburg. The Mexican circus will be back in Las Cruces for the 4th of July. There was a report in this city that the Signor had met with a fatal accident in Silver City. Rio Grande Republican (Las Cruces, NM), June 30, 1883, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Murphy & Hickey - 1898

    Roster of the Murphy & Hickey Wagon Show. Murphy & Hickey, sole owners; Geo. Lynskey, business manager; John McCaffrey, secretary; Pink Crogan, boss canvasman; Mike Slaen, boss hostler; Sol Thomas, chef; Henry Leonhart, equestrian director; A. P. Martin, bounding rope; A. Heatherington, band director; Bernard Bros., barrel jumpers; Prof. Sam Stricklin and troupe of educated dogs; Little Snow, contortionist; Jane Howell, bareback rider; Jess Bowles, aerial act; Eva Williams, lady clown; Millie Martin, high diver; James Eberts, high wire; Rolla Bros., horizontal bars; Meade Hastings, slide for life; Phil Branan, advance scout; Prof. Reece Rosser, strong man; B. Collins, talking clown; Prof. Amos Sheppard, troupe of educated goats; Smith Brothers, ladder act; Maggie Tross, snake charmer; John Maule, steward; The show opened at Bellaire, Ohio, April 28. New York Clipper, April 23, 1898, p. 128.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Murphy's Dog & Pony Show - 1917

    The coming season will find the Murphy Dog & Pony Show much larger than heretofore. There will be twelve head of ponies, thirty dogs, twenty monkeys and fifteen people, together with an eight piece band. Manager W. R. Murphy has just made a flying trip to Kansas City where he purchased a new eighty foot top, with one thirty middle piece. F. H. Walden has been re-engaged to handle the advance, while Prof. Fern Hall will look after the musical end of the show. The outfit will travel on three trucks and make one and two-day stands through Illinois, Indiana, Iowa and Minnesota. After at tour through Oklahoma and Arkansas, Mr. Murphy closed the show at Bentonville, Arkansas, and shipped it at once to Greenfield, Missouri, where he is now busily engaged breaking new stock. Billboard, March 24, 1917, n.p.n.

• Brief information on the 1917 Murphy's Dog & Pony show, W. R. Murphy, owner, is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1963 (scroll down or use find).

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

John H. Murray's - 1873-79, 1880-81   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1872-1881

1873:

    For John H. Murray's Circus the coming season, the following have been engaged: Leopold Brothers, gymnasts and acrobats, now performing at Hengler's Circus, London, Eng.; Wooda Cook, rider . . . Charles Day, press agent. New York Clipper, February 8, 1873, p. 359.

    George H. Adams has been secured by John H. Murray for the tenting season of 1873. New York Clipper, February 22, 1873, p. 375.

    John H. Murray's Railroad Circus is to commence its tenting season at Newark, N.J., April 12, performing there the 14th, and at Orange on the 15th. New York Clipper, April 12, 1873, p. 15.

    John H. Murray's Great Railroad Circus organized at Newark, N.J. A process is to be given daily, in which the entire company will participate, led by O. P. Perry's silver cornet band, sixteen in number, attired in the uniforms of the Royal Prussian Huzzars, borne in a golden chariot, drawn by twenty blooded Arabian horses, trained by Mons. J. H. Paul, followed by a fairy phaeton, drawn by sixteen of the smallest Shetland ponies, driven by the boy whip Master Ashley Lasher. John Henry Cooke will perform a new equestrian act, during which he will, without the aid of mechanical appliance, or the use of hands, repeatedly leap from the ground to the back of the running horse, coursing at full speed, and alight erect upon the animal's back. Riders: John Henry Cooke, little Tennie Cooke, Master Lester Cooke, Wooda Cooke, Mlle. Jeannette . . . Clowns, Tom Barry, George Dunbar, Burdeau, George Adams and Frank Donaldson. Gymnasts, tumblers and leapers, the Brothers Leopold, John, William and Frederick; Wash Antonio, Eugene Leech, Charles Ellis, Burdeau, Frank Donaldson, George Dunbar and Tom Barry. Trapeze, Millie Turnour. John H. Murray, sole proprietor and equestrian director; general agent, M. Coyle; treasurer, Louis A. Zwisler(?); advertising agent, Wm. Irving; press agent, Charles H. Day; master of canvas, Charles Ricker; master of horse, J. M. Paul; leader of band, Oscar Perry . . . New York Clipper, April 19, 1873, Supplement, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] John H. Murray's Great Railroad Circus (Formerly Stone & Murray's), will exhibit in Boston, five days only, commencing Monday, June 9th, on the fair grounds, Harrison avenue and Newton street. Including John Henry Cooke, Wooda Cooke, Mlle Jeanette, Senorita Millie Tournour, the five clowns - Tom Barry, George Dunbar, Burdeau, George H. Adams and Frank Donaldson. The brothers Leopold, and a corps of fifty auxiliaries. The afternoon performances terminate with the farce of the "Clown's Cavalry." Every night the equestrian drama entitle "Dick Turpin's Ride to York and the Death of Black Bess," requiring in its rendition the double equestrian and dramatic companies. Doors open at 1 and 7 o'clock p.m., commencing one hour later. Admission 50 cents, children under 10 years, 25 cents. Polite ushers in attendance, and choice seats reserved for ladies and family parties. Will also appear in South Boston, Saturday, June 14. Boston Daily Globe (MA), June 4, 1873, p. 1.

    John H. Murray's Circus pitched their tent in East Bridgeport, Conn., May 7. John Henry Cooke's bareback riding and Wooda Cooke's pad-riding were the best ever witnessed. New York Clipper, May 17, 1873, p. 55.

    J. H. Murray's Railroad Circus, after performing in some of the towns of Massachusetts, will make a tour of Maine and the British Provinces. New York Clipper, May 31, 1873, p. 71.

    John H. Murray's Circus closed its season at Newark, N.J., Oct 11. New York Clipper, October 18, 1873, p. 231.

1874:

    J. H. Murray's Circus makes its first stand at Newark, N.J., April 6, 7. C. A. Potter left Richmond, Va., March 27, to join the advance of Murray's Circus. John Cottrell, William Fredricks, Mlle. Louise and Mlle. Emma arrived in New York by the steamship City of Brooklyn on March 26, to join John H. Murray's Circus for the coming season. Mr. Fredericks brings with him his trained goat Pete. Wooda Cook and Millie Turnour join Murray's Circus. New York Clipper, April 4, 1874, p. 7.

    John H. Murray's Great Railroad Circus. Proprietor, manager and equestrian director, John H. Murray; general agent, M. Coyle; advertising agent, William Irving; press agent, Charles H. Day; programme agent, C. A. Potter; chief billposter, James Baker; assistant, George Miller; treasurer, Isaac Smith; assistant treasurer, layer-out and director of street parade, William Day; . . . master of canvas, W. Healey; master of horse, J. H. Paul. Clowns, Tom Barry; John Cottrell, from Hengler's Grand Cirque, London, first appearance in America; Almonte, and Shed and John Le Claire. Riders, Wm. Fredericks, from London, Eng., first appearance in America; Wooda Cook, somersault equestrian; James E. Cooke, six-horse rider; Mlle. Louise, equestrienne, from London, Eng., first appearance in America; Mlle. Emma, from London, Eng., first appearance in America, Millie Tournour. Acrobats, leapers and tumblers, Kit Carson, Eugene Leech, Charles H. Ellis, John Smith, Shed and John Le Claire; Wooda Cook, Fredericks, Conttrell, Barry, Almonte and Cooke. Specialists, Millie Tournour, trapeze; John Le Claire, antipodean feats upon bottles and chairs; Shed Le Claire, trapeze act, finishing with a flight through balloons. . . . Proprietor of concert and sideshow, J. Shelly. Performers in concert, Ida Madigan, Daly Brothers . . . Winter quarters, A. Cook's farm, Newtown, L.I., Commenced its eleventh annual tour at Newark, N.J., April 6. . . . New York Clipper, April 18, 1874, Supplement, n.p.n.

    John H. Murray's Circus showed at Providence, R.I., May 12, 13, to large business the first, and fair business the second day. New York Clipper, May 23, 1874, p. 63.

    [Advertisement] John H. Murray's Great Railroad Circus, eleventh annual tour. Will exhibit at Fitchburg, Monday, June 22d, 1874. European celebrities from Hengler's Cirque, London: Mlle. Louise, equestrienne, Mlle Emma, equestrienne, Wm. Fredericks, bareback rider and the "bounding jockey," John Cottrell, trick clown, globe runner, Almonte, the children's clown. Re-engagement of Senorita Millie Tournour, equestrian and "queen of the air," Wooda Cook, somersault rider, James E. Cooke, in the role of "Dick Turpin" and his six horse act, Tom Barry, clown.
    Leclaire Brothers, grotesque clown. Mr. Shed LeClaire, trapeze act, terminating with a flight through balloons. Mr. John LeClaire, feats upon pyramids of bottles, chairs, etc. Kit Carson, Eugene Leech, Chas. Ellis, Original John Smith, Frederis, Cottrell, Cooke, Barry in exciting leaps. Fifty trick horses, including Black Eagle and Black Bess. Four funny mules. Wm. Fredericks will introduce his performing goat Pete, in an act entitled "The Clown and the Goat."
    Every afternoon, afterpiece entitled the Clown's Omnibus, or fun for everybody. Every night the amusements will terminate with the equestrian romance dramitized from Ainsworth's idyl, entitled Dick Turpin's Ride to York. Dick Turpin, James E. Cooke; Tom King, John H. Murray. Supported by the whole company. Music by Menter's Band, Almon Edgar Menter, conductor. Free pageant in the streets every day at 10 o'clock a.m., prominent feature the Great Golden Car 'Triumph,' bearing Menter's Band, richly uniformed, drawn by 18 Arabian steeds, reined by Mons. J. H. Paul. The Fairy Pheaton drawn by eighteen Shetland ponies, driven by Master James Barraclough. Admission 50 cents. Charles H. Day, director of publications. Also at Athol, June 20th. Ayer, June 23d. Fitchburg Sentinel (MA), June 17, 1874, p. 1.

1875:

    John H. Murray, during his European tour, engaged the following artists, who will shortly arrive in this city: Hubert Cooke, equestrian, late of Batty's Royal Circus; Prof. Leon and pupils, in Risley performances; Mlle. Adelaide, equestrienne, whimsical walker and clown, from Adams' Circus; Messrs. Faust and Henry, gymnasts and acrobats; Clifford Leoper, acrobat and vaulter; Tom Barry, clown; Wooda Cook and Millie Turnour, who have been at Hengler's during the Winter will return. Eugene Leech, gymnast has re-engaged with John H. Murray's Railroad Circus. Charles H. Day has been engaged as contracting and press agent for John H. Murray's, his fourth season in that capacity. New York Clipper, March 6, 1875, p. 391.

    John Cottrell, performer on the running globe, and Mlle. Louise Cottrell, bareback equestrienne, now performing at Hengler's Grand Cirque, England, will join John H. Murray's Great Railroad Circus. C. A. Potter, programme agent with John H. Murray's Circus the past season, has been re-engaged for the coming season. A. E. Menter leads Murray's Circus band the coming season. The entire privileges with John H. Murray's Circus have been purchased by George Zebold, who will be assisted in the management by J. Charles Davis. New York Clipper, March 13, 1875, p. 399.

    James E. Cooke has been re-engaged by John H. Murray for the title role in the equestrian drama of "Dick Turpin."New York Clipper, April 3, 1875, p. 7.

    John H. Murray's Great Railroad Circus. Proprietor, manager and equestrian director, John H. Murray; general agent, M. Coyle; press agent, Chas. H. Day; advertising agent, Wm. S. Irvins; programme agent, C. A. Potter; chief billposter, Wm. Remington; treasurer, Will Ford; leader of band, A. R. Menter; master of canvas, Wm. Graham; master of transportation . . . Clowns, Tom Barry, "Whimsical" Walker from Adams' Circus, England, first appearance in America, Signor Cottrell. Riders, Mlle. Louise Cottrell, bareback rider; Mlle. Adelaide, from Batty's Royal Circus, England, first appearance in America; Mlle. Turonour, James E. Cooke, six-horse rider; Wooda Cook, somerset rider. Gymnasts, acrobats, leapers and tumblers, Prof. Leon and three sons, Eugene Leech and Clifford Leopar. Number of tents used, one; men employed, 100. Proprietor of concert, sideshow and candy privileges, Geo. W. Leabold. Winter quarters, Holmdel, N.J., training quarters, Cooke's Train Meadows Farm, Newtown, L.I. A feature of the procession will be the car of "Triumph," drawn by eighteen horses, driven by Mons. J. H. Paul, and sixteen horse Shetland team. . . . New York Clipper, April 17, 1875, supplement, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] John H. Murray's Great Railroad Circus. Established 1864. Twelfth annual tour. Will exhibit in Newport, Wednesday, May 5. Hubert Cooke, first appearance in America (from Batty's Royal Circus), will appear in "The English Jockey." M'lle Adelaide, equestrienne. Whimsical Walker, trick clown and grotesque and M'lle Eva, tight rope artist (both from Adam's English Circus). Prof. Leon and three sons, Edward, Alfred and Joseph, gymnastic and acrobatic acts. Hector & Faue, feats of the gymnasium. Wooda Cook, somersault rider. M'lle Louise Cottrell performing on a naked horse and lady rider on the pad. Tom Barry, clown and vocalist. Senorita Millie Turnour, equestrienne. Signor Cottrell, trick clown and rolling globe. James E. Cooke, 6 horse rider, equestrian drama "Dick Turpin." Participants in athletic trials of skill, Eugene Leach, Clifford Leopar, Cookes, Hector, Faue, Cooke, Cottrell, Walker, and auxiliaries.
    Fifteen trick horses including Marvel, Black Prince, and Black Bess. Four funny mules, Brete Harte, Petroleum V. Nasby, Mark Twain and Josh Billings. Every afternoon, laughable afterpiece entitled Johnny & his Papa; or the First Riding Lesson. Dick Turpin's Rice to York, Dick Turpin - James E. Cooke; Tom King - John H. Murray; Black Bess. Supported by the entire company.
    Music by Menter's Band, Almon Edgar Menter, conductor. Free pageant in the streets every day at 10 o'clock a.m., features of which are The Great Golden Car "Triumph," bearing Menter's band, richly uniformed, drawn by eighteen Arabian steeds, reined by Mons. J. H. Paul. The Fairy Phaeton, drawn by eighteen Shetland ponies. Doors opne at 1 and 7 p.m. Commencing at 2 and 8. Admission 50 cents, children under 10 years, 25 cents. Chairs, 75 cents. Charles H. Day, director of publications. Newport Daily News (RI), May 3, 1875, n.p.n.

1876:

    Hiram Marks and family will travel with John H. Murray's Circus next season. New York Clipper, February 19, 1876, p. 375.

    Murray's Grand Circus. John H. Murray, sole proprietor and manager. Now performing at the Brooklyn Rink. Chas. W. Fish, equestrian, champion bareback and hurdle rider. 100 circus performers. A triple aggregation, comprising circus, pantomime and tragedy. Claude De Haven, agent. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, April 22, 1876, p. 27.

    John H. Murray's Circus began a brief season of two weeks on Eighth avenue. [New York City] The performance opened with equestrian manoeuvres, after which Prof. Leon displayed his skill in balancing a large cross, and causing it to revolve and assume numerous positions, using his feet along as the motive power. Master Willie Marks displayed skill in a leaping act on a bareback horse, and during his intervals of rest, Tom Barry the clown kept the audience in humor with his comical sayings and oddities, and at the conclusion of the act favored the audience with a number of songs. The male members of the company performed a series of acrobatic feats, and afterwards Charles W. Fish made his appearance, a highly finished equestrian, with his backward and forward somersaults and pirouettes. Near the close of the entertainment he rode a "bounding jockey" act, with leaps from the arena to the back of his horse (going at full speed) and alighting on his feet. During Mr. Fish's first act, "Whimsical" Walker officiated as clown. He also gave a stilt act. Prof. Parker introduced his troupe of trained dogs. Miss Minnie Marks rode a principal act, and her leaps over banners and through balloons. Prof. Leon and his three diminutive pupils gave a series of difficult acrobatic feate. John H. Murray acted as ringmaster the entire evening, and introduced his trained horse, "Black Eagle." The performance closed with a pantomime called "Love in a Tub." The circus starts on a tour May 8. New York Clipper, May 6, 1876, p. 46.

    John H. Murray pitches canvas in Fredericton, N. B., July 17, St. John, N. B., 18. This is the third time they have changed their dates. New York Clipper, July 15, 1876, p. 127.

    Wooda Cook, somersault rider, joined John H. Murray's Circus in Halifax, N.S. New York Clipper, August 19, 1876, p. 167.

    John H. Murray's Circus is to commence a season at the foot of Houston street, near the East River [New York City] Sept. 21. The chief attractions will be Wooda Cook, Prof. Parker and his trained dogs, Fred Runnels, George Francis, Eugene Leach, James Donovan, Tom Barry, "Whimsical" Walker, William Marks, Charles H. Adams, Mlle. Eya and the Misses Minnie and Sallie Marks. New York Clipper, September 23, 1876, p. 206.

1877:

    John H. Murray's Circus sailed from New York City, Nov. 6, 1876, and the first port they made was Hamilton, B.I.; next Somerset, then New Barbadoes, where Howes & Cushing's Circus had arrived two days before them. They then went to Trinidad, Port of Spain, and did a good business. They had encountered some very bad weather. They expect to return here about March 1. New York Clipper, January 27, 1877, p. 351.

    Sideshow attractions wanted with Jno. H. Murray's Circus. No heavy props or cumbersome effects. Address Hagar & Sanderson, Olympic Theater, New York. Also wanted to purchase or rent, small canvas, complete. [Advertisment] New York Clipper, April 21, 1877, p. 27.

    John H. Murray's Circus will commence a season in this city [New York] on April 30, exhibiting at the front of Houston street, East River. New York Clipper, April 28, 1877, p. 38.

    John H. Murray's Great Circus: John H. Murray, sole proprietor; M. Coyle, general agent; F. A. Potter, assistant agent. Clowns: "Grimaldi," Tom Barry and Signor Caselin(?). Company: Annie Carroll, bareback rider; C. R. Lowery, hurdle rider; the Morosco Family, acrobats, four in number; S. W. Carroll, two and four horse rider; King Sarbro, tight rope performer. Features of show are Mr. Murray's troupe of educated stallions, a ballet pantomime in the afternoon, and dramatic spectacle of "King George and the Dragon" in the evening, a troupe of Arab tumblers and leapers. Their first stand out of New York is Providence, R.I., shipping direct to that point. New York Clipper, April 28, 1877, p. 39.

    John H. Murray's Circus. Harry Sanderson is now the press agent, and C. A. Potter the agent. New York Clipper, June 23, 1877, p. 102.

    C. A. Potter has succeeded Harry Sanderson as press agent of Murray's Circus. New York Clipper, August 11, 1877, p. 159.

    George H. Murray is now programmer of John H. Murray's Circus. New York Clipper, September 8, 1877, p. 191.

    John H. Murray's Circus closed the season in New Rochelle Sept. 25, with considerable money due each one of the company and attaches. The latter were notified to meet at Bull's Head Hotel 27, in this city, to be paid off, but upon their meeting they were informed that the manager had no money to pay them. Business was bad during the entire season. New York Clipper, October 6, 1877, p. 223.

    John H. Murray is to shortly take a circus company to the West Indies, Cuba and South America. New York Clipper, November 24, 1877, p. 279.

1878:

    John H. Murray, circus manager, was adjudged a voluntary bankrupt by Register Allen, in this city [New York], during the past week. His indeptedness is stated as being $47,732.61(?), of which $28,657.87 is due James Murray; $12,400.92(?) to the late Samuel Booth Jr. for printing; $897.05 to the Buffalo Courier Company for printing; $997.81(?) to W. B. Carroll, rider; $__ to ?. Marks, clown; and the assets are valued at about $___. New York Clipper, February 2, 1878, p. 359.

    Will H. Stowe has joined John H. Murray's Circus, which is exhibiting in New England. New York Clipper, June 1, 1878, p. 79.

    [Advertisement] J. H. Murray's Grand Circus, Bangor, June 8th. Miss Lizzie Marcellas, equestrienne. James Melville, Australian bare back rider. Senorita Mille Tournour, equestrienne and queen of the air. Wooda Cooke, somersault rider. Little Alexander, hurdle act on two diminutive ponies. Prof. Stowe's troupe of educated dogs. William Odell, bare back, trick and somersault rider. Wild Stowe, clown and jester. Grimaldi Bibb, clown and punster. Participating in athletic trials of skill: Eugene Leech, Hector, Clifford, Fane, Leopar, Smith, Edwards, Kit Carson, Gastell, Cooke, Walker, and auxiliaries.
    Fifteen trick horses, including Black Eagle and Black Bess. Two free pageants. First, in the streets every day, at 10 o'clock a.m., the Great Golden car "Triumph," bearing Perry's Band, drawn by 16 Arabian steeds, reined by Mons. E. Kelly, the Fairy Phaeton, drawn by Shetland ponies, driven by Master Edward Lockwood. Second, Zilda, the female Blondin, ascending upon a single wire from the ground to the top of the center pole. Admission 50 cents, children half price. Reserved chairs 25 cents extra. Children under 8 years will be admitted free to afternoon entertainment. Will also exhibit at Belfast, June 7th. Bocksport, June 10th. Bangor Daily Whig and Courier (ME), June 6, 1878, n.p.n.

    John Murray's Circus is billed in Gardiner, Me., June 3, Bath 4, Rockland 5, Camden 6, Belfast 7, Bangor 8. They travel in their own steamer, Ellen Knight. Will H. Stowe is principal clown, and Mlle. Marcellus is the chief equestrienne. This show opened the season in College Point, L.I., May 18. New York Clipper, June 8, 1878, p. 87.

    John H. Murray's Circus closed the season in Astoria, L.I., Nov. 1. E. D. Colvin, who has been running the privileges, has taken up winter quarters at the Sturtevant House, this city. [New York] New York Clipper, November 9, 1878, p. 263.

    W. O. Dale Stevens and Linda Jeal go with John H. Murray's Circus to the West Indies this Winter. New York Clipper, December 14, 1878, p. 303.

• W.C. Coup purchased the John H. Murray's railroad train in 1878. Thayer's Mudshow and Railers, p. 8.

1879:

    John H. Murray's Circus company, now performing in the West Indies, includes Will H. Stowe, W. O. Dale Stevens, Wm. Wilson and wife, Wm. Aymar Jr., N. Lowande, Burt Johnson, Eugene Leach, John Barry, Master Coco, Lizzie Marcellus and Linda Jeal. Among the horses lost during the voyage thither were two pad-horses named "Mac" and "Jeff," John H. Murray's three trick horses "Black Eagle," "Lester and "Black Bess," and Linda Jeal's hurdle mare. New York Clipper, January 25, 1879, p. 351.

    The schooner John N. Colby was chartered to carry Murray's circus from New York to the West Indies and South America for $690 a month. The vessel was absent five months and seventy days at sea; the rest of the time she lay at various ports while the circus was performing. Salt Lake Daily Tribune (UT), March 23, 1879, p. 1.

    Murray's Ocean Circus arrived in St. Augustine, Fla., March 29, and exhibited there 29, 30, Jacksonville April 1, Fernandina 2, and there close the season. They expect to arrive in New York 6. New York Clipper, April 12, 1879, p. 23.

    The tents, wagons, horses, ponies, etc., belonging to J. H. Murray's Oceanic Circus, which recently returned from the West Indies, were sold by auction in Mott Haven, N.Y., May 3. . . . New York Clipper, May 17, 1879, p. 63.

• Information on the 1878-79 John H. Murray Circus and John H. Murray's Ocean Circus is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1986, Vol. 30, No. 3, pp. 14-15.

1880:

    John H. Murray's new show will begin its season in April, starting from New York. The Lilliputian Circus troupe will appear in the show at every afternoon performance. New York Clipper, February 21, 1880, p. 379.

    John H. Murray's Pony Circus is billed for Spencer, Mass., May 31, Webster, June 1, Southbridge 2 . . . The company includes: W. H. Morgan, Elisa Cooke and Mlle. Annie, riders; Mlle. Miaco, trapeze; Alta Hallett, flying rings; Levantine and Earle, acrobats; John White's trained dogs; the Delmont Brothers and R. Libby, gymnasts; Dan O'Brien, athlete; Grimaldi Miaco, clown; Aubrey and Dashoway, horizontal bar; and John H. Murray's trained ponies. George S. Douglass is the musical director. New York Clipper, June 5, 1880, p. 83.

    During the performance last evening of Madame Hallett on the ring trapeze in Murray's circus at Cambridge, while performing her difficult feat of flying through the air and catching a single rope with her hands, the madame exerted herself so violently as to sustain a compound rupture. With fortitude the lady quickly slid down the rope to the ground, tottered into the dressing room and fainted. Upon examination the doctor pronounced her injuries of such a serious nature as to forever perclude the madame from hereafter performing on the trapeze, and has disabled her for life. Boston Daily Globe (Boston, MA), July 6, 1880, n.p.n.

1881:

    Features at John H. Murray's Circus in the Aquarium [New York City] the past week were Mlle. Martha, leaping horse in a menage act. The return of Johnny Patterson, clown. William Hayden, English clown, late of Hengler's Circus, is an excellent tumbler and acrobat. He gave some feats upon two chairs, and passed through four small balloons at intervals while turning somersaults. The riding of Katie Stokes, Ellen Cook, Mlle. Lottie and Frank Melville evoked applause, and the balancing trapeze act by Lottie Wambold was clever. Prof. Knox and his educated pigs join J. H. Murray's Circus in the Aquarium [New York City]. New York Clipper, January 15, 1881, pp. 334, 342.

    Mlle. Laura Miaco, trapeze artist, etc., and Alfred F. Miaco, clown, will travel the coming season with John H. Murray's Circus. New York Clipper, April 2, 1881, p. 26.

    The J. H. Murray Show are reported doing good business at the stands they are now making in New Jersey. New York Clipper, September 3, 1881, p. 383.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Murray's International - 1891

    Roster of Murray's International Circus: Chas Murray, proprietor; Fred Winans(?), treasurer . . . Fred Delmont(?) . . . H. W. Bryant . . . The show will travel by wagons. . . . The show opens at Cambridge City, Ind. June __, and will tour Indiana and Ohio(?). New York Clipper, March 14, 1891, p. 5. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Murrelle's Great Southern Carnival - 1891

    Great Southern Carnival. Wanted, concert and circus people, except riders. Also, boss canvas man, chandelier man and dog, goat and pony circus. People must play brass. Open April 1. Would like to hear from first class sensational horse trainer. Address A. C. Murrele, manager and lessee, and manager Pythian Opera House, Jackson, Tenn. New York Clipper, March 21, 1891, p. 36.

    Prof. Frank Oldham has signed with Murrello's Great Southern Carnival for the tenting season of 1891. . . . New York Clipper, April 4, 1891, p. 59.

    Wanted, for Murrell's Great Southern Carnival, season opens May 4, a few more all 'round circus people. No riders. Also want a band of six mouth pieces. Address A. C. Murrelle, lessee and manager, Pythian Opera House, Jackson, Tenn. New York Clipper, April 4, 1891, p. 70.

    Nichols(?) and DeMora, contortionists, have signed with Murrele's Great Southern Carnival for the season of 1891. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 74.

    Call. All people engaged for Murrelle's Great Southern Carnival. Please report to F. P. Gillespie, equestrian director, Thursday, April 30(?), at Jackson, Tennessee, for rehearsal. Show opens same place, Monday, May 4. We have room for a few more all 'round circus people. Also want a boss canvasman and chandelier man. Show makes two, three and six day stands. Address A. C. Murrelle, manager Pythian Opera House, Jackson, Tenn. New York Clipper, April 18, 1891, p. 106.

    Murelle's Royal Pavilion. Wanted, brother act to fill in on bars and tumbling. Also wire walker who does two turns. Address Cairo, Ill. June 1 to ?. A. C. Murrelle. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 211.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Myers' American Circus - 1856-59, 1860-61, 1863-64, 1878, 1882-83 (USA & Europe)

1856:

    [Advertisement] Wait For "My" Wagon! His Imperial Highness, Jim Myers' Great Show is on the road. With something entirely new, orginal, brilliant and diversified. At Bangor 3d and 4th July, on Lime Street, adjoining City Common. Two performances in Third of July. Three grand performances on Fourth of July. Performances commencing at 10 a.m., 2 p.m., and 7 p.m.
    This great company will perform in all the principal towns and cities in New England during the season, among which are: Waterville, June 21; Augusta, 23; Gardiner, 24; Damariscotta, 25; Waldoborough, 26; Rockland, 27; Camden, 28; Belfast, 30; Frankfor, July 1; Oldtown, 2; Bangor, 3d and 4th; Newport, 6.
    Among the prominent features of this universally popular exhibition, are the following: The beautiful nursery legend of Cinderella! Graphically illustrated, with all it smagical transformations, fairy charms, brilliant court costumes and decortations, lilliputian equipage, music, etc., represented by 24 children! The great scientific discovery of the age, the laws of gravitation suspenced, by Jim Myers! who ill walk over a ceiling, feet up and head down. On a polished surface, with no other apparatus than a pair of smooth sandals without any deception or trick whatever.
    The two most popular equestrians in the United States, Mr. W. W. Nichols, and Miss Louisa Wells, in their choicest acts and scenes of horsemanship. The far-famed world renowned and unrivaled German acrobats and gymnastic masters, the Brothers Siegrist, the inventors and first performers of "La Perch," "La Trapez," etc. These artists, together with Madame Siegrist, will also perform in their very celebrated grotesque ballet pantomime, in which they will introduce all their wonderful feats, trick, and comical changes.
    His Imperial Highness, Jim Myers, emperor of all the clowns. High priest of fun. Prince of jesters. Grand Duke of nonsense, and the soul and body of wit. The only recognized clown of the times. The performance of the magnificent horse, Fire Fly, rode in the grand manege act by Mrs. C. L. Nixon, illustrating in a series of beautiful feates of equitation, a moder school of lady equestrianism with the saddle. Mr. Davis Richards, an equestrian attached to my establishment, will do more feats upon a bare backed steed, without saddle or bridle, than any other rider in the world can accomplish upon a pad or saddle, with all the usual performing accessories.
    Gratuitous outside exhibitions. The Car of Beauty, in the forenoon on the day of arrival in town, a magnificent procession will be given by the troupe, through the principal streets, in which will appear the majestic Car of Beauty, with a superb tableau vivante, formed by 24 children representing the characters as they appear in Cindirella, in full dress.
    About half an hour previous to opening the doors of the great pavilion of exhibiton, should the weather permit, a terrific ascension! Upon a single wire, by a lady, Mad'lle Louise, will be made outside the pavilion, to a height of 50 feet from the ground. Persons living at a distance from town are notified that the grand procession, including the Car of Beauty, will take place between 9 and 11 a.m., and the ascension by Mad'lle Louise upon the wire about 1 p.m., to witness both of which of course there will be no charge. Brief sketches of the star performers attached to Jim Myer's Unparalleled Circus:
    Jim Myers himself first saw the light in Providence, in 1829, and commenced his equestrian career with the veteran Aaron Turner, a manager who has raised more distinguished performers than all the others in the profession.
    Davis Richards was born in Va. in 1832, and apprenticed to Gen'l Rufus Welch in 1841. Nine years after he made his first bow to a Philadelphia audience in the great act in which he has no equal.
    Auguste and Francois Siegrist, twin brothers, look to the banks for the Rhine for their home, and, when quite young were placed under the tutelage of Monsieur Ourmare the elder, then the most accomplished teacher in Europe.
    Thos. Wyatt, the great protean rider, first opened his eyes in N. York.
    Mons. Benoit, from Paris, the most expert trainer of horses in America, whose skill can be seen in the performances of splendid horse "Fire Fly."
    M'lle Louise, pupil of the celebrated Cooke.
    Mrs. C. L. Nixon, an American equestrienne, of whom it may be said with truth, that she has few equals and no superiors.
    Messrs. Ross, Bennett, Lynch, Tryon, and Wilson, all of American birth, are living evidences of what Yankee enterprise can accomplish.
    In addition to the above host of unrivaled performers, Jim Myers' Circus is the only on in which the fairy legend of Cinderella, performed by 24 beautiful children, can be witnessed. Make up your parties in time! Jim Myers' Great Show is coming!
    Particular notice! Md'lle Louise will positively make a grand ascension upon a single wire, 200 feet, in from of Jim Myers' Great Show, at 11 o'clock p.m. on the 3d and 4th. This announcement is made for the information of those living at a distance from the city in order that they may be in town in time to see the novel exhibition. The rumor of M'lle Louise having fallen from the wire and injured herself, is incorrect - the lady having never met with the slightest accident during her performances. Admittance to the pavilion and the entire great show, 25 cents. No half price. Doors open at 1 1/2 & 8 1/2 o'clock. For further particulars see small bills. [Note: Joe Pentland's Circus is advertised on the same page, for the same dates, July 3d & 4th, on State Street in Bangor.] Bangor Daily Whig and Courier (ME), July 4, 1856, n.p.n.

• 1856: online at Clipper, April 26,   Clipper, May 31,   Clipper, June 14,   Clipper, July 5 (scroll down)

1857:

    An extensive circus company of American performers, including Pentland and Meyers as clowns, sailed from New York for Liverpool a few days since. They calculate on astonishing the natives of Great Britain and the continent with their flashing flummery and foolery, and have employed an interpreter to translate their stale jokes into approved Dutch and Irish. Galveston News (TX), April 14, 1857, n.p.n.

• 1858: online at Clipper, December 11

• 1859: online at:
Clipper, January 29,   Clipper, April 30,   Clipper, May 14 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 2,   Clipper, November 19 (scroll down)

• 1860: online at:
Clipper, January 14,   Clipper, February 18
Clipper, October 27,   Clipper, November 10 (scroll down)

• 1861: online at Clipper, March 30,   Clipper, April 20 (scroll down)

• 1863: online at Clipper, October 17 (scroll down)

• 1864: online at Clipper, March 12,   Clipper, July 30 (scroll down)

1878: Myers' American Circus, an attraction of the Crystal Palace (London) Summer season a couple of years ago, has returned to its old quarters, giving its first performance this season, Oct. 29. The circus boasts a stud of horses, besides elephants, camels and other animals. New York Clipper, November 16, 1878, p. 267.

1882:

    Myers' American Hippodrome is to be sold by auction in London [England], Oct. 18, 19. Among the list are seventy-five horses, eight performing elephants, ten lions, other rare animals, chariots, trappings, wardrobe, etc. New York Clipper, September 23, 1882, p. 435.

    J. W. Myers' Great American Circus and Hippodrome was sold by auction in the North Woolrich Gardens, London, Oct. 18. The prices realized were comparatively small, but it is thought that Mr. M. will have a fair sum of money left after his debts are paid. Mr. Rymill will in the future be "his banker, his backer,and his friend." New York Clipper, November 11, 1882, p. 553.

1883:

    J. W. Myers' American Circus is to remain in Reading, Eng., three months longer. Dr. and Miss Carl, sharpshooters, are with it. New York Clipper, May 5, 1883, p. 108.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

R. F. Myers Bros. - 1922

    R. F. Myers' Circus is now in Zeigler, Illinois, where it will remain until the middle of May, when it will go out on five wagons and play Indiana and Kentucky territory. Mr. Myers will also have a small stock company out next season, to be known as Myers' Egyptian Stock Compnay, and which will probably be managed by Claude Vaughn. The title of the circus will be R. F. Myers Bros.' Circus and Wild West. Howard L. Myers will be the brother in the circus title. The circus will play in small towns under auspices of the Boy Scouts whenever possible, and charge from 15 to 30 cents. Billboard, October 28, 1922, p. 81.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

T. R. Myers - 1883   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1882

T. R. Myers' Great Pavilion Circus will open in Chicago about May 10 for the entire season. Want all classes of performers, especially lady riders without horses. T. R. Myers, Morgan street, Chicago, Illinois. New York Clipper, April 14, 1883, p. 60.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Myers & Shorb - 1882

    Herman Bucholz and J. B. LaGrange have taken the contract for the repairing and re-painting of all the rolling stock of the "Big United States Circus, Museum, and Menagerie." This is an extensive contract, one which will require considerable time and skill, consisting of the overhauling and repairing of all the iron and wood work of the vast number of wagons, cages, dens, and other vehicles belonging to this show, which will be done in the shops of Mr. Bucholz. After leaving this shop, they fall into the hands of Mr. LaGrange whose brush will put on the glittering letters of gold and all the fine paintings, which go to make up the road outfit of a great show. Janesville Daily Gazette (Janesville, WI), January 28, 1882, n.p.n.

    John S. Shorb, one of the proprietors of the Big United States Circus, Museum and Menagerie, went to Chicago today for the purpose of removing his family to this city, where he will devote his whole time in organizing and equipping the big show for the road. Janesville Daily Gazette (Janesville, WI), January 27, 1882, n.p.n.

    Myers & Shorb are making extensive additions to the United States Circus, Museum and Menagerie, formerly Robbins & Colvins' Show. Geo. W. Fursman runs all the privileges, as heretofore. New York Clipper, February 4, 1882, p. 755.

    Thomas Clifford, tumbler and leaper, is engaged with the United States Circus and Menagerie next season. New York Clipper, February 11, 1882, p. 769.

    T. B. Long's Reed Band and Orchestra, augmented to 26 performers, is engaged for season of 1882 with Big United States Circus, Museum and Menagerie. Address Paola, Miami Co., Kas., for four weeks, aften then Circleville, O. New York Clipper, February 18, 1882, p. 797.

    James Bensley and son, equilibrists and gymnasts, are engaged for the coming season with Pullman & Hamilton. New York Clipper, February 25, 1882, p. 806.

    The Big United States Circus, Museum and Menagerie, which has been in winter quarters in this city, will open the tented campaign in Chicago, on April 29, and remain there several days. Janesville Daily Gazette (Janesville, WI), March 25, 1882, n.p.n.

    The United States Circus is organizing in good style. Manager O. P. Myers says: "We have artists at work, and are painting and decorating all of our cars, cages and tableau wagons. We have added fourteen new cages of animals to our collection. New York Clipper, March 25, 1882, p. 874.

    The lioness belonging to the Big United States Circus and Menagerie, last night produced a litter of five little cubs. They will prove a drawing card for the proprietors, as it is rare to see a den of so many young lions. Janesville Daily Gazette (Janesville, WI), April 13, 1882, n.p.n.

    Ben Lusbie, "the lightning ticket seller," has been engaged as treasurer with Myers & Shorb's United States Circus, Museum and Menagerie for this season. New York Clipper, April 15, 1882, p. 58.

    Musicians and performers engaged for Myers & Shorb's United States Circus are requested to report at Chicago, Ill., April 24. New York Clipper, April 22, 1882, p. 76.

    Mr. M. L. Tobin will travel with the Big United States Circus and Menagerie this season, as blacksmith and horseshower, for which he is well qualified. Mr. Tobin has been in the employ of Mr. H. Bucholz ironing wagons and buggies. He is also a prominent member of the Bower City Rifles, and of Rescue Hook and Ladder Company. Janesville Daily Gazette (Janesville, WI), April 26, 1882, n.p.n.

    The Big United States Circus and Menagerie will make an extended tour in the Canadas, after their exhibitions in Michigan, crossing the frontier at Sarnia and exhibiting in that place on the fifteenth of May, and then passing through the several cities of the Dominion, exhibiting in Toronto on the 3d and 3d of June. Janesville Daily Gazette (Janesville, WI), May 6, 1882, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] Myers & Shorb's Big United States Circus, Museum and Menagerie. United and combined with the New Great Eastern Circus, Caravan and Grand Racing Balloon Shows. Will exhibit at Olean, Monday, July 10th. A huge instructive menagerie. Two colossal circuses united. Transported on a mile of railway cars. A triple troup of diamond-decked circus celebrities. 20 beautiful lady riders, 30 wonderful leapers, 25 magnificent male riders. 50 lightning tumblers. Daring gymnasts. Complete dog and monkey circus.
    Performing tigers, lions, hyenas, sacred cattle, elephants, giraffes, leopards. 10 hurricane hurdle riders, 8 fun-making clowns, giant blood-sweating hippopotamus, 24 double and triple somersaulters throwing somersaults over herds of elephants and droves of camels. 2 performances daily. Olean Democrat (Olean, NY), July 4, 1882, n.p.n.

    The following is a telegram to the Chicago Inter-Ocean from Youngstwon, Ohio, dated July 17th: "The proprietors of the United States circus have secured an attorney to prosecute the city to recover damages sustained while showing here Saturday night. A mob of a hundred or more cut the canvas, entered the ring, stopped the performance, and carried off considerable property belonging to the show." Janesville Daily Gazette (Janesville, WI), July 19, 1882, n.p.n.

    The following telegram from Louisville, will interest a good many in Janesville, as the show mentioned started from this city: The United States Circus, belonging to Meyer & Shorb, exhibiting in this city, was attached in two suits this afternoon. The first is by J. B. Jeffery, of Chicago, for printing, $3,964, and the second by Talleck, Chandler & Co., of Chicago, for wood engraving, $212. Janesville Daily Gazette (Janesville, WI), August 10, 1882, n.p.n.

    Louisville, Ky., Aug. 10. The financial embarrassment that overtook Myers & Shorb's circus and menagerie yesterday is still unrelieved, and the great combination remains in the hands of the marshall of the Chancery court. Today matters were further complicated by the filing of an attachment on the advertising car by Billy Andrews, the clown and press agent of the show. Nearly all the employes of the concern have filed attachments in the magistrates' courts, and the dealers who furnished supplies are also striving to get their money, and the newspapers are represented in the official documents. These papaers, amount to something over 100 in number, have been served on the Marshal, and it was whispered around that the court officials were not resting the easiest in the world. There is a fear that the Marshal will have to provide for the animals and horses until he can sell them, which is a large undertaking. Andrews' claim is for $___, and he was soon followed by Alex Jaques, another member of the combination, who attached fro $471. At 2 o'clock Deputy Marshal Montz had the performing tent taken down and began making preparations for the night. He sent in for funds to purchase supplies. It is said by those who are best informed that the real owners of the circus reside in Chicago, and that they have been kept informed of the conditions of their affair. On account of rainy weather during the summer, the managers have lost money, and it is intended to make Louisville a point of settlement. The shortage amounted to something over $10,000, and this sum was to have been on deposited here when the circus arrived, but from some cause the money did not arrive.
    Louisville, Aug. 10. The Courier Journay says: At a late hour last night the management submitted to Col. Jeffrey a proposition of settlement which will probably be accepted this morning, by which the property attached will be released and the circus be allowed to go on and make its dates elsewhere throughout the State, so that the suits of yesterday will not in the slightest interfere with the completion of the present season. The concern is backed by Col. Burr Robbins, the veteran showman, whose name has been connected with the arena for two or three decades, and whose financial backing is of a character that will insure success. The unfortunate predicament in which the management found itself yesterday was due to a complication of causes, rather than any desire to shirk its obligations, and even the gentleman who is urging the suits has full confidence in the ultimate solvency of the concern whilst Col. Robbins is behind it. The United States will make its next date at Lebanon, for which point it will probably leave today noon. Janesville Daily Gazette (Janesville, WI), August 11, 1882.

    The United States Circus was attached in Louisville, Ky., Aug. 9, and performances ceased 10. It is supposed that Burr Robbins will take it in hand and run it the rest of the season. New York Clipper, August 19, 1882, p. 350.

    A false impression has been formed by a great many of Col. Burr Robbins' connection with the recent seizure of the "Big United States" Show. The circus was seized on attachments sued out by other parties, and Col. Robbins, by virtue of his holding a chattel mortgage on the property, was made a co-defendant. He did not investigate the seizure, and would have been better pleased had the show continued its route. Janesville Daily Gazette (Janesville, WI), August 21, 1882, n.p.n.

    The circus and menagerie which Burr Robbins of Janesville sold to Myers & Shorb, and traveling under the name of the Big United States circus, has been attached in Kentucky for debt amounting to $15,000, and will be sold at public auction at Louisville Sept. 5th. Burr Robbins having a mortgage on the circus intendes to big it in at the sale to protect his interests. Oshkosh Daily Northwester (Oshkosh, WI), August 22, 1882, n.p.n.

    The property of Myers & Shorb's United States Circus and Menagerie, including animals, wagons, equipment, etc., is to be sold at auction at the Southern Stockyard, Louisville, Ky., Sept. 5. New York Clipper, August 26, 1882, pp. 366.

    O. P. Myers writes concerning the sale by auction of the United States Circus, Myers & Shorb, proprietors, in Louisville, Ky., Sept. 5: "The cost of wintering and repairing the show was over $10,000. This property is to be sold on account of an attachment made Aug. 9 on the show by John B. Jeffery of Chicago for $3,900 to satisfy a printing claim, of which three-fifths of the amount was in Mr. Jeffery's hands. By a clause in the bill of sale, this attachment furnished Burr Robbins (who happened to be in Louisville at the same time) good and sufficient cause to take possession of the show. Although none of Myers & Shorb's paper was due Mr. Robbins until Sept. 15, or forty days after the attachment was made, Mr. Robbins had been paid $22,000 on account of the show, and Myers & Shorb had expended in cash over $12,000 more in refitting, new cuts, etc., which by Mr. Jeffery's attachment will not only prove a total loss, but put the firm in debt some $10,000. The show previous to its stopping had passed through two weeks of bad business on account of harvesting and nine days of rain, losing two stands and having one blow down. Somebody has got an expensive lawsuit on his hands, as the cost of maintaining the show and fees for selling will reach from $7,000 to $10,000." New York Clipper, September 2, 1882, p. 384.

    Louisville, Kentucky. The effects of Myers and Shorb's circus are to be sold at public auction 5th. New York Mirror, September 9, 1882, p. 5.

    Louisville Courier-Journal, Wednesday, September 8. Yesterday morning the stock yards on Fourteenth and Dumesuil streets were the center of attraction and by 10 o'clock between three and four hundred people had gathered to witness the sale of the United States Circus, which went to pieces here on July last under a lot of attachment suits. There was a fair representation of the leading circus men of the country. Among these were John A. Sells, of Sells Bros.; Col. Burr Robbins, of the Robbins & Colvin Company Wm. Bailey, of the London Consolidated of Barnum & Company; Dr. Al Watts, of the Boston Menagerie; Dr. Frank Thompson, of the Cincinnati Zoological Gardens, and Uncle John Robinson, the veteran of them all. There was no effort made to conceal Mr. Robbins' intention to buy the whole thing at about his own figures, for it was necessary for him to do so in order to secure his mortgage on the property. He sold it to Meyers & Shorb for $65,000 originally, of which $10,000 was cash and the balance in notes, only a few of which have been paid. . . . Janesville Daily Gazette (Janesville, WI), September 8, 1992, n.p.n.

    Myers & Shorb's circus and menagerie was sold, Tuesday, by the sheriff, at Louisville, to the Burr Robbins' combination for $25,000. Saturday Herald (Decatur, IL), September 9, 1882, n.p.n.

    Myers & Shorb's Circus was sold by auction in Louisville, Ky., Sept. 25, and was bought in by Burr Robbins, the mortgagee, for about $25,000. . . . Myers & Shorb have commenced a suit against Robbins & Jeffery for conspiracy to defraud, claiming $50,000 damages. New York Clipper, September 16, 1882, p. 419.

    For sale, cheap, the entire railroad outfit of the Robbins & Colvin Show, among which are 20 cars, ticket, baggage and tableau wagons, etc. Address Burr Robbins, Janesville, Wis. New York Clipper, November 18, 1882, p. 575.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1882.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Myhres' Show - 1919, 1920-21   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1919-1921

1919:

    On account of illness of some of the performers and shortage of working men, Myhre's Eastern Circus closed at Sacred Heart, Minn., September 6, and went into winter quarters at Grand Meadow, Minn., a distance of 217 miles from Sacred Heart. Mr. Myhre expects to go out longer than ever next season, and intends to go East to purchase some animals for the 1920 tour. The various people left for their homes at the following places: Ray Fenner, Fargo, N.D.; Frank Bennett, Devils Lake, N.D.; Mr. and Mrs. Frank Grettencord, Omaha, Neb.; the Aerial Holloways, Baraboo, Wis., Eben Johnson, Dick A. Hunt, S. Frank Maynard, Minneapolis; T. H. Johnson, Jersey City, N.J.; Charlie B. Paul, Elgin, Minn.; Blanche Myhre, North English, Ia.; "Cowboy" Frank, St. Paul, Minn.; Lawrence Peterson, Claremont, Minn.; A. J. Duffy, Muscatine, Ia. Many of the above have been re-engaged for next season. The show will open in Grand Meadow the latter part of April, according to present plans. Billboard, September 20, 1919, p. 91.

More on the 1919 Myhre's show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.

1920:

    Myhre's Great Eastern Motor Shows: Edw. E. Myhre, proprietor and manager; A. J. Duffy, assistant manager; B. Myhre, treasurer; Bert Taylor, general agent; J. S. Robertson, manager side show; Lawrence L. Peterson, supt. privileges; Ray Boyd, musical director; Rusty Johnson, supt. reserved seats; Lon McDonough, supt. canvas; W. A. Smith, supt. commissary dept.; Chas. Garson, supt. lights; C. E. Clark, supt. props.; motorized. Opens at Grand Meadow, Minn., May 1. Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.

    Myhre's Motor Circus wants performer doing two or more acts suitable for one-ring show. Also want a few more musicinas for band, must double orchestra. Wanted, comedian to double clown numbers and concert. Show opens here May 1. Edw. E. Myhre, Grand Meadow, Minnestota. [Advertisement] Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.

    Business is good with the Myhres Motor Circus. Three Fourth of July Celebrations were played this year, the first time in the history of the show. A new truck, with specially built body, has been added to the advance. the program of the performance: Clown song, Charlie Paul; contortion act, Blanche Myhre; clown walkaround, Roy LaBell; head balancing act, Hansen Trio; Nemo, the pony with the human brain; Jargo, clown horse act; Blanche and Theo., aerial butterfly act; clown number, Paul LaBell and Krause; trapeze act, Blanche Myhre; performing dogs; clowns, Hansen and Paul; acrobatic act, Hansen Trio. Billboard, July 31, 1920, p. 78.

    Myhre's One-Ring (Motor) Circus closed its tour at Kensett, Iowa. Business the past season was the best in the history of the show. The Aerial Hansens joined the Mysterious Smith Show. A. (Jolly) Duffy has signed with the Al Markham attractions. Charlie Paul left for his home at Elgin, Minnesota, for a short vacation. Ed and Blanche Myhre are taking a few weeks' layoff before opening their house show. Al Sigsbee left for Milwaukke for a short visit with his relatives before making the Southern fairs. The management has purchased new winter quarters at Grand Meadow, Minnesota, and Peter Weinkauf will be in charge. Billboard, October 16, 1920, p. 56.

    Chas. B. Paul, clown, writes The Billboard from Elgin, Minn., that he closed a twenty weeks' season with Edward E. Myhre's Great Eastern Shows at Kensett, Ia., a few weeks ago, his second season on that organization. Mr. Paul states that the show played Minnesota, South Dakota and Iowa, and covered 2,111 miles with six trucks and a touring car. Also the show closed with the same people it opened with, with the exception of a few changes in the working crews. A group photo accompanying Mr. Paul's letter contains in costume with makeup, ready to work, the likenesses of Little Leo Hansen, Alvin Krause, Archie Renville, Edw. E. Myhre, Eben Johnson, Mrs. Myhre, Chas. B. Paul, Joe Lahr(?), Roy LaBell, Mrs. Hansen and A. J. Duffy. Billboard, October 30, 1920, p. 62.

    Myhre's Motor Circus is now stored in the new winter quarters at Grand Meadow, Minn. The past season has been the best in the history of the show. The roster remained intact, with the exception of two men in the working department. The show will not be enlarged for next season, as first intended, on account of the financial depression in the farming districts. The war admissions may prevail next season. Everything will be overhauled and repainted. Alvin Krause has charge of the trucks and is busy in winter quarters. Bert Magary is break a goat and bear act, which will be an added feature. Ed and Blanche Myhre are playing vaudeville dates in Wisconsin. Arrangements are being made with Mr. Miller to break a four-pony drill. This will give the show five animals acts for next season. Nearly all the people who were with the show last season have been signed for the coming season. Billboard, December, 18, 1920, p. 91.

1921:

    Myhre's Great Eastern Shows. Edw. E. Myhre, proprietor and manager; Blanch Myhre, treasurer; Albert Sigsbee, general agent; A. J. Duffy, manager sideshow; Jack Hasson, equestrian director; Theo Hasson, supt. privileges; Fred Woods, musical director; Lawrence Peterson, supt. reserve seat tickets; Pete Wynkop, supt. canvas; Mrs. A. J. Duffy, supt. commissary dept.; Alvin Krause, supt. lights; Roy LaBell, supt. props; Chas. B. Paul, announcer; eight trucks, one automobile. Show opens Grand Meadow, Minnesota, April 30. Billboard, March 19, 1921, p. 123.

    Everything at the quarters of Myhre's Great Eastern Shows at Grand Meadow, Minn., is ready for the opening. Alberto is a new arrival, having signed to do his contortion and comedy acrobatic acts in the big show performance. Jack Hanson will have charge of the sideshow, with Eben Johnson as assistant. The following are already at the quarters: Hansen Family, ring, head balancing and iron jaw acts; Charles B. Paul, producing clown; Albert Sigsbee and wife, advance: Roy LaBell, boss canvasman; Tom Johnson, mechanic; Gabe Seversen, band leader. A band of eight pieces will be carried. The show has been routed thru Minnesota and Wisconsin. Billboard, April 30, 1921, p. 51.

1922:

    Complete motorized one-ring circus. Six Ford trucks, used two seasons, all special built bodies, decorated with carved work and painted red and gold; worm drives, pneumatic tires. Touring Car. Big Top. 50x80; three lengths reserves, eight lengths blues, nine 8x10 side show banners. Poles, rigging, etc. Pit cloths, pits. etc. Cook house and sleeping equipment to take care of twenty people. Deagan Una-Fon. A complete one-ring outfit, readly to open, except paper. Will sell as a whole or separate. Good reason for selling. Myhre's Motor Circus. [Advertisement] Billboard, March 18, 1922, p. 206.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Top

N

Nagle & Kincade - 1862, 1864

• 1862: online at Clipper, April 26 (scroll down)

• 1864: online at Clipper, May 21 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Nathan Bros. - 1910   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1910

    Wanted for Nathan Bros. R. R. Shows. Comedy bar act, woman to iron jaw inside and high wire outside. Troupe dogs and ponies and bucking mule. Few more circus acts. Boss canvasman who can handle lights, also workingmen, billposters. Will buy red, white and blue marquee, small push pole tent and stake puller, Bolte & Weyer lights. Few privileges to sell. Show opens April 15. Marx S. Nathan, manager, Wilmington, North Carolina. [Advertisement] Billboard, March 26, 1910, p. 32.

    Wanted, for Nathan Bros. Railroad Shows. Circus acts of every description; trapeze performers; wire walkers, jugglers, acrobats. People who can do concert turn given preference. All people must do two or more acts. Want singing and talking clown; also want 40 foot middle piece for an 80 foot round top and 30 ft. with a 20 ft. middle piece. Address Marx S. Nathan, general manager, Maxton, N.C., May 4; Fayettsville, 5; or Wilmington, N.C. [Advertisement] Billboard, May 7, 1910, p. 48.

    The following is the roster of the Nathan Bros. Railroad Show advertising department: J. H. Poole, contracting agent and manager; J. H. Sanderlin, lithographer and assistant manager: Harvey W. Williams, billposter; S. A. Nathan, programer, - and Hough Brown, banner man. Billboard, June 4, 1910, p. 22.

    Faust, Lee and Prescot, novelty gymnasts, joined Nathan Bros.' R. R. Shows, June 1. They present their novelty aerial, ring and trapeze, revolving ladder, flying rings and swinging perch acts. Billboard, June 11, 1910, p. 20.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Nathans & Co.'s - 1882-83   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1882-83

1882:

    E. D. Colvin and Add Nathans have purchased the late John H. Murray's Show, and will put it on the road this season as a railroad circus, menagerie, etc. New York Clipper, February 4, 1882, p. 755.

    All persons engaged for Nathan & Co.'s Show are notified to report at Mott Haven, N.Y., April 27. New York Clipper, April 22, 1882, p. 76.

    Nathans & Co.'s Show includes A. M. Nathans and E. D. Colvin, proprietors and managers; Harry Cordona, manager advertising dept.; Robert Fryer, equestrian director . . . Mlle. Viola, Miss Minnie Perry, Jennie Miaco, Louis Sebastian . . . Philo Nathans, four and six horse rider; R. Whittaker, hurdle rider; the three Ashtons, gymnasts; Dashaway and Moulton, Tom Miaco and Bill Carroll, clowns. New York Clipper, May 13, 1882, p. 127.

    Nathans & Co.'s Show includes A. M. Nathans and E. D. Colvin, proprietors and managers; Harry Cordona, manager advertising dept.; Robert Fryer, equestrian director . . . Mlle. Viola, Miss Minnie Perry, Jennie Miaco, Louis Sebastian . . . Philo Nathans, four and six horse rider; R. Whittaker, hurdle rider; the three Ashtons, gymnasts; Dashaway and Moulton, Tom Miaco and Bill Carroll, clowns. New York Clipper, May 13, 1882, p. 127.

    State News. Nathans' & Co.'s circus cannot find a place in Bath so well suited for their purposes as the one engaged, near the cemetery. In deference to the feelings of those who object to the performances on Memorial Day, they offer to give the day performance in the morning instead of the afternoon, that there may be no crowd or demonstration at that point while the memorial services are in progress, and he further offers the use of their brass band and accommodious coach for participation in the services without expense to Post Sedgwick. Daily Kennebec Journal (Kennebeck, ME), May 25, 1882, n.p.n.

    George H. Murray has joined Nathan & Co.'s Railroad Show. New York Clipper, May 27, 1882, p. 163.

    [Advertisement] Live and Let Live! (our motto) Nathans & Co.'s New Consolidated Stupendous Confederation of Rail Road Shows. At Bath, Tuesday, May 30. Calvin's Superb Menagerie. Arenic Novelites. The India Rubber Man has been pronounced to be absolutely boneless. In your presence he will tie himself in double knots, roll himself into a ball, put his head under his arm and perform other feats. Duo of towering colossals. Col. Ruth Goshen, the Plumed Knight of Paleston. Prince Ke-Te-Na-La, heir apparent to the Royal throne. Their combined wight is 1200 pounds, their aggregate height is over 17 feet.
    Prof. Fryer's troupe of trained ponies, perform military drills, romp and jump over each other, one pone will walk on stilts, another will walk on the back of a pony. They will form themselves into tableaux and present other novel acts. Prof. Fryer's Dramatic Company of trained dogs will present the stirring drama entitled Crime and Punishment. A life-like tableau of the assassination of Pres. Garfield and the Trial of the Assassin. With correct statues of Garfield, Guiteau, Judge Cox, jury and counself will be exhibited. Juke's Museum of Automatic Life.
    Nathans' Grand Cosmopolitan Circus contains among its double company nearly 200 start artists. Madame Marths, princess of the side saddle in her double tandem menage act. Just arrived from Europe and will present her trained Arabian stallions. Louis Seabastian, diamond-belted champion bareback rider. Miss Minnie Perry, lady bareback rider. Mr. Philo Nathans, six horse bareback rider. Miss Miranda, rides through a hoop of fire on the backs of two horses. J. Whittaker, cyclonic hurdle rider. The Astons, gymnastic exhibitions. Free Mardi Gras procession is free to everybody. Two exhibitions daily. Admission as ususal. Doors open at 1 and 7 p.m. Take the cheap excursion trains. Ticket office at J. O. Shaw's. Bath Independent (Bath, ME), May 27, 1882, n.p.n.

    Rose, N.Y., Sept. 23. This morning about 1 o'clock the train carrying Nathan & Colvin's circus from Sodus to Wolcott on the R. W. & O. R. R. collided with a train of empty excursion cars, about a mile west of North Rose station. A negro belonging with the circus was killed. Both locomotives and some of the cars were wrecked. Another locomotive was telegraphed for, which drew the disabled trains to North Rose. None of the animals were injured, and the circus company exhibited at Wolcott, according to their appointment. Syracuse Sunday Herald (Syracuse, NY), September 24, 1882, p. 1.

    Nathans & Co.'s Circus goes into Winter quarters at Geneva, N.Y., on the fair grounds. New York Clipper, October 28, 1882, p. 519.

    W. C. Coup's interest in Nathan & Co.'s Circus was sold by the Sheriff Nov. 28, at Geneva, N.Y. It consists of several cars, cages of animals and a tally-ho coach. New York Clipper, December 9, 1882, p. 622.

1883:

    Madame Dockrill and husband go with the Nathans & Colvin Show next season. New York Clipper, February 3, 1883, p. 742.

    The following have been engaged for Nathans & Co.'s Show: Mme. Elise Dockrill, Mme. La Favre, the Ashtons, Fred Barclay, Philo Nathans, H. Moulton, Tom Miaco, Wm. Carroll, John Rixford, Wm. Smead, Sam Rhinehart and troupe of dogs, T. B. Long, leader of band, and Chetwa, India rubber man. New York Clipper, February 10, 1883, p. 759.

    The Nathans & Colvin Show, under the management of Add. Nathans, is making preparations for the coming season. New York Clipper, February 24, 1883, p. 798.

    Nathans & Co. items. There are to be two advertising cars. T. H. Davis goes in advance. The tattooed Greek, Capt. Constanteous has been engaged. M. Whalen and C. Stillman are the chief billposters. New York Clipper, March 3, 1883, p. 814.

    The Colvin interest in the Nathans & Co. Show has been sold, it is understood, to Mr. St. Clair, formerly treasurer of the Barnum Show and R. H. Dockrill. New York Clipper, March 17, 1883, p. 846.

    Nathans & Co.'s Consolidated Shows. Call. The band and performers engaged must be in Geneva morning of April 24 for rehearsal. Grooms on April 15. Canvasmen, razorbacks and property men on April 21. A few canvasmen wanted. A. M. Nathans, manager. New York Clipper, April 1, 1883, p. 44.

    Nathans & Co.'s Circus, which has wintered at Geneva, N.Y., is to open the season there April 20. E. D. Colvin has sold his interest to the Messrs. Nathans. New York Clipper, April 14, 1883, p. 54.

    The first circus in this direction will be Nathan & Co.'s, which exhibits at Elmira April 28th. Old Dan Rice is part of the equipment. Cuba Patriot (Cuba, NY), April 20, 1883, n.p.n.

    Dan Rice's services with Nathans & Co.'s Circus were dispensed with at Batavia, N.Y., June 8. He and his daughter left for Girard, Pa. New York Clipper, June 16, 1883, p. 206.

    Nathan's circus had a hard time at Salamanca. The cage of hyenas fell from the flat car, one of the men had an arm broken, and the showmen and town boys had a fight in which several persons were seriously hurt. Titusville Morning Herald (Titusville, PA), June 28, 1883, n.p.n.

    Dan Rice, veteran clown, is again with Nathans & Co.'s Circus, which is touring Pennsylvania. New York Clipper, July 21, 1883, p. 291.

    Portsmouth, Va., July 26. Nathan's circus tent was blown down and burned Wednesday night, during a performance. A panic and stampede broke out, women and children were knocked down and run over, and families separated. Those escaping on one side of the tent were precipitated into a ditch filled with briar bushes, which about denuded women of their clothing. Fire bells and whistles called out the entire population. Many people were injured but none killed outright. Daily Freeman (Waukesha, WI), July 27, 1883, n.p.n.

    Nathan's circus came to grief at Garnett, Kas., yesterday. Old Dan Rice closed them with an attachment for $3,000. The performers are reported to be almost destitute, and many of them willing to work on farms for their board. Alton Daily Telegraph (Alton, IL), September 14, 1883, n.p.n.

    Nathans & Co.'s Show was attached in Garnett, Kas., Sept. 13, by Dan Rice, for $1,600, alleged to be due for salary. New York Clipper, September 29, 1883, p. 457.

    The property belonging to the Nathans Circus, which was attached, is announced to be sold by auction at Garnett, Kansas, Dec. 18. New York Clipper, December 15, 1883, p. 650.

Information on the 1883 Nathans & Co. show is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 1, pp. 43-47.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

W. H. Nathans Great Metropolitan - 1874

    Great Metropolitan Pavilion Show will start from Providence, R.I. Splendid procession, grand outside ascension upon the wire, etc. Sideshow and candy privileges for sale, together with complete tent for sideshow and candy stand. Address A. Stalker, director, Providence, R.I. [Advertisment] New York Clipper, April 25, 1874, p. 27.

    The Great Metropolitan Pavilion Show, which has for some weeks past been preparing for the road at Providence, R.I., opens in North Attleboro, Mass., May 11. W. H. Nathans & Co., proprietors; A. Stalker, director; W. J. Metcher, assistant; J. D. Hopkins, advertising agent; T. Prosher, leader of band; L. Foster, master of canvas; C. Mathewson, master of stables; and James Brown, candy privileges. Performers: Sig. Columbus, the Carlo Brothers, Mons. Louis Belair (who will make a wire ascension to the top of the tent daily), Andy Showers, the Richmond Brothers, Charles Barr, Frank Barr, Charles Arizona, Harry Miller, John Thorpe, ___ Sylvester, Robert Percy, Harry Thorns, Sig. Valido, Mons. Choffer, Alida Showers, Mlle. Valido . . . The party uses new 100ft. round top canvas, and will travel with 40 horses, 14 wagons, and a large band chariot. . . . New York Clipper, May 16, 1874, p. 55.

    The Great Metropolitan Pavilion Show showed at Peterboro, N.H., May 25, Hillsboro Bridge 26, Bradford 17, Fisherville 28, Franklin 29, Laconia 30. New York Clipper, June 6, 1874, p. 79.

    The Great Metropolitan Pavilion Show, under the management of A. Stalker, a variety show under canvas, disbanded at Laconia, N.H., during the past week. Lack of funds and neglect of duty uon the part of performers and musicians are said to have been the cause. Andy Showers and wife, Harry Miller, John Thorp, Harry Thorn, Bart. Dean, J. Hall and Leslie Miller went to Providence, R.I. Arizona the strong man, with his wife, are going to Long Branch for the Summer, and the rest scattered in all directions. New York Clipper, June 13, 1874, p. 87.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Nazor's - 1913-14   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1912

1913:

    Nazor's Overland Show - Frank G. Nazor, proprietor; P. J. Smith, manager; Mrs. F. G. Nazor, treasurer; Mrs. P. J. Smith, secretary; F. G. Nazor, general agent; Mrs. F. G. Nazor, superintendent privileges; Mrs. P. J. Smith, musical director; Tom Kelley, superintendent canvas; Howard Hannan, boss hostler; H. B. Mannan, superintendent props; Geo. Wells, superintendent animals. Show opens at Ontario, O., May 14.Billboard, March 22, 1913.

    Nazor's Family Show opened the canvas season May 20, at Ontario, Ohio, to good business, and is playing all week stands. The roster is as follows: F. Nazor, manager and owner; Mrs. Nazor, treasurer; P. J. Smith, Mrs. P. J. Smith, Smith Twins, Little Mildred, Will Nutting, Moon Family and Kelo, performers. The outfit is transported in the show's own wagons and carriages. Billboard, June 14, 1913, p. 21.

1914: Roster of Nazor's Family Shows: F. Nazor, owner and manager; Mrs. F. Nazor, treasurer; F. Nazor, advance agent; Roy Andrews, boss canvasman; C. Hannan, boss hostler; Mrs. Nazor, supt. commissary dept.. The show opnes at Ontario, Ohio, early in May. Billboard, May 16, 1914, p. 86.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Nelson's Great World Combination

• Robert Nelson, Sr., 1877. Bandwagon, March-April, 1969, p. 20.

• Information on the career of the Nelson Family of acrobats and their circuses is online at Bandwagon, March-April, 1969. (scroll down)

Nelson's World's Show - 1894

    Nelson World Show. Wanted, circus people in all branches of the business that do two or more acts, and a first class clown, canvas men, drivers, chandelier man, boss canvas man . . . good circus agent. . . . Robert Nelson Jr., Mt. Clemens, Mich. New York Clipper, March 10, 1894, p. 12.

    Notes from Nelson's World's Show. Everything is busy at the Winter quarters of this show at Mount Clemens, Mich. Bob Nelson's elegant new ring barn seeing life itself from the work going on within. The wagons for the road were all delivered recently, and are marvels of workmanship. The wagons have red bodies, white running gears, blue stripings, and are elaborately lettered. Eighty horses will be used. The new band chariot, white and gold, will arrive next week from Indianapolis. All the people are engaged and reporting for practice every day. The staff of officials is as follows: Robert Nelson Jr., proprietor and manager; Robert Nelson, equestrian director; Ed. Willis, treasurer; Jno. Willis Jr., assistant treasurer; John Marks; John Keeler, boss hostler, and twenty assistants; Jas. Moore, master of canvas; Charles Adams, assisstant, and ten canvas men, with 110ft.(?) round top and 60ft. middle piece. Jacob Ziener, chandelier man, and two assistants; Dalbert(?) Woodhouse, master of properties, and two assistants; Mrs. Maize, wardrobe mistress; Chas. Keeler, harness maker. The advance brigade consists of Doc. J. H. Laine, general agent; George Costello, press agent; George Scott, excursion agent; Harry Capito, boss bill poster, and four assistants; Wm. ?allert, lithographer, and one assistant, and Wm. Capeley, programmer. One large four horse bill wagon, one large two horse paste wagon, one one horse scout wagon, one one horse programme wagon, and the general agent's buggy with two horses, the lettering being very handsome. The performers are: The Nelsons, six in number, premiere acrobats, etc.; La Belle Adele, lady principal equestrienne; Charles Mayo, principal equestrian; . . . pony hurdle rider; Mons. Chirini, ladders; Les Freres Ob??es, three comics; Mlle. Bogardus, and her school of trained dogs and doves; the Sisters Vlad??? (Alice and Elize, contortionists; Leopold and ???, flying trapeze; Mlle. Sebastian, cloud rings; Frank Christie and Dave Cunningham, clowns; the three performing ponies, Fanny, May and Grace, broken and performed by Robert Nelson Jr.; the two Sisters L???, high wires (doing their act on double wires side by side). The leaping dogs, Bruno and ???, will be a new feature, and Prof. Mallett and fourteen musicians, the band being a feature in their musical car, the Temple of St. Cece???. New York Clipper, April 14, 1894, p. 85.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Nelson Bros. - 1895

    Notes from Nelson Bros.' R. R. Show. Twenty-five cents admits to the big show and concert. Features of the big show are the Nelsons, flying trapeze and hurdle riders; Kitty Ellis, jockey queen; Mons La Belle, contortion; Joe Miner, clown and his clown dog; Josie Nelson, educated ponies; Harry Ferguson, musical clown, and the Ahearns, double trapeze. Our concert includes Murphy Bros., song and dance; Minnie Lee, vocalist and dancer; Mabel Ahearn, serio comic; Harry Barrett, comedian and vocalist; and Billy Haley, musical moke. Minnie Lee is making a hit with "Sweet Mamie O'Brien," a new waltz song by Joe Miner, our clown. New York Clipper, July 13, 1895, p. 293.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Billy Nelson's - 1891-92, 1894-95, 1912

1891:

    Billy Nelson's Circus, Museum, Menagerie and Wild West, en route through New England. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 192.

    Billy Nelson's Circus, Museum, Menagerie and Wild West. Turning 'em away nightly. New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 244.

1892:

    Notes from Billy Nelson's Big Show. Since his return from Europe, proprietor Nelson has been busily engaged getting everything in readiness for this season. The show will be bigger and better than ever. Our tent will be one of the largest. We will make a special feature of our street parade, which will be worth ___ miles to see. Nelson has secured several strong features, among which are a troupe of Mexicans, five(?) in number, who do one of the most wonderful aerial acts imeasureable . . . Harry Woods, illusionist and wonder worker has been engaged as manager. He will also make a feature of his "black(?) act(?)." New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 82.

    Call. Billy Nelson's Greatest Show Beneath the Sky. Open at Hartford, April 19. Report 9 a.m. 18. N.B. only 18x18x24 trunks will be carried. Special engagement of Cora Bell Armstrong, human spider, at $150(?) week. May I. Booker, witch of Mansfield, mind reader and palmist, outside attraction. Harry Woods, illusionist, manager of this enterprise. Wanted, sideshow people. __ Asylum Street, Hartford, Ct. New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 94.

    Billy Nelson wants tattooed lady, iron jawed lady, long haired lady, lady sword swallower, fire king, ect. Long season. I pay expenses. __ Asylum St., Hartford, Ct. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 108.

1894: Notes from Billy Nelson's Shows. This show will be there when the birds begin to sing stronger than ever. The following people have been engaged: The queen of the air, May Cameron(?), high wire and flying rings; John H. Reardon(?), the singing clown; Cunningham . . . Foley and Hagen, triple bars; John J. McGrath, perch act; Pete Salmon and his trained horses; Minnie Gault(?), performing dogs; John Leary . . . Guy Smith, manager of concert . . . Millie Franklin, outside attraction, with several more strong attractions yet to book. New York Clipper, March 24, 1894, p. 37.

1895:

    Notes from Billy Nelson's Show. Dan Foley, clown; Tom Carmody, hurdle rider, and Billy O'Flynn's Trained Monkeys joined last week. Frank McCarl, Dick Powers, Mark Duggan and Minnie Cross joined the concert. Ed Reynolds fell thirty feet from his balloon last week, and will be unable to work for a week. His partner, Bill McGown, will work alone. New York Clipper, June 1, 1895, p. 195.

    Notes from the Billy Nelson Show. This show is in its tenth year. Our advance consists of C. W. York, with twenty-two billposters, lithographers, sign painters, etc. Fletcher Smith and eight buglers herald the news one day in advance. Our opposition is under the control of John Patter(?). Roster: Kitty Jandres, bareback rider; Ross Bros., trapeze; John Leary, high wire; Reardon and Cunningham, bicycles; Reynolds and Bradley, contortionists; Burns and Donahue, perch; Sullivan, McGown and Ryan, aquatic experts in trick and fancy diving, etc.; Dan Foley, Dick Powers and Frank McGarrel, principal clowns; O'Connell, Cunningham and Degean, Roman gladiators; Ned Cunningham, hurdle rider; Con. Carmody, somersault rider; Joe Murphy, trick rider; Morris, Kirby and John Malone, trick mule and Rube act; Mike Morriaty, man fish; Frank Le Bar, human corkscrew; James O'Hearn, cannon ball juggler; Roby(?) Atkinson, with her trained horses. O'Flynn and Cullen, in their leap for life, dive from a two hundred foot extension ladder into a net for an outside attraction. New York Clipper, June 15, 1895, p. 227.

1912: Billie Nelson Show - Billy Nelson, prop. and mgr.; Fred Smith, Treas.; Fred Wallace, general agent; Nick Shea, railroad contractor, special agent and contracting press agent; Joe Hulbert, excursion agent; H. Pilkington, mgr. side show; Harry Moyer, equestrian director; Chas. Kirchman, general supt.; Harry Riley, supt. privileges; Chas. Elsworth, musical director; Morris Kirby, supt. canvas; Eugene Derry, trainmaster; Yellowboy Peirce, boss hostler; Wm. Dempsey, supt. commissary dept.; Sam L. Cohen, legal adjuster. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Nelson's Wild West, Dog & Pony - 1915-16, 1918, 1920, 1922   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1915

1915:

    The Nelson Wild West, Dog & Pony Show is back in Kansas, and as the weather has at last settled, good evening crowds are turning out. At Liberty, Nebraska, August 6(?), while playing a picnic, Black Diamond, the feature bucking horse, laid down on a broken bottle, sustaining injuries that resulted in its death about six hours later. Fred Goodrich, formerly of the Cole Bros.' Shows, joined the show at Violet, Nebraska, to do clowning. Tom Kerby, leader of the Woody Family Band, was bitten by a riding monkey at Marietta, Kansas, August 7, and narrowly escaped blood poison. Minnie Jones is on the injured list. It all came about at Bern, Nebraska, where she was thrown from a bronk while riding bareback. The Woody's tumbling act didn't work on August 5 and 6, owing to Robert Woody being ill. The four years, five months' old son of W. J. Nelson is creating much comment with his bareback riding on a bucking pony. Billboard, August 21, 1915, p. 58.

1916:

    Wanted, partner. Nelson's Wild West, Dog and Pony Show, complete, ready for road, nine wagons, Shetland ponies, high school horse, pickout horse, trained dogs, high diving dogs, riding dogs, dogs that work in troupes, and pitching bronchos. Tent, 70, with 40 middle; everything painted. Wife and five children and myself all work in show; nearly all play in band; will work for some responsible persons or consider partner. Must know right away, or will go on road myself. Have 49 head of mules and horses. Will sell big top. Give one hour, forty-five minutes trained animal show, besides the Wild West. W. J. Nelson, McCracken, Kansas. Billboard, March 4, 1916, p. 38.

1918:

    Winter quarters. Nelson's Wild West, Dog & Pony Show, W. J. Nelson, proprietor, Pitcher, Ok. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.

    Nelson's Wild West, Dog and Pony Circus closed the season at Galatia, Kansas, October 12. The show had two more weeks booked but the health authorities closed all amusements on account of influenza. The outfit was stored in Russell, Kansas, while the stock and animals were shipped to the ranch in Gove County, Kansas, near Orion, which will be the headquarters for the winter. Mr. and Mrs. W. J. Nelson and children are now at home in Orion, Kansas. Billboard, November 9, 1918, p. 54.

1920:

    Emil A. Arp, of the Great American Circus, has combined his show with the Nelson Wild West Show. Winter quarters have been established at Orion, Kansas. Walter Nelson has been in the Wild West business for thirty-five years, and is well known through Kansas, Oklahoma and Texas. Arp has been in the game but five years, but has proven himself a showman. The show will move in 25 wagons. Walt Nelson is busy breaking new animal acts at Orion. Arp, who is business manager, is now in Davenport, Iowa. Billboard, December 25, 1920, p. 67.

1922:

    Kansas. W. J. Nelson, of Nelson's Wild West and Trained Animal Exhibition, called at our office May 25 to pay respects and tell us that he was leaving that evening for Healy, Kansas, where his show was scheduled to open May 26 and 27. Mr. Nelson is the father of the Nelson Family of the Six Nelsons, all musicians, equestrians and acrobats, and being connected with the Nelson Show. Billboard, June 10, 1922, p. 76.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Nelson & DeForest - 1881

    Mrs. Nelson was thrown from her horse in Pontiac, Michigan, September 2, while riding with Nelson & De Forest's Circus, and sustained a fracture of her leg. Someone struck a violent blow on the canvas, which frightened the horse. She was to have been removed to her residence in Detroit, September 5. New York Clipper, September 17, 1881, p. 416.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

New Empire

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, J. A. Jones, proprietor, 1904-09.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

New Era

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, E. H. Todd, manager, circa 1904.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

New Orleans Railroad Dog & Pony Show - 1897

    Notes from the New Orleans Railroad Dog and Pony Shows. Our tent is an 80ft. with a 40ft. middle piece. The horse and pony tent is __ft., and the dressing tent 40ft. Our band wagon will be red and white, with stripes and gold leaf; ticket wagon, red and yellow, with white gear and red stripes. Six pony cars and traps, painted in the colors of the rainbow, carrying seventeen ponies, forty-five dogs, four horses and about thirty people, three railroad cars, one a combination. J. W. Heath, treasurer. Chas. Davis is superintendent. U. D. Henry is business representative. We will play three days' and week stands. Jas. Davis is advertising agent. Prof. Adell is coaching and training the equine and canine stock, also his riding monkeys. New York Clipper, February 20, 1897, p. 819.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great New Orleans - 1898

    Notes from the Great New Orleans Shows. Executive staff: F. H. Heath and T. J. Pooler, proprietors; J. W. Heath, manager; W. H. Heath, treasurer. We open our season at Utica, New York, May 6, 7. Roster: Harry Morgan, general agent; Clark Jackson, boss billposter with two assistants; Prof. J. M. Staley, equestrian director, with his school of educated ponies; Prof. Wm. Meehan with his troupe of dogs; the La Noles, aerialists; the Boytons, ladder acts; Mart. & G. Lynons, slack wire and contortion; Wilson and MacDell, triple bar; Charlie White, singing and knockabout clown; George Hayes, high dives; Mardo Bros., three brother acts . . . Frank Upton, boss canvasman with ten assistants; James Gill, boss porperties . . . Scott Monroe, chief cook; Jack Jordan and Mott Flood. The show will carry fifteen wagons, seven miniature pony carts and fifty head of stock. New York Clipper, April 30, 1898, p. 145.

    Notes from the Great New Orleans Shows. We opened at Utica, New York, May 6, 7. The La Noles, revolving ladder, are a feature. The Vails, double contortion, joined May 10. Prof. Harry Tyler, with his troupe of dogs, and Rice and Walters, clown act, are gaining applause. The Bradshaws (Fred and Ben), carrying perch act; Prof. J. M. Staley, educated horses, are making hits. . . . New York Clipper, May 21, 1898, p. 196.

    G. L. and W. C. Fusner have purchased the entire outfit of the Great New Orleans Circus and shipped it from Utica, New York, to Pittsburg, Pennsylvania, where they will reorganize it completely and open early in September and go South. The show will travel by rail. New York Clipper, August 20, 1898, p. 401.

    Notes from Fusner Bros.' Great New Orleans Shows. We opened in Alleghney City, Pennsylvania, September 1. . . . New York Clipper, September 17, 1898, p. 483.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

New York Circus - 1864

    The 1864 New York Circus, Stone & Rosston, owners, had the Seigrist family acrobats with August Seigrist, acrobatic clown; Rose Seigrist, tight rope; Madame Seigrist, rider; Master Seigrist, boy acrobat. Eaton Stone, bareback rider; Frank Carpenter, hurdles; Bill Young, gymnast; Den Stone, humorist clown. The band chariot led the parade to the lot. O-Kee-Na-Wa-Kas Indian exhibit in dances, bow and arrow shooting, feats. Admission 50 cents. White Tops, June-July, 1943, Vol. 16, Nos. 7, 8, 9, p. 11.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

New York Circus - 1871

    [Advertisement] New York Circus and Menagerie. Greenville, Tuesday, May 2d, 1871. Grand free spectacle. Gratuitous balloon ascension adjoining the circus pavilion at 1 o'clock p.m. prior to the arenic exhibition. Prof. Renno, French aeronaut, in his monster balloon "Tallulah." A journey beyond the clouds. Eight mammoth air ships, 100 feet high and 60 feet in diameter. Performing den of living wild animals from the jungles in Asia and the caves of Ethiopia. M. Paul Rouxarie, the lion king will enter the cage and feed them with raw meat from his own lips.
    Arenic department: Mlle. Stokes, premier equestrienne from the Royal Circus of Britain. Mlles. Andrews and Louise, cordes elastique and volante, Paple Fanque Cirque, Paris. Charles Fillis, British somersault and piourette rider. Horace Smith, bareback rider, with his pupil, the boy prodigy, Master Clarence with his two milk-white ponies in an act of equitation. Watson Brothers, three flying men of the air. Edwin Watson, gymnast and equestrian. George Watson, tumbler and trapeze. Thomas Watson, trapeze, horizontal bar and general artist.
    Signor Bliss, grand and lofty tumbling and trick clown. Jerome Tuttle, voltigeur and double somersault. J. C. Long, modern Hercules, light and heavy balance. Billy Andrews, clown. Jean Johnson, jester. And an endless list of auxiliaries and assistants. Herr Kopp's Silver Cornet Band, drawn by 12 Arabian horses, and in the oriental chariot of "Oberon," will parade the streets at 10 o'clock a.m. Strictest order enforced, and no smoking allowed within the pavilion. Carpeted seats for ladies without extra charge. Admission 50 cents. Children under 10 years, 25 cents. New Castle, Tuesday, April 25th. Sharon, Wednesday, April 26th. Greenville Argus (PA), April 19, 1871, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

New York Circus - 1878

    The New York Circus, Menagerie and Congress of Novelties, under the management of Prof. Reynolds the lion-king and George Coup, is traveling through Texas by wagons. They have sixteen cages of animals, two elephants, and a good variety combination. They exhibited in Washington, Feb. 25, Belleville 26, Industry 27, Columbus 28, March 1, and are going towards San Antonio and New Mexico. John Fulton has the sideshow, and Little Sheeney the candy-stands. New York Clipper, March 9, 1878, p. 399.

    George Coup and John Fulton of the New York Menagerie have, we are informed, made arrangements to fight a male lion against a wild Texan bull in San Antonio, Texas, April 5, and on the 6th they fight a lioness against another bull for $2,000. They have contracted for an iron cage or den 40 feet in diameter and 14 feet high, to be surrounded by an amphitheatre capable of seating 10,000 people. The ordinance prohibiting bull and dog fighting has been repealed at the instance of the parties interested. New York Clipper, April 6, 1878, p. 15.

    The animals, cages, etc., of the N. Y. Menagerie and Texas Hippotheatron were sold at public auction in San Antonio, Tex., May 4, to satisfy an attachment of Messrs. Schule & Nixon, iron founders, for building the iron cage for the late bull and lion fight. The property consisted of seven cages of animals and three small round-top tents. The entire concern, exclusive of the running gear of the cages, brought only $490. The aggregate returns from the sale were between eleven and twelve hundred dollars. The cages, canvas and animals were bought by A. W. Cox, who will ship them North. New York Clipper, May 18, 1878, p. 63.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

New York & Chicago North American - 1896

    The New York and Chicago Only North American Circus is now being organized, with Col. Jess Foster as general manager, for a tour of South America. In addition to being a circus, it will be a trained animal exhibit and Wild West show, with Indians, scenery, etc. New York Clipper, January 18, 1896, p. 725.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

New York Circus Co. - 1901

    Roster of the New York Circus Co., now touring Porto [sic] Rico and the West India Islands: T. S. Chapman, proprietor; James Donavan, manager; Emma Stickney, Stick Davenport, the Kenyons, Morello Bros., Emma Donavan, Tote Ducrow, May Davenport, Mlle. Novello, Chas. Rench, Reno McCree, Chas. Anzo, De Garmo Bros., Robert Stickney and Ike Goldsmith. New York Clipper, January 19, 1901, p. 1046. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Niblo & Sloat - 1860-61

1860:

    [Advertisement] Niblo & Sloats New York Circus and Performing Elephants from Cook's Amphitheatre, London. This company has been selected from the most eminent performers of the old and new world. Prominent among whom will be found the celebrated Madigan Family who had the honor of appearing before the Queen & Royal Family at the Alhambra Palace, London, May 14, 1858. M'lle Emma Madigan, premier equestrienne. H. P. Madigan, maitre du cirque. James Madigan, bare back principal rider. Master Chas. Madigan, hurdle rider.
    Sam Long, the celebrated vocal clown. Nat Rogers, scenic rider and gymnast. W. H. Austin, acrobat and equilibrist. The Densor Brothers, Valentine and Jacob (from Rentz's German Circus, Hamburg), Antipodean globe equestrians and gymnastic performers. Charles Shay, East Indian juggler and knife thrower. R. Nathaniels, comic equestrian and vaulter. Together with J. Davis, D. Richards, &c.
    And last though not least the world-renowned educated elephants Anthony and Cleopatra, who go through a great variety of performances at each entertainment, such as dancing, waltzing, playing on the hand organ, standing on their heads, mounting a pedestal 10 feet high and one foot broad, with other tricks, too numerous to mention. For further particulars see large and small bills. Will perform at Newport, Saturday, May 12, 1860. Doors open at 2 and 7 o'clock p.m. Admission 25 cents. Newport Daily News (RI), May 4, 1860, n.p.n.

• 1860: is online at:
Clipper, May 12,   Clipper, June 30,   Clipper, July 21 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 25,   Clipper, November 10 (scroll down)
Clipper, December 15,   Clipper, December 29 (scroll down)

• 1861: online at Clipper, January 12,   Clipper, April 6,   Clipper, April 20 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

S. H. Nichols' - 1838-39, 1841, 1843

1838:

    [Advertisement] Victory Arena, or Nichols' Extensive Circus. Mr. Nichols most respectfully announces to the inhabitants of Gettysburg, that his circus will be open for their amusement on Saturday the 25th of August inst. The entertainment will commence with a superb cavalcade and allegorical representations of the four quarters of the globe, America, Europe, Asia & Africa, showing a succession of intricate manoeuvres, with eight beautiful and highly trained horses, and actually performing the difficult mazes of the Waltz and Star Dance, with various other difficult feats which it would seem to require the human mind to exercise.
    Mr. S. Miller, the celebrated equilibrist, will be introduced, who will go through the whole of his astonishing performance. Miss C. Devine & Master W. Nichols, will appear in the circle at one time, mounted on the unparallelled twon ponies, Kanko and Osceola, and go through their celebrated and much admired Allemand. The positionist and procean artists will go through many transformations and contortions.
    Mr. Nichols will introduce his niece, Miss Elizabeth Devine, who will ride a single horse, and represent many beautiful, daring, and classical attitudes never before attempted by one of her age, being only 12 years old. Clown to the whole performance, Mr. G. Knapp. Master Aymar, as young Nimrod, on his beautiful horse Mazeppa, will introduce a variety of feats, which, for skill and activity, have never been surpassed by any equestrian of this young gentleman's age.
    Mr. Howes will introduce the wonderful learned water poodle dog Monk. Master W. Nichols will perform many astonishing feats, riding on his head, &c. and will go through the scene of the Flat Head Warrior, or Armed Horseman of the Missouri, and portray the manners and customs of the Aborigines. Besides a number of comic songs and other performances, which cannot be included within the limites of this advertisement. The performance to conclude with a laughable afterpiece, entitle the Black adn White Marketmen. Price of admission - Box 50 cts. Pit 25 cts. Children under 10 years, half price to the Boxes. Doors open at 1. Performance to commence at 2, and at 7 in the evening. Adams Sentinel (Gettysburg, PA), August 13, 1838, n.p.n.

    Victory Arena, or Nichols' Extensive Circus. The entertainments will commence with a superb cavalcade and allegorical representations of the four quarters of the globe, America, Europe, Asia and Africa, showing a succession of intricate manoevers; with eight beautiful and highly trained horses, and actually performing the difficult mazes of the Waltz and Star Dance, with various other difficult feats. Mr. S. Miller, the celebrated equilibrist. Miss C. Devine & Master W. Nichols, mounted on the unparallelled twin ponies, Kanko and Osceola, go through their celebrated Allemand. Positionist and Pro??? artists, transformations and contortions. Mr. Nichols will introduce his niece, Miss Elizabeth Devine, who will ride a single horse, and represent many beautiful, daring, and classical attitudes never before attempted by one of her age, being only 12 years old. Clown to the whole performance Mr. G. Knapp. Master Aymar, as young Nimrod, on his beautiful horse, Mazeppa, will introduce a variety of feats. Mr. Howes will introduce the Learned Water Poodle Dog Monk. Master W. Nichols will perform many astonishing feats, riding on his head &c. and will go through the scene of his Flat Head Warrior, or armed Horseman of the Missouri, and portray the manners and customs of the Aborigines. Comic songs and other performances. Star and Republican (Gettysburg, PA), August 14, 1838.

1839:

    [Advertisement] Victory Arena and Mammoth Circus. Mr. S. H. Nichols, proprietor of this extensive establishment, would give notice that he will visit the village of Lodi, on Wednesday, the 19th inst., for one day only, with his beautiful stud of horses, and company of equestrians, who stand unrivaled in their profession. This exhibition is fitted up in a style which renders it superior to any thing of the kind in this country. Every exertion will be made on the part of the equestrians, as well as the manager, to make it interesting and worthy of patronage.
    The scene in the circle will present a variety of new and interesting feats of horsemanship and other varied scenes of amusements and equestrian exercises, which will constitute one of the most delightful and genteel entertainments ever presened to an American public. Equestrian manger, Mr. Buckley; clown, Mr. Knapp. Hours of exhibition from 2 to 5 p.m. Admittance, Box 50 cents. Pit 25 cents. Children half price to the Boxes. Freeman and Messenger (Lodi, NY), June 13, 1839, n.p.n.

1841:

    [Advertisement] Albany Amphitheatre, or Great Western Circus. A splendid and combined attraction of equestrian and gymnastic performances. Mr. S. H. Nichols, proprietor of the above named establishment, has the honor to announce to the citizens of Norwalk, that his unequalled troupe of equestrians, and beautiful stud of horses, will be exhibited on Tuesday, the 5th day of October next. The public are also respectfully informed, that the equestrian troupe, under the direction of Mr. H. Needham, is composed of the most extensive and talented equestrian artists; comprising several of the most celebrated and skillful performers, both of this country and Europe. Among whom is the unrivalled Le Tort [Tert?], whose incredible performances, and daring feats of horsemanship, have caused so much excitement in the principal cities of America, where he had the honor to appear.
    The manager pledges himself that his exhibition shall be of a strictly chaste and moral character, and free from every objection frequently made to entertainments of this description. Attached to this company of equestrians, are a number of elegant and accomplished ladies, who will appear during the performance, and by their graceful and rich acquirements in the profession, will ever add brilliantcy of feature to the entire entertainment.
    The above establishment, during the last winter, at the New Amphitheatre, Albany, as well as at the numerous cities and villages it has visited, and before the most choice and intelligent public, where it has had the honor of appearing, has been characterized with that degree of propriety and decorum, which has established for it a reputation in the minds of a generous public which will warrant the proprietor a patronage equal to its merits.
    The celebrated Boston Brass Band is engaged, who will accompany the performances with a choice selection of the most popular and appropriate airs, &c. Doors open at half past one. Performance to commence at two p.m. Price of admission - Box 50 cts. Pit 25 cts. C. Griswold, agent. The above establishment will be exhibited at Paris on Monday the 4th day of October, and at Florence 4 corners, on Wednesday the 6th of October next. Huron Reflector (Norwalk, OH), September 7, 1841, n.p.n.

1843:

    The Circus of Nichols & Co., will exhibit themselves to our citizens on Friday, the 11th of August inst. This is one of the most popular circuses, that ever travelled the country. In every place they have performed they won the enconiums of all who witnessed their feats of strength and agility. In speaking of them, the Detroit Gazette says: "This Circus is one of the best in arrangement, that has passed through the Western country. The equestrian performances are of the most interesting characte; and the feats of Mons. Guillot are absolutely incredible to any one who has witnessed them." Racine Advocate (WI), August 2, 1843, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Nixon & Co's - 1859

• Stuart Thayer's Annals of the American Circus, 1793-1860 lists Nixon & Co.'s Mammoth Circus, James M. Nixon and James Melville, owners, 1859.

• 1859: online at:
Clipper, January 29,   Clipper, February 12,   Clipper, February 26 (scroll down)
Clipper, March 26,   Clipper, April 16,   Clipper, May 7 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 21,   Clipper, June 11,   Clipper, June 18 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 29,   Clipper, July 2,   Clipper, July 9 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 23,   Clipper, August 13,   Clipper, September 10 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 17,   Clipper, October 1,   Clipper, October 22 (scroll down)

• Nixon & Co.'s Circus in 1859. After concluding a successful season in Niblo's Garden, New York, during which a patent ring, which did away with the use of soft earth, was used for the first time in this country upon the stage of a theatre, the company performed for some time in the Boston, Mass. Theatre, and then started upon a tour of the New England States. We append a copy of an advertisement announcing their performance in Taunton, Mass. J. M. Nixon is living in temporary retirement; Mme. Mason, James Melville, W. W. Nichols, Dan Castello, Thomas Lenton, Frederick Rentz, Signor Bliss, Mrs. Melville and C. W. Fuller are living; Mme. Caroline (Nixon) died in Bangor, Me., July 20, 1864.
&nbps;&nbps;&nbps; It Is Coming. The Real, Genuine Monster Show. Nixon & Co.'s Mammoth Circus, from Niblo's Garden, New York, and the Boston Theatre. Taunton, Friday, June 3, 1859. On the morning of the day of exhibition Madame Mason, late of Astley's Amphitheatre, London, the only female forty horse driver in the world, will drive forty rampant steeds in hand, attached to the band chariot, through the principal streets. A feature of this establishment will be the educated bull, Don Juan . . . Among the stars will be found the Great Melville, Australian horseman; M. W. W. Nichols; Dan Castello, humorist and leaper and vaulter; Thomas Lenton, English clown; Frederick Rentz, American clown; and Senor Bliss, Italian trick clown. Walking the ceiling, Mons. Paulk, the original Parisian anopodean, will walk across the ceiling head down, feet upwards. Mrs. Melville, from the Melbourne Circus, and Mme. Caroline, from Paris and St. Petersburg, in acts of equestrianism. Trick and hurdle-riders, posture masters, gymnasts, acrobats, etc. are comprised in the circus, as well as a stud of highly trained horses and ponies. Full pantomime troupe has been engaged for the stage performance the grand spectacular pantomime, replete with illusions, brilliant effects, extraordinary tricks, pageantry and side-splitting fun, entitled, The Night Owl or The Door of Montarois(?). The company will perform at Middleboro, June 2(?). New York Clipper, January 6, 1877, p. 325.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Nixon & Kemp - 1857-59   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1857-58

• According to Stuart Thayer's Annals of the American Circus, 1793-1860, in 1857 the show was "Nixon & Kemp's Great Eastern Circus," James M. Nixon and William H. Kemp, owners. In 1858 it was "Nixon's Great American Circus and Kemp's Mammoth English Circus, with the same owners.

1857:

    [Advertisement] Wait for the Calliope! Wait for the Great Musical Chariot drawn by forty horses! Wait for the only recognized show of the age. The only show representing new features outside and new novelties in the ring. The only show that has a full company organized under the title of circus, which will perform at Burlington, Saturday, June 13, 1857.
    Nixon & Kemp's Great Eastern Circus, representing the amusements of five different nations, America, England, France, China, Arabia, will exhibit at Burlington, Saturday, June 13th. The great performing pavilion is the largest ever made. The calliope, a stupendous and harmonious instrument, played with steam pipes, the only one now on exhibition, and equal in power to a brass band composed of more than a thousand musicians. It can be heard for miles around! While its notes are as clear and harmonious as those of a full and perfect orchestra. The calliope, drawn by 40 horses, four abreast, will precede the grand procession into the city on the morning of the exhibition.
    Three popular clowns; Kemp, the great English clown, Tom Linton, the trick clown, Bob Smith, the buffo singer. Among the leading features of this quincuplexal troupe are a party of Chinese jugglers and artists, recently arrived from the Celestial Empire composed of Tsip-Si-Hoang, Kland-see and Chum-Chum, with their assistants, in all their curious and miltifarious feats of Oriental necromancy and skill, magic transformations and deceptions, precisely the same as they were exhibited by the Celestials two thousand years ago; and never before the present season allowed to be looked upon by "Outside Barbarians."
    Mons. De Bach and Madame DeBach, from all the European Amphitheatres. In the course of the entertainments Mad DeBach will appear in the character of Diana, Godess of the Chase. Mons. DeBach in an extraordinary act of juggling on horseback, never before performed, though frequently illustrated in various show bills, entitled Le Jonglelur A Cheval. During this act Mons. DeBach lies upon the back of his horse and tosses large wooden globes about as he goes around the ring, catching and balancing them again on his feet.
    Arabian acrobats. Among the wandering children of the desert who appear in this exhibition, is Azi-Cheriff, the subtle-jointed artist, called the "Snake of the Desert." It is impossible to give an accurate description of this wonderful man's performances. Accompanying Azi-Cheriff are Ben Fez, Hassen-Ali, and Hamet the jumper, allf rom the burning plains of Arabia, and who will give truthful illustrations of the games, sports and festivities of the wandering Arabs.
    The following distinguished lady equestrians will also appear in various acts: M'lle Caroline, M'lle Louise, Mad. Kempton, Miss Ricford, Miss Almah. W. H. Kemp, the trick clown, will introduce for the first time in this country, his brilliant comic pantomimic of the Night Owl, or Dogs of Montargis, in which the whole company, embracing the representatives of the five great nations, will appear together. Francis Seigrist, the superb gymnastic, grotesque, French clown, in his numerous antics and flying leaps. Alonzo Hubbell, the modern Sampson, and cannon ball performer.
    Tom Linton, the clown on stilts, in his very extraordinary and ludicrous performances. Walter Alymer [sic], the celebrated wild hurdle jumping rider and splendid pantomimist. Jas. Ellsler, and J. Haslet, with the entire troupe, will appear in the animated scene of tumbling and vaulting. R. Smith, the popular ballad singer. Masters George and William, in juvenile horsemanship, posturing, tumbling, &c. Horace Nichols, the accomplished equestrian manager. Besides a host of auxillaries necessary to give effect to the numerous representations.
    Door open at 1 1/2 and 7 p.m., performance commences half an hour afterwards. Admission to boxes 50 cents. Pit 25 cents. Children under 9 years to boxes half-price. Gratuitous exhibition, grand ascension upon a single wire by a lady. Previous to the commencement of the afternoon performance. [Note: Spalding & Rogers' advertisement was on the same page, advertised for Burlington June 6th.] Daily Hawk-Eye and Telegraph (Burlington, IA), June 4, 1857, n.p.n.

• 1857: online at Clipper, May 2 (scroll down)

• 1857: An advertisment for the 1857 show, with performers listed, is online in Bandwagon, Mid-May 1953.

1858:

    [Advertisement] J. M. Nixon's Great American Circus, will be at Fort Wayne on Tuesday, May 11, 1858. Nixon's gorgeous procession. The greatest outside and most talented and superb inside exhibition ever given in America, will enter town about 10 a.m. in the following order: 1. Kendall's superb Bugle Band, led by Ned Kendall, in person, drawn in a magnificent band landeau, by twenty horses, in rich trappings, and decorated with the flag of the United States. 2. Cavalcade of lady and gentlemen performers, in full dress riding costume, mounted on their beautiful horses. 3. Traveling carriages with performers. 4. The great Musical Steam Calliope, drawn by ten horses, with mounted postillion riders, dressed in appropriate costumes. The whole procession being distinguished by the American flage in the head dresses of the horses, and attached to the band carriages. The above, when added to the procession of Kemp's Mammoth English Circus, will form one of the most imposing pageants ever seen.
    Omar Richardson, the only rival in horsemanship of Melville, the Australian rider, in his superb act of hurdle jumping and steeple chase. Little Alice, the child of the arena - only 7 years old - rides backwards as well as forwards, and throws all other lady equestrianism into the shade. Grand cavalcade of Ladies. Bill Lake, the American humorist. Ned Kendall, the weird bugler, will accompany the performances in person with his superb bugle band. Lady clown, Miss Amelia Butler assumes the cap and bells as the lady jester - first exhibition of the kind ever given in this country. Libby, the American hercules, in tremendous feats of strength, opposed to Mons Gregoire.
    Superb lady saddle exercises, in a variety of illustrations by Miss Caroline Devine. The American gymnasts, Messrs. Painter and Durand, introducing new and animated pictures of the gymnase. Comic vocalist and singing clown, Bob Butler. Ascension on a single wire, by M'lle Heloise,to an elevation of fifty feet from the ground, outside the circus tent; immediately previous to the commencement of the afternoon performances. Besides the above, there will be given a display of horsemanship, tumbling, etc., by Masters George Ross, William Nixon, Messrs. Carl, Roland, Armstrong, Carter. Signor ___, Herr Rouse, Messrs. Pratt, Caulker, Garland, Bught, Slighter, Doty, Croff; and 30 others of equal talent, comprised in the Anglo-American Circus.
    The entertainments to conclude with a new and interesting military spectacle entitled Jessie Brown, or, Havelock's Last Victory. A sketch from the war in India. As performed during last winter, at the Broadway Theatre, N. Y., under the direction of James M. Nixon, produced in the ring, with brilliant effects; new and splendid uniforms and eastern costumes, gorgeous properties, evolutions and charges of cavalry, terrific combats, and concluding with a grand tableau of victory. For description of incident, cast of characters, &c., see hand bills. Doors open at 2 and 7 o'clock p.m. Admission to both shows 50 cents. Children 25 cents. The above company will also exhibit at Huntington, May 10, and at Kendalville, May 12. Fort Wayne Sentinel (IN), May 1, 1858, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] Kemp's Mammoth English Circus, will exhibit at Fort Wayne, on Tuesday, May 11th, 1858. Among the distinguished equestrians attached to Kemp's English Circus is: The Great Melville, in his original, daring and unapproachable Australian horsemanship. Never attempted by any other rider. In the course of which this modern centaur will exhibit his feats of flying, vaulting and jumping over hurdles, fences, bars and gates, while standing up on his naked horse, and at the same time carrying and balancing his son, a youth of twelve years, in every variety of posture.
    Mons. Gregoire, the German Hercules, and the strongest man in the world. Mons. Paul, of Paris, will walk across the ceiling - head down, feet upwards. Signor Blitz, the Italian trick clown, in his wonderful grotesques. Fred Rentz, the hurdle jumper, and great steeple chase rider. Superb lady equestrianism, by Mlle Palmyre. William H. Kemp, of Birmingham, Eng., principal clown and jester. Great feats of La Perche and La Trapez, by Messrs. Neiles and Rentz. Athletic sports and exercises on the ground, by Kemp's superb troupe. Splendid cavalcade in full dress, by twelve horses, rode by ladies. The performance will be accompanied by Peter Forst's English Brass Band.
    Particular notice. By an arrangement effected between the proprietors of Nixon's Great American Circus, and Kemp's Mammoth English Circus, the two companies will perform together under one pavilion, giving all the performances advertised by each for one single price of admission, until further notice.
    It is also agreed that the companies will travel together, under the title of the "Great Anglo-American Exhibition;" that each company shall make a separate and independent procession into town, attended by their respective military bands; and that, in order to enable the two companies to give a full performance of everything announced in both bills, the gymnastic feats of each company will be given in one ring at the same time, the performers being distinguished by their several badges, as follow - the English wearing a red ribbon attached to the right shoulder, and the Americans, by a blue ribbon on the left shoulder. An award of $160 will at the close of the season be made by the proprietors to the best rider; and another of $50 to the best gymnastic performer. J. M. Nixon, Wm. H. Kemp. C. W. Fuller, agent in advance of companies. Admission to both shows only 50 cents. Children 25 cts. Doors open at 2 and 7 p.m. The show company will exhibit at Huntington, May 10th, and at Kendalville, May 12th. Fort Wayne Sentinel (IN), May 1, 1858, n.p.n.

• 1858: online at:
Clipper, April 10,   Clipper, April 24,   Clipper, June 5 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 26,   Clipper, July 10,   Clipper, July 17 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 21,   Clipper, August 28,   Clipper, September 4 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 18,   Clipper, September 25,   Clipper, October 9 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 30,   Clipper, November 27,   Clipper, December 11 (scroll down)
Clipper, December 18,   Clipper, December 25 (scroll down)

• 1859: online at Clipper, January 1,   Clipper, January 8,   Clipper, January 15 (scroll down)

• The veteran, but keenly observant and reminiscent, Mons. La Thorne writes as follows to the Clipper from his retirement in this city:
    Reading in your obituary columns two weeks ago of the death of William H. Kemp, the old time clown, I observed several discrepancies; and, as the Clipper is usually accurate on all subjects, I will try and set it right on this. Mr. Kemp came to this country in the Winter of 1846 and opened at the Bowery Amphitheatre, this city, under the management of John Tryon. The clowns there at the time were Sig. Felix Curlo and Sam Thrift. John Gossin was not a member of the company. Mr. Kemp’s performance consisted in walking a barrel, and carrying another one in his hands. He afterwards had a globe made, and used to carry Master Geo. Nixon on his shoulders up and down an incline run. When the circus closed, in the Spring, he went to work at his trade (gold beater). In the following Fall he was again at the Amphitheatre. This time he produced an old English pantomime, which was very successful. He next started with Mr. Nixon in the traveling circus of Nixon & Kemp. This flourished for some years. Then he settled down, and disappeared entirely from the show business. He launched out extensively in the gold beating business, and, as his material was considered the best in the market, he rapidly accumulated a fortune. He was not a good talking clown, as his cockney dialect did not suit the boys. He was a trick and pantomime clown. Mme. Mccarty was not the wife of Mr. Kemp, nor any relation to him. She came to this country a year before he did, and opened at Seth B. Howes’ Circus, then performing at Palmo’s Opera House. She was the first lady equestrienne in the country to jump over banners, through balloons, etc. "White Tents," New York Clipper, May 9, 1891.

• According to his marriage record, William H. Kemp was born in England, the son of Thomas Kemp and Maria Eganton. He married Martha M. Stanley Tye on October 3, 1866 in Manhattan, New York. In the censuses from 1850 to 1880, William’s wife was listed as Martha or Martha M. Martha was born in England. Her parents were John H. Stanley and Martha Brooks. From: Extracted marriage record, Family History Library, Batch No.: M005678.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

J. M. Nixon's - 1860-63, 1865-66, 1870

1860:

• According to Stuart Thayer's Annals of the American Circus, 1793-1860, in 1860, Cooke's Royal Circus; Grizzly Adams' California Menagerie; Nixon's Royal Circus, these three titles used alone and in combination at various times in 1860. All of them were under the management of James M. Nixon.

• Also see Cooke's Royal Circus.

    [Advertisement] Nixon's Royal Amphitheatre, of Niblo's Garden, New York, Astley's, London, and the Philadelphia and Boston Academies of Music. On its Southern tour by railroad. Proprietor, Jas. M. Nixon. Manager, Mr. T. Barton, of Baltimore. Advertising courier, Mr. T. U. Tidmarsh, of New Orleans and Texas. Court jesters, Messrs. Ward & Davenport. Supreme of the arena, Mr. R. Ellingham.
    Dictated by a desire to concentrate at Niblo's Garden, New York, such a combination of equestrian and acrobatic ability as would surpass every other in the world, I proceded to Europe and brought over to New York the wonderful troupe that has filled the vast theatre of the metropolis, and the Boston and Philadelphia Academies of Music, for months to overflowing. My engagements with the great tragedian, Mr. Edwin Forrest, who after a four years absence from the stage has at length yielded to my solicitations to re-appear at Niblo's Garden, occupies for his time this favorite cosmopolitan temple of the drama, and enables me to indulge a long cherished desire, and at the same time sucede to the solicitation of hosts of Southern ladies and gentlemen, to send my great troupe to visit the principal cities of the South; and I assure the thousands of ladies and gentlemen of the South, who have seen the company at Niblo's and elsewhere, and the public; that here will be no diminuation of its numbers, or change in its persona. J. M. Nixon.
    The compandy. Mlle. Ella Zoyara, the renowned sensation lady equestrienne. The Hanlon Brothers, the mighty acrobats, Alfred, Thomas, George, William and Frederick. Sig. Sebastian, the dashing Italian equestrian. Mons. Duverney, the man of a thousand forms. Herr Charlton, the comic aerial stilt feat performer and dancer. Mons. De Bach, the equestrian revolving orbit performer. Mr. George Ross, the daring & graceful principal rider and bridge leaper. Mr. James Ward, the great rope supensionist, a la Blondin, and Professor of the art magique. Mr. William Kincade, the best general performer in the world. Master Frank Stark, the renowned double sommersault thrower. Master Willie, the juvenile petite equestrain in the double act of obstacle leaping on his twin ponies. Mr. Sampson, the Herculean and acrobatic artist.
    The troupe will be accompanied by a fine brass band, led by Herr Kopp. The world's favorite, the Mare Zaidee, the incarnation of equestrian beauty and intelligence. The beautiful twin ponies, Cupid and Diamond. A superb stud of ring and trick horses, in splended condition - fresh and vigorous - as railroading saves it the fatigue of traveling. Doors open at 1 1/2, to commence at 2 p.m; 7 p.m., to commence at 8. Admission 50 cents. Children and servants, 25 cents. Seats are covered, and of a width to make them perfectly comfortable. Ushers in attendance.
    Company will exhibit at Weldon, Saturday, October 20th; Raleigh, Monday and Tuesday, Oct. 22d and 23d; Goldsboro, Wednesday, Oct. 24th; Wilmington, Thursday, Friday and Saturday, 25th, 26th and 27th. Admission 50 cents. Children under 10 years old, and servants 25 cents. Doors open at 2 and 7 o'clock. Performance to commence at 2 1/2 and 7 1/2 o'clock. Weekly Standard (Raleigh, NC), October 24, 1860, p. 1.

• 1860: J. M. Nixon's online at:
Clipper, January 14   Clipper, May 12,   Clipper, June 16 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 23,   Clipper, July 21,   Clipper, August 4 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 11,   Clipper, October 27,   Clipper, November 3 (scroll down)
Clipper, December 1,   Clipper, December 8,   Clipper, December 15 (scroll down)

• 1861: online at:
Clipper, January 12,   Clipper, January 19,   Clipper, February 9 (scroll down)
Clipper, February 16,   Clipper, March 16,   Clipper, March 30 (scroll down)
Clipper, April 6,   Clipper, May 11,   Clipper, July 6 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 24,   Clipper, August 31,   Clipper, September 7 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 14,   Clipper, September 28 (scroll down)

• 1861: Nixon's Royal Circus featured six Hanlon Brothers, acrobats, Joe Pentland, singing clown, and "Old Grizzly" Adams in a cage of trained grizzly bears. White Tops, June-July, 1943, Vol. 16, Nos. 7, 8, 9, p. 11.

• Information on James M. Nixon's, during the Civil War, is in Slout's Clowns and Cannons.

• 1862: online at:
Clipper, April 26,   Clipper, May 3,   Clipper, May 17 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 25,   Clipper, December 20,   Clipper, December 27 (scroll down)

• 1863: online at:
Clipper, January 3,   Clipper, January 17,   Clipper, February 28 (scroll down)
Clipper, March 7,   Clipper, April 4,   Clipper, May 2 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 30,   Clipper, June 6,   Clipper, June 13 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 20,   Clipper, June 27,   Clipper, July 25 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 1,   Clipper, August 15,   Clipper, August 22 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 12,   Clipper, September 19,   Clipper, September 26 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 3,   Clipper, October 24,   Clipper, November 7 (scroll down)

• 1863, also see Alhambra Circus.

• 1865: online at:
Clipper, May 27,   Clipper, June 17,   Clipper, June 24 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 1,   Clipper, July 22,   August 5 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 9,   Clipper, October 28,   Clipper, November 11 (scroll down)
Clipper, December 9,   Clipper, December 16 (scroll down)

• 1866: online at Clipper, January 27,   Clipper, February 24 (scroll down)

1870:

    [Advertisement] Nixon's Great Circus from New York. For two days. Organized for a grand tour through the Southern States for 1870. James N. Nixon, manager and director. Chas. C. Pell, general business agents. Will exhibt at Atlanta, Friday and Saturday, afternoon and night, October 7th and 8th, 1870. Previous to the afternoon performance there will be a grand gratuitous exhibition by Mad'lle Rosetta on a wire 200 feet in length and 50 feet in height. This feat will take place at half past 1 o'clock. Admission 75 cents. Children under ten years of age, 50 cents. Colored people, 50 cents. Doors open at 2 and 7 o'clock. Performance commencing half an hour after. No postponement. Atlanta Constitution (GA), October 7, 1870, n.p.n.

• Articles on the career of James M. Nixon and his shows are in:
Bandwagon, July-August, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 4, pp. 4-14.
Bandwagon, September-October, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 5, pp. 16-23.
Bandwagon, November-December, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 6, pp. 44-51.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Noble's Tent Show - 1912

    Noble's Tent Show - Chas. Noble, prop. and mgr.; J. W. Davis, general agent; Leroy Noble, supt. privileges; Dan Hamilton, supt. canvas; H. Kirby, supt. lights; Mrs. Noble, supt. properties; E. Love, supt. working crew. Show opens at Charleston, S. C., April 22. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

J. R. Noonan's - 1918-19

1918:

    The Noonan One-Ring Circus is now in winter quarters at Cleveland, Ohio. Manager J. R. Noonan states that he will open the season early in Cleveland and will carry a ten-wagon outfit. Six more ponies are being broken and will be added. "Billy," the high diving dog is still in the troupe. Billboard, November 23, 1918, p. 26.

1919:

    For sale, Noonan's Dog and Pony Shows, consisting of two spotted ponies, doing a number of tricks; three well-broken dogs and spotted goat, 40x60 bale ring top, one 14x19 top, one miniature ticket wagon, lights, and everything that goes to make up a dog and pony show. Will set up and run the show. The first $500.00 takes it. J. R. Noonan, Cleveland, Ohio. Billboard, June 28, 1919, p. 135.

More on the 1919 Noonan's show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

J. W. Norman Circus   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1925 (John W. Norman and Thomas Berry, proprietors)

    Twenty-five Years Ago. Program of the J. W. Norman Circus included Miller's dogs and ponies, Bounding Johnson, Garrett Trio, the Bersaws, Whitey Harris Trio, Jack Doyle, Hank Gardner, Vic Sponser, George Day and Ray Harner, clowns. Billboard, September 23, 1950, p. 79.

    Twenty-five Years Ago. Chester C. Snow joined the J. W. Norman Circus as special agent. Billboard, March 18, 1950, p. 60.

    The John W. Norman Circus, of 1926, traveled on 5 railroad cars and carried 15 ponies, 5 mules and 26 dogs. They had a side show, big top and cookhouse tent. General superintendent on the show was Frank (Slivers) Burns. Circus Report, March 21, 1977, p. 25.

The information below may be this John W. Norman

At liberty, Oct. 1. Orchestra leader (violin), also trombone. Permanent address John W. Norman, Gothenburg, Neb. [Advertisement] Billboard, September 25, 1920, p. 25.

John W. Norman, last season with Yankee Robinson Show. Billboard, September 6, 1913, p. 26.

J. W. Norman Circus (Norman E. Beck and Thomas E. Berry), at Flint, Michigan in February 1925. Bandwagon, September-October, 1997, p. 7.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Prof. C. Norris' - 1889, 1891

Prof. C. Norris' Canine Paradox played the opera house at Council Grove, Kansas, March 8 and 9, 1889. He advertised preaching, praying, musical, leaping, singing, dogs. In addition his dogs acted as judges, lawyers, criminals, witnesses and executioner, as well as feats of walking the tight rope suspended in mid-air, standing on their heads and turning somersaults. Charles Norris was later one of the proprietors of the Norris & Rowe circus. Bandwagon, May-June, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 3, p. 36.

Prof. Norris was with William Sells' London Olympian show. After the Sells show debacle, Prof. Norris took the road with his Norris' Canine Paradox in November, 1891. Bandwagon, July-August, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 4, p. 32.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Norris & Moore - 1909   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1908

    Adam Norris and Harry P. Moore have consolidated their interests and announce that next season they will open in St. Louis with the greatest one-ring show on earth. They will carry ten cars. Billboard, December 19, 1908, p. 18.

    Wanted, circus people for Norris & Moore Shows, season opens in St. Louis, Mo., April, 1909. Contracting agent, car manager and billposters, write. This will be a new, 10 car circus. Can place immediately horse, pony and dog trainer. Note, 30 years of circus experience. Norris & Moore, Great Western Printing Company, St. Louis, Mo. New York Clipper, December 19, 1908, p. 1118.

    The Norris & Moore Consolidated Shows are organizing in St. Louis, for the road, and expect to put out the best equipped one-ring circus. There seems to be plenty of money behind the enterprise. Billboard, December 19, 1908, p. 23.

    Norris & Moore Circus, now organizing in St. Louis, have purchased a lot of horses and will start breaking them next week at winter quarters under the direction of Mr. La Pearl, of last year's Barnum Show. Billboard, December 26, 1908, p. 14.

    St. Louis, Mo. The Norris and Moore Consolidated Railroad shows have leased the old Independent Stock Yards barns at St. Louis, and have thoroughly remodeled and converted them into winter quarters. They have installed complete building and remodeling shops, and last week bought twenty head of draft baggage and parade horses at an average of $450 per span. They have ordered harness for the entire show from Hoffman and Edwards. At the present time attention is given to the training of menage acts. Billboard, January 2, 1909, p. 32.

    Frank Loyal, known as Montana Frank, of the famous Loyal Family, has signed with the Norris & Moore Show for next season. He will take charge of breaking their stock on January 1. Billboard, January 9, 1909, p. 14.

    G. H. Garrett, one of the proprietors of a new railroad show to be operated out of St. Louis this season states that the new show will have an equipment second to none on the road. They had intended to call the show Norris & Moore, but since the old title Norris & Rowe will be in use they have decided to adopt another name. They announce that they will not tolerate graft, that if they cannot live without that side issue that they will be satisfied with the first season. Billboard, January 30, 1909, p. 19. [John H. Garrett and Art Bowers were owners of Rice Bros. in 1913.]

    Rice Brothers' Colossal Railroad Shows (merged with Norris & Moore Shows). Want lady principal rider with stock, also want cast and return act. Also people in all departments. Musicians address Chas. Wray; property men address Joe Emery; canvasmen address Shorty Smith; train men address John Stewart; hostlers, grooms, eight horse drivers, address James Babcock; all care St. James Hotel, St. Louis. All Norris & Moore contracts hold good. Rice Brothers Colossal Shows, St. James Hotel, St. Louis, Mo. Billboard, January 30, 1909, p. 41.

    J. H. Garry [sic Garrett?], representing Norris & Moore Shows, has secured from Ringling Bros.' surplus stock at Bridgeport, Conn., comprising three seventy-foot flat cars and fifteen baggage and parade wagons. Billboard, February 6, 1909, p. 19.

    Harry R. Moore, general agent of the Rice Bros. Shows, writes: "A mortgage from John H. Garrett to W. H. Pomery for $10,000 ties up the Rice Bros. Show in East St. Louis, Ill. New York Clipper, June 19, 1909, p. 488.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Norris Bros. Circus - 1936

This motorized show was out in 1936. Bandwagon, January-February, 1989, p. 10.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1936-38, Charles R. LaMont, owner.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Norris Bros. Dog & Pony Show

• 1894-1899, Norris brothers and H. S. Rowe.

• An article on the history of the Norris Bros. and Norris & Rowe shows, 1888-1910, in Bandwagon, January-February, 1972, Vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 4-14.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Norris & Rowe - 1900-01, 1907-08, 1909, 1910   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1900-1910

1900:

    Norris & Rowe Shows cleared $10,800 in fifteen days at the Mechanic's Pavilion in San Francisco. This is no pipe story, either, but the result of heavy billing and faithful conscientious house-to-house program. They put up 10,000 sheets of wall work, 900 window lithos and distributed 65,000 couriers. Carrying a ten-car show on six cars, the biggest six cars of stuff ever handled. Billboard, May 1, 1900, p. 6.

    The following are the agents of the Norris & Rowe Show: J. h. Fitzpatrick, general agent; F. Woods and F. Collier, bill posters; John Sullivan, lithographer; Chas. Munnell, programmer. Billboard, May 5, 1900, p. 3.

    Norris & Rowe added Major Mite to their concert, and he draws big. the seas lions are improving daily. They showed in six inches of snow at Truckee, California, and at Reno, Nevada, experienced their first blow down. A canvasman's jaw was broken. He was sent to a San Francisco hospital. Billboard, May 28, 1900, p. 5.

    Over 3,000 people saw a unique performance of Norris & Rowe's Animal Circus at Portland, Oregan, May 14. Every seat in the big tent was occupied, and many had to content themselves with seats on straw which had been placed on the ground in fromt of the vast amphitheater, and hundreds were refused admission. . . . "It is strange that illusion, as we call it, doesn't fool animals," said Professor Norris. "I have seen that proved over and over again. A frew years ago I took one of my educated dogs into a mystic maze at the Nashville Exposition. It was simply a room with mirrors so arranged that you seemed to be in a narrow corridor filled with turns. It was very puzzling, and I used to get lost in the place myself, but it would never bother my dog for a moment. He would run through it fgrom end to end at full speed, and never bump against a mirror. The elder Hermann told me that animals were never deceived by false table legs built up with looking glasses and used in his stage tricks. They always passed around on the other side. I guess they must see better, somehow, than human beings." Billboard, June 2, 1900, p. 5.

    The Norris & Rowe Shows have now started East, and will come fast. There will be several mix-ups among the dog and pony outfits as a consequence. Billboard, June 30, 1900, p. 5.

    H. Fitzpatrick and W. W. Brown have returned to their homes on account of sickness in their families. Hannaford has taken position as treasurer with the show. Dr. Parkhoust has returned from a home visit in Columbus, O. Major Mite will leave the show in three weeks to join Gus Hill's Liliputians. Dr. Milles, who has the privileges of the show has gone to New Haven, Conn. on a visit. Mr. Norris and wife will go to the Paris Exposition as soon as Fitzpatrick and Brown return. Report business very good for the week in Detroit. Added to the show this week fourteen monkeys and four ponies. I note with pleasure that Mr. Rowe still has his diamonds, nothwithstanding his late frost in the Dakotas. M. L. Levine, Detroit, Mich., Aug. 6. Billboard, August 11, 1900, p. 5.

    Norris & Rowe Shows had a bad headon collision going into Hamilton, Ont., Aug 10. One man was badly hurt and they lost the afternoon show at Hamilton. Business is big in Ontario. Billboard, August 25, 1900.

1901:

    The special train carrying Norris & Rowe's Big Trained Animal Show arrived in Woodland this morning. It consists of six cars and an engine. The big street parade was magnificent, glittering chariots, carved cages, tableaux wagons, ponies, band, small elephant, trained seals, African zebra. It is in fact an animal circus, as almost every act attempted by human performers is imitated by the animal acts. The performance opened with a grand entree, and while it was going on a pyramid was formed in the center of the ring by a dwarf elephant, an African zebra, almost two score ponies and as many dogs, with Snowflake, the white Shetland, at the top. Next came a military drill by twelve ponies, then numerous riding acts by dogs and monkeys, and finally a goat rode a pony bareback. The performing seals were a novelty. Near the close of the performance chariot and hurdle races were given. The closing act was a fire scene in which dogs and monkeys acted as policemen and firemen handling the miniature fire apparatus. Woodland Daily Democrat (Woodland, CA), April 27, 1901, p. 1.

1907:

    Notes from the winter quarters of Norris & Rowe: The second season wintering at beautiful Vue d'Eau, Santa Cruz, Cal., is proving even more delightful and satisfactory than the initial occupancy of the quarters, so generously donated to the young showmen by the people through the local Board of Trade. The animals have thrived so well that there have been no losses of any consequence. A mutual feeling of cordiality exists between the townspeople and those at quarters and the people express tbwnselves as pleased to have us as we are to be with them. Walter Shannon has a suite of rooms at the beautiful new St. George Hotel. He is rapidly getting the acts and novelties he desires for the side show next season and promises to spring a number of surprises. H. S. Rowe and wife have rented a pretty cottage, as has also Edw. Warner and wife; Jos. Geisler, formerly equestrian director, but now treasurer; Herbert Rumley, superintendent of stock; Mr. and Mrs. Tom G. Myers, who have a pretty little home on top of the hill while Frank Miller and wife occupy a home near Edw. Hocum and family out near the ocean. Andrew Norris has had his own bungalow here for several years. C. I. Norrls built a beautiful big home here three years ago and his house parties and dinners are the social affairs of tbe winter. Both Andrew and Clarence are adding to their property holdings here, and recently finished two pretty bungalows. C. I. Norris will act as traffic manager the coming season. Frank Tammen was a welcome visitor Feb 8. He expressed surprise at the beautiful and ideal winter quarters and at the completeness of the preparations for the spring. Sultana gave birth to three lion cubs but after showing the un-motherly cannibalism in devouring one, the two remaining cubs were taken from her and are doing splendidly. A tiny tiger has also come to us and the two baby bears are a source of joy to the children who flock to the Zoo on Sundays. Frank Miller is doing splendidly with his new four horse act. Billboard, March 2, 1907, p. 26.

1908: The creditors of the Norris and Rowe Show filed a petition in bankruptcy, December 1, asking that the firm of Clarence I. Norris and Hutton S. Rowe be declared bankrupt. The petition states that on November 27, H. S. Rowe, in writing, acknowledged the inability of the firm to pay its debts and its willingness to be adjudged bankrupt. The total amount of liabilities will exceed $50,000. The show is now in winter quarters at Santa Cruz, Cal. Billboard, December 19, 1908, p. 18.

1909: Norris & Rowe Circus. H. S. Rowe, owner & mgr.; Thos. W. Ryan, supt.; E. M. Burk, gen. agt.; B. L. Bowman, mgr. side show; E. L. Brannan, railroad contractor; Wm. Gillman, local contractor; Steve Woods, special agt.; Walter Forbish, excursion agt.; Edward Norwood, press agt.; Thos. Perry, treas.; R. H. Dockrill, equestrian dir.; Arthur Davis, mgr. Commissary dept.; W. J. Long, supt. of transportation; Albert Aldrich, supt. of canvas; Joh Iseli, supt. of animals; Wm. Deselm, supt. of elephants; W. A. Shannon, supt. of privileges; Al. Henderson, supt. of props; Harry Graham, adv. mgr. Car No. 1; George Roddy, adv. mgr. Car No. 2. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 80.

1910: H. S. Rowe, Walter A. Shannon, owners.

    Mohammed Kahn joined the Norris & Rowe Circus for the season. Billboard, April 23, 1910, p. 18.

    The only premature closing was that of the Norris & Rowe Show which was taken over by the creditors at Newport, Kentucky, on May 9, and transferred to the Hagenbeck-Wallace winterquarters at Peru, Indiana, where the show was sold at auction to satisfy the claims against it. A peculiar incident of the sale was the purchase of a larger part of the outfit by one of its former proprietors, Walter Shannon, who was backed up by H. E. Brotherton, of Ashtabula, O. At the end of the time allotted by the court for the purchase money to be paid over, Mr. Shannon acknowledged his inability to raise the necessary funds, thereby forfeiting the $3,000 guarantee which he had put up as a deposit.
    At the second sale, Mr. Shannon again appeared as a bidder, and was announced as the purchaser of the outfit for the sum of $15,000 plus the $3,000 guarantee which he had deposited. But the court ruled against this sale and Messrs. Shannon and Brotherton were in a good way to lose a large part of the $18,000. But the subsequent and final sale of the property brought a sufficient sum to pay off the debts incurred in quartering the show during the time it has been held in abeyance to the actions of the purchaser and the decisions of the court, and to satisfy the chief creditors. As the case stands, Messrs. Shannon and Brotherton are reputed to have lost in the neighborhood of $6,000(?) on the transaction. "The World of White Tops," Billboard, Xmas Number, 1910.

• Articles on the Norris & Rowe shows are online at Bandwagon, June 1945; and in Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1959 (scroll down or use find).

• Also see articles on the history of the Norris & Rowe shows, 1888-1910, in Bandwagon, January-February, 1972, Vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 4-14   and Bandwagon, January-February, 1972, Vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 4-13.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Levi J. North's - 1855-59, 1860-61, 1863, 1869   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1851-58, 1860, 1869

• According to Stuart Thayer's Annals of the American Circus, 1793-1860, from 1856-1859, the show was titled "Levi J. North's National Circus." Owners in 1859 were J. E. Bacon and J. N. Stebbins & Co. In 1860 the title was "Levi J. North's Big Show," G. L. Eaton and Levi J. North, proprietors

1855:

    [Advertisement] Levi J. North's Colossal Circus! Largest company in the world! Three companies in one! Equestrian, gymnastic & juvenile. This immense triple concern will, upon entering the city make a gorgeous procession, introducing the splendid band chariot, drawn by 8 elegantly capraisoned steeds, and containing Wm. Blythe's National Brass Band. Immediately in the rear will follow the whole troupe of children on lilliputian ponies. Will exhibit at Janesville, on Friday, Sept. 14th. Admission, box 50 cents. Pit, 25 cents. Children to box half-price. Doors open at 2 o'clock and 7 o'clock p.m. Performance half an hour later.
    The equestrian troupe comprises the following distinguished performers. M'lle Louisa, in premeire equestrienne, et danseuse de londre, Paris, Berlin et Vienna. Levi J. North, the unequalled and unapproachable principal and scenic rider. Horace Smith, the celebrated two horse rider and 100 somerset thrower. Mr. A. Pastor, Mr. Wm. Naylor, Mr. N. Rogers, Mr. G. Archer, Kennedy, Vincent, Carlisle, Wheeler.
    The gymnastic corps, embraces Sig. Antonio, Mons. Isadero, the pantomimic performer. Mr. Jal. McFarland, the wonderful tight rope artiste. Mr. T. Miller, and Mr. A. J. Perry. The juvenile concentration of twenty little children, in novelties of ineffable magnificense, entitled Spanish Bull Fight, Cinderella, the Forty Thieves, Aladin,or the Wonderful Lamp, &c. In all of which the little Victoria North, the youthful equestrienne Miss Jennings, Ella Mayberry, Master Willie, Master Jennings, and others appear.
    Will be introduced at each performance, the celebrated dancing horse, Tammany, the unapproachable trick horse, Spot Beauty, also, the sagacious lilliputian ponies, Tom & Jerry, Harry Stebbins' Fashion, Uncle Ned, &c. Ben Jennings, the clown, whose wit is infinite, will open his budget of comicalities, hits at popular follies, vargaries and waggeries and humorous eccentricities of every kind.
    This company will perform at Jefferson, Wednesday, Sept. 12, Whitewater, Sept. 13.
    Free exhibition. Prof. McFarland's Grand Aerial Ascension, on a single wire, 300 feet in lenght, to the topmost height of North's Circus, will take place a few moments previous to the opening of the circus performance. Janesville Gazette (WI), September 1, 1855, n.p.n.

1856:

    [Advertisement] Levi J. North's National Circus, largest company in the world. Three companies in one. Equestrian, gymnastic and juvenile. This immense triple concern will upon entering this city, make a gorgeous procession, introducing the splendid band chariot, drawn by eight elegantly caparisoned steeds, & containing Prof. Helms' Nationa Brass Band. Consiting of 12 persons. Immediately in the rear will follow the whole troupe of children on lilliputian ponies. The procession of 85 horses will enter each town at 10 o'clock a.m. Will exhibit at Kenosha, Wednesday April 30th. Admission box 50 cents, pit 25 cents. Doors open at 2 o'clock and 7 o'clock. Performance half an hour after.
    The equestrian troupe comprises the following distinguished performers: Miss Castella, le premiere equestrienne, et danseuse de londre, Paris, Berlin et Vienna. Levi J. North, the unequaled and unapproachable principal & scenic rider. Tom Osborne, the celebrated two horse rider and 100 somerset thrower. Master Henry, the infant clown, only six years old. Mr. A. Pastor, Mr. Kennedy, Wm. Naylor, Vincent, T. Armstrong, Carlisle, S. Brennen, Wheeler. Mr. J. Tinkham, the greatest double somerset thrower in the world.
    The gymnastic corps embraces Sig. Antonio, the greatest equipoise artiste; Mons. Isadore, the pantomimic performer; Mr. Jas. McFarland, the wonderful tight rope artiste; Mr. T. Miller, and Mr. A. J. Perry. The juvenile concentration of little children, in arenic novelties of ineffable magnificence, in which little Victoria North, the youthful equestrienne, Ella Maybury, Master Willie, Master Henry and George, and others, will appear.
    Will be introduced at each performance the celebrated dancing horse, Tammany, the unapproachable trick horse, Spot Beauty; the sagacious lilliyutian ponies, Tom & Jerry, Harry Stebbins, Fashion, Uncle Ned, etc. Tony Pastor, the clown, whose wit is infinite, will open his budget of comicalities, hits at popular follies, vagaries and waggeries, and humorous excentricities of every kind. Also, the wonderful trick clown, T. Armstrong, will appear as the Air Diver. The evening entertainment will conclude with the comic pantomime of the The Rich Turk, or The Big Headed Family. For particulars of which see small bills and pictorials. This company will also perform at Waukegan, Tuesday, April 29th, Racine, Thursday, May 1st. T. R. Toole, agent.
    Free Exhibition. Miss Castella's Grand Aerial Ascension. On a single wire, 300 feet in lenght, to the topmost height of North's Circus, will take place a few moments previous to the opening of the circus performance; she being the only person in the world that can accomplish this almost incredible feat. Kenosha Democrat (WI), April 11, 1856, n.p.n.

1857:

    [Advertisement] The Big Show Is Coming! Organized and equipped for 1857. Grand free exhibition. Miss Castella will walk and wheel a wheelbarrow, on a single wire 800 feet in length, to the topmost height of the towering pavillion of North's Circus previous to the opening of the afternoon performance. She being the only person in the world that can accomplish this wonderful and astonishing feat. This is given outside the canvass, and free to all. No charge.
    Levi J. North's Big Show of 1857! Great attraction. Three companies combined - North's National Circus, from the National Amphitheater, Chicago - Mr. B. Cony's Star Dramatic Company, from the National Theatre, Chicago, and the largest company of acrobats, gymnasts, &c., in the United States, will exhibit at Milwaukee Thursday and Friday, May 7th and 8th, on the lot corner of Third and Spring Sts. Admission - Reserved seats 50 cts.; children accompanied by parents, half price to Box. The above all under canvas. T. R. Toole, agent. Milwaukee Daily Sentinel (WI), April 22, 1857, n.p.n.

    Harry Turner died some time ago, leaving $100,000 to Levi J. North, and did not leave any to his own sisters and brothers. They attempted to contest the will but gave it up. Since then Mr. North has given to each of the sisters, a check of $5,000, to Aaron Turner $10,000 and the half interest in his circus which Harry Turner formerly held, and to Gen. Stanford, counsel for the brother and sister, $3,000. Mr. North is every inch a man. Daily Hawk-Eye and Telegraph (Burlington, IA), May 6, 1857, n.p.n.

    The Racine Advocate says that Miss Castilla, who walks a wire from the ground to the top of North's circus, met with quite an accident while performing in that city. She had attained a height of about 25 feet, when the wheelbarrow by some means got off the wire, and she lost her balance and fell to the ground, stiking on her left shoulder and back. It was thought at first that she was seriously if not fatally injured, but we were informed last evening that they were comparatively slight. The performance at best is but a useless display of daring, and Mr. North would do himself credit by dispensing with it altogether. Janesville Morning Gazette (WI), May 9, 1857, n.p.n.

• 1857: is online at Clipper, May 16,   Clipper, May 23 (scroll down)

1858:

    The Chicago papers are justly exasperated at Levi J. North, the great circus proprietor of that city, for his meanness in pocketing the proceeds of a benefit, which he publicly declared should be given to the Mayor for distribution amongst the poor of Chicago. The net proceeds of the benefit were $750, the attendance having been very large as the people thought they were contributing their money to relieve the distressed. The only reason given by North for this dastardly act is that "he was afraid Wentworth would appropriate the money to his own personal use." The Tribune justly says that this contemptible imposition will damage North in the opinion of every honest man. Milwaukee Daily Sentinel (WI), February 23, 1858, p. 1.

• 1858: is online at:
Clipper, June 12,   Clipper, June 19,   Clipper, June 26 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 10,   Clipper, July 17,   Clipper, August 21 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 4,  : Clipper, September 18,   Clipper, November 13 (scroll down)
Clipper, December 4 (scroll down)

• 1858: The show was in Kansas in May and August, with equestrians, clowns, a pantomimic company, a ballet troupe, a calliope, and more. More information on the show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 3, pp. 7-8.

1859: (Bacon, Stebbins & Co., owners)

    The Chicago Journal says" "While Levi J. North's circus was in Pike's Peak region, some twenty or thirty of the company ran away to the gold districts. They stayed but a short time, however, and soon overtook the circus on its way east and begged to be taken back. They infinitely preferred equestrianism and sommersaults to shoveling at Pike's Peak. If any one wished to learn the Pike's Peak prospect he would do well to call upon some of them." Janesville Morning Gazette (WI), February, 15, 1859, n.p.n.

    The Dubuque Times says: "The calliope, wagons, &c., belonging to L. J. North's circus, were sold at sheriff's sale at Burlington, a few days ago. Weekly Gazette and Free Press (Janesville, WI), May 6, 1859, p. 1.

    [Advertisement] The Big Show Is Coming! Two Grand Free Exhibitions. Levi J. North's Great National Circus! (J. N. Stebbins & John E. Bacon, proprietors) The largest company in the United States, will exhibit at Elyria, Wednesday, May 25th. Comprising the most complete stud of horses, ponies and mules, with the best riders, the best vaulters, the best acrobats, the best gymnasts, the best tumblers, the best leapers, the best lady equestriennes, the best dancing horse (Tammany), the best trick horse (Spot Beauty). The educated mule and jack (Baalam and Jack Shepherd). And the best equipped and regulated circus in America.
    The following array of talent has been engaged for the season - picked from all the companies in America and upon the continent: Mr. Levi J. North (America's own horseman), Mr. Tom Watson, clown, Mr. John Shay, ring master, Mr. J. Hankins, Mr. Tom Burgess, The Alexander Family, Mons. Alexander, Mad Alexander, Jean Alexander. The beautiful American lady equestrienne, Miss Castella, Wm. Nayler, Geo. Bogart, H. Coyle, T. Miller, J. Vader, Doud Watson, Masters Henry, Willie & George. All of whom will enter the ring in various performances in friendly strife for the championship of the arena.
    Miss Castella, the world renowned wire walker, will make her grand ascension at one o'clock, p.m., previous to the opening of the circus performance; she being the only lady that does walk a wire 300 feet long and return. Free to all. The musical wonder - the calliope - music by steam - will enter each town at nine o'clock a.m., drawn by splendid caprisoned horses and all driven by one man. The wonder of the world - a mule colt weighing 20 1/2 pounds. Foaled May 1st 1859 - Dam Jenny, weighs 203 pounds. Sired by Baalam, South American Jack, 216 pounds - all of which will be exhibited.
    We refer our readers to the small bills of the day, descriptive bills and pictorials for further particulars. We perform everything we advertise. We need no puffing or blowing, as the reputation of North's National Circus stands unrivalled. Gentlemanly ushers in attendance. Particular attention paid to the comforts of ladies accompanied with their families. Positively no smoking allowed within the canvas. Doors open at 2 and 7 p.m. Performance commences half an hour after. Admission to Box, 40 cents; Pit, 25 cts.; children under 10 years of age, half price to Box. Also will exhibit at Birmingham, Tuesday, May 24th. Norwalk, Monday May 23d. Tom R. Toole, agent. Lorain County Eagle (Elyria, OH), May 18, 1859, n.p.n.

• 1859: online at:
Clipper, March 26,   Clipper, April 9,   Clipper, May 7 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 21,   Clipper, June 11,   Clipper, June 18 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 9,   Clipper, July 23,   Clipper, July 30 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 29,   Clipper, September 3,   Clipper, November 26 (scroll down)
Clipper, December 17 (scroll down)

• 1860: online at Clipper, January 28,   Clipper, September 15 (scroll down)

• 1861: online at:
Clipper, January 26,   Clipper, April 6,   Clipper, May 11 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 18,   Clipper, June 15,   Clipper, July 20 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 14 (scroll down)

• 1863: online at Clipper, May 2,   Clipper, December 12 (scroll down)

1869 (W. Shephard, proprietor):

    [Advertisement] Levi J. North's Circus and Performing Animals. Will exhibit at St. Joseph, Thursday, May 13th. South Haven, Friday, May 14th. Saugatuck, Saturday, May 15th. W. H. C. Shephard, proprietor. Levi J. North, manager. C. Macomber, assistant manager. Frank Squirrell, leader of band. Established circus of America acknowledged to surpass in the number and talent of its artistes, splendor of its wardrobe, thorough training of its horses and ponies, and remarkable collection of wild animals.
    First in the galaxy of equestrienne stars is Little Minnie Marks, the smallest and youngest equestrienne in America, and champion rider. M'me Davenport, the fascinating equestrienne. M'lle Austin, accomplished danseuse, and equestrienne. M'me Marks, English lady rider. M'me Belmont, late reigning favorite of Paris.
    Mr. Levi North, successful animal trainer and maitre de cirque, will introduce his beautiful trick horse "Monitor." Mr. F. Tourinaire, principal and somersault rider, whose appearance this side of the Atlantic is one of the notable events of the season of 1869. Mr. C. Williams, young artist who has achieved fame as an animal trainer, who as the "Young Camanche Chief," will introduce the monster buffalo, "Pacific," in a wild, bare back equestrian portrayal of scenes on the plains. Mr. Chas. Wright, the Hercules of America, a representative of muscular art, introducing his cannon ball feats.
    Sig. Francis, from La Cirque Imperiale, Paris, in his novel juggling acts. Mr. J. H. Hawkins, unrivalled Pete Jenkins and versatile rider. Mr. J. L. Davenport, clown and jester, embodiment of fun, wit, originality and humor. Leslie Brothers, John, Louis and Andrew. Their specialties, triple horizontal bars, leapers, vaulters, trapezists, and double somersaulters. Mr. Gus Lee, in the "motley garb." Mr. Hi Marks, funny clown and comic singer. Masters Willie & Arthur, boy vaulters and acrobats. Prof. MacDonald's acting bears, these uncouth monsters are performed in the ring. The performing sacred bull, "Don Juan," in a new and startling performance.
    Every morning at 10 o'clock, the public procession, headed by the elegant, new, light band carriage, containing Prof. Frank Squirrell's band, followed by a long line of cages and a caravan of ladies and gentlemen. Two brilliant performances daily, afternoon and evening. Doors open at 1 and 7 p.m. Admission 50 cents. Children under 10 years, 25 cents. St. Joseph Herald (MI), May 8, 1869, n.p.n.

    During last winter a circus company, in charge of Levi J. North, was organized in the West and in the spring passed over into Canada, where the worn out stock was replenished at prices much below the rates in the States. Upon the return of the company the manager alleged to the Custom House officers that the horses were the same they had taken into Canada, but grave suspicions on that head were entertained at the time, and in a few days, sufficient evidence in the meantime accumulating to warrant the step, the owners of the circus were arrested at Joliet, Ill. on the charge of defrauding the government by evading the payment of duty on imported stock. Eleven of the animals, of the average value of $250 each, have been seized, and the man in charge, who is conversant with the transaction in Canada, has turned States' evidence. Indiana Messenger (PA), November 10, 1869, n.p.n.

• An article on the career of Levi J. North is in Bandwagon, November-December, 2001, Vol. 45, No. 6, pp. 16-26.
• An article on the career of Levi J. North, his shows and his family is in White Tops, March-April, 1945, Vol. 18, Nos. 4-5, p. 3-6.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

North & Lake - 1892-93

1892:

    The North & Lake Railroad Circus opened at Burlington, Ia., Oct. 6. They have a 100ft. round top, with two 40ft. middle pieces, two 60ft. flat cars, one box car, one stock car, one palace sleeping car and one dining car. Prof. Miller and his silver band of twelve pieces. Geo. W. Richards and his trained ponies and dogs, Jack Shields, proprietor of sideshow; Pawnee Charlie's Wild West; Mrs. Pawnee Charlie, rifle show; Harry Streif, clown and balloon man; Hattie and Joe Richard, aerialists . . . Perl(?) Todd, Walter Todd, Kate Richard . . . Johnnie More, Charlie Mason, Jennie May Wilson, Arthor(?) Fox . . . and Albert De Mason. New York Clipper, October 29, 1892, p. 538.

    Prof. Harry Streif joined Lake & North's Show at Burlington, Ia., to do clown and concert work. The show goes South for the winter. New York Clipper, October 29, 1892, p. 538.

1893: Lon Moore closed with Lake & North's Circus at Tampa, Fla., Feb. 2, and is now at his home, Defiance, O. His wife, daughter and himself are in active rehearsal for the coming season. They have re-engaged with the F. J. Taylor Circus, Mr. Moore to do principal clowning, while Mrs. Moore and their little daughter, Nellie, will furnish a number of acts. New York Clipper, February 18, 1893, p. 800.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

North American Circus - 1873

    Billy Andrews, the clown, has purchased the concert privileges with the Great North American Circus for the coming season. New York Clipper, April 5, 1873, p. 7.

    Reveni and Zeonetti, trapeze performers, have been engaged for the North American Circus. New York Clipper, April 12, 1873, p. 15.

    The North American Circus and Hippodrome is advertised to give its first performance at Middletown, Conn., April 26. Among the company said to be engaged are Mlle. Lotino, E. W. Perry, Ferdinand Tournaire, Jean Johnson and Minnie Perry, riders; the Benner(?) Brothers, G. Garnett and Mlle. Zilletti gymnasts; George Jackson and Billy Andrews, clowns. W. J. Metchear has the sideshow and candy stand. New York Clipper, April 26, 1873, p. 31.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Norton's - 1891-92

1891:

    Wanted, circus people, for Norton's Big Dime Shows. Principal for bar, leaps and tumbling, also ___ aerial act. Those who double in brass preferred. Want few more musicians. Show opens July 4(?). Privileges for sale. Address N.(?) Norton, Fort Wayne, Ind. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 277.

    Wanted, circus people, for Norton Big Dime Shows, in all branches to strengthen show. Good advance agent. Want good bar team, aerial act. Must be able to join at once. Address N.(?) Norton, Fort Wayne, Ind. New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 293.

    Wanted for Norton's Big Dime Shows. Good, useful people in all lines of the circus business. Ladies with good acts who do two or more turns, write. People who double in ___ and concert prefered. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 339.

    A correspondent at Greenville, O., states that Geo. O. L???, alias Dr. Nevada Norton, of Fort Wayne, Ind., proprietor, manager and manufacturer of the Choctaw Indian remedies, and late proprietor of Norton's Ten Cent Circus, which opened at Fort Wayne, Ind., July 4, suddenly disappeared at Winchester, Ind., leaving all salaries and hotel bills unpaid. New York Clipper, October 3, 1891, p. 502.

    1892: Roster of Norton & ___ Shows: Dr. N. Norton, proprietor and manager; C. B. Worth, advance, with three assistants; Cliff Lewis, equestrian director . . . Wad Edwards, master of stock; Paul Darrow, properties; Tom Newcome, chandelier man; Cliff Lewis . . . John Meyers . . . Mrs. Frank Green . . . and Prof. Malett's band of six pieces. The show travels by wagon, using sixteen head of stock. Everything is painted white. We opened at New Haven, Ind., May 2?. About three minutes before the show was ready to open every seat went down with a crash. Luckily, no one was hurt. The crowd made room for the men to replace the seats, and in less than thirty minutes the show was in progress. A heavy wind storm was raising. Between the ninth and tenth acts the show was dismissed. The word of dismissal had not had more than time to reach the cars of our audience when the gale struck us, lilfting every stake on the end, and dropping the canvas to the pole with lights on. The lights were extinguished barely in time to save the top from fire. It was a close call. Not a person was hurt or a penny's worth of damage done. . . . The show makes one day stands and travels through Indiana and Michigan. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 210.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

C. W. Noyes' - 1869, 1870-73, 1876-77

1869:

    [Advertisement] C. W. Noyes' Mammoth Crescent City Circus. The most extensive, brilliant and attractive equestrian organization of the age. An old-fashioned, legitimate circus, in which only such acts of horsemanship, daring gymnastics, equine schooling and clown's sallies of original wit are presented as made the circus, in days of yore, the pleasing resort of the old and the delight of the children. Thirty male and female artists, every one a star of the first magnitude; trained horses that are without equals; comic mules; acting ponies and enchanting music are some of the leading features of this magnificent organization. No gorgeous street parade will be given, as the management reserves his attractions for the interior of the pavilion, and pledges himself they have not been surpassed, if equated, in this city.
    Tremont Block. Positively for four days only. Commencing on Wednesday, March 3, 1869. First performance on Wednesday at 7 o'clock p.m. On and after Thursday, 4th, two performances each day, at 2 and 7 o'clock. Galveston Daily News (TX), March 3, 1869, n.p.n.

1870:

    [Advertisement] C. W. Noyes' Great Crescent City Circus and Egyptian Caravan will exhibit in Galveston four days only, commencing Monday night April 11th, 1870. Mr. Noyes takes pleasure in announcing that all the stars of his troupe will positively appear. The introduction of a number of single humped camels is a new feature of the Tournament or Field of the Cloth of Gold. Mr. Noyes has added all of the blooded horses recently purchased of Mr. Rentz, in Berlin, Prussia, by Mrs. Agnes Lake, of Lake's Hypo-olympiade, including the trained horse, Apollo.
    Mrs. C. W. Noyes will make her first appearance, introducing her manege horse D'Jalma, the same as riddern by Mrs. Agnes Lake during her recent visit to the principal cities of Europe. M'lle Millie Turnour, the Spanish beauty and queen of the air, will appear at ever exhibition. An exhibition given every evening [sic] at 2 o'clock, for the accomodation of ladies and children. Oliver P. Myers, general agent. Galveston Daily News (TX), April 6, 1870, n.p.n.

1871:

    Charlie Noyes' Circus and Menagerie will visit all the cities and towns in the State of Texas, a trip that will require three months' time at the least to accomplish it. At the end of his Texas tour Mr. Noyes will lay up his show in the State, to rest and recuperate.
    Mr. Noyes intends making Texas his future home, and hereafter the "Crescent City Circus" will be known as a home institution. Mr. Noyes publishes a very readable monthly newspaper devoted entirely to his interest, a copy of which we have before us. For the same we thank its editor, Mr. C. P. Myers, the general agent and an old type. Galveston Daily News (TX), January 24, 1871, n.p.n.

    The Cardiff Giant will be exhibited by Charlie Parker, the California clown, at Noyes' Circus. Galveston Daily News (TX), February 5, 1871, n.p.n.

1872:

    [Advertisement] C. W. Noyes' Great Crescent City Circus and Caravansara. From 15 to 25 acts each performance. Pavilion lighted with gas instead of oil. Mille Tournour, Queen of the Air, on the flying trapeze. Fred Barclay, principal pad rider in representation of the Wild Comanche Indian and hurdle act without saddle. Leslie Brothers, gymnasts. The Lee Family from California (seven in number). Jimmy Reynolds, clown. Dr. Thayer, clown, and his mules. Prof. A. H. Lehman, trick clown. A. F. Aymer, clown and scenic artist. Dr. Thayer will take charge of the chariot, handling the reins of 24 horses, drawing in procession Prof. Marlines Band. Titusville, Tuesday, Aug. 13. Titusville Herald (PA), August 10, 1872, n.p.n.

1873:

    [Advertisement] Crescent City Circus, reorganized 1873. No failure this time. Charley Noyes, lessee and manager. After a series of unparalleled mishaps and disasters, the lessee and manager announced that he has thoroughly reorganized the Crescent City Circus so that it is now one of the most complete equestrian companies. Will open in Galveston, Monday, March 22d, 1873, and continue for one week, giving two matinee performances - one on Wednesday and one on Saturday.
    Among the company are Mrs. Noyes, Mrs. Tournour, Miss Nellie Tournour, Miss Lee, Frank Gardner, Mr. Fourity, Mr. Segrist, Sam Collier, Maretta Brothers, Martinez. The great impalement act will be executed at every performance. Galveston Tri-Weekly Civilian (TX), March 21, 1873, n.p.n.

    Charles Noyes' Circus was at Brenham, Texas, June 9, McDade 10, Bastrop 11. New York Clipper, June 21, 1873, p. 95.

    Noyes' Crescent City Circus, which is performing in Texas, has been doing a bad business. A correspondent informs us that "during the past five months none of the performers have been paid their salary, nor have the owners of the teams which transported the circus been paid for three months. Although it was reported in some of the local papers here that the treasurer had absconded, taking $640, such is not the fact. A bill of sale of the entire concern was given to J. N. Barker of San Antonio, and it is now under his management. New York Clipper, September 20, 1873, p. 199.

1874: For sale, the entire ring stock, formerly belonging to C. W. Noyes' C. C. and T. Circus. Two trick mules, January and Februarys, the spotted mare, Puss, which does an Indian act; cream colored pad horse, Ned, formerly used by Mrs. C. W. Noyes; one cream-colored pad horse, Charlie; one sorrel hurdle horse, Pete; one sorrel pad horse, Teddy; one bay for general use, Jim; two gray pad horses, Croppy and John, formerly belonging to the Lee Family, and the performing hog, George Washington. Address J. N. Baker, San Antonio, Texas. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, February 7, 1874, p. 359.

1875: Charley Noyes is organizing a circus at Dallas, Texas, for a trip through the South this Winter, taking his old route to the Rio Grande, thence into Mexico. New York Clipper, September 18, 1875, p. 199.

1876:

    Charles Noyes' Circus opens at Deagle's Theatre, St. Louis, Mo., Jan. 17. A ring has been constructed on the stage, and it is the intention to give a regular circus performance. New York Clipper, January 22, 1876, p. 343.

    C. W. Noyes' Circus, which had been showing at Deagle's Theatre, St. Louis, Mo., came to an untimely end on Jan. 29. New York Clipper, February 12, 1876, p. 367.

1877:

    C. W. Noyes, who arrived in this city a few days ago from the Southwest, will at once commence the organization of a circus company, to be called the "Great Southern Show." He will be the sole manager, with headquarters at Girard, Pa. - Pittsburg Post. Shenango Valley Argus (Greenville, PA), August 18, 1877, p. 5.

    Chas. W. Noyes, well-known circus manager, who has had to contend with a series of misfortunes during the past few years, is about to embark once more in business, having purchased the entire stock and show property of the American and French Circus. He is to start on a tour from Pittsburg, Pa., Nov. 10, and his route will be through Southern country, where Mr. Noyes is popular. New York Clipper, November 3, 1877, p. 250.

• 1881: Charley Noyes, of circus fame, is trying to organize a circus at Bradford. Titusville Herald (Titusville, PA), August 2, 1881, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Top